1520412369part2 2

MAHA-METRO Contract No.
P1/TR-02/2018 Particular Specification Appendix G: I/O list for SCADA
MAHARASHTRA METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED (MAHA-METRO)
PUNE METRO RAIL PROJECT
DESIGN, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 25KV FLEXIBLE & RIGID
OVERHEAD CATENARY SYSTEM (OCS / OHE) AND SECTIONING POSTS FOR PUNE METRO
RAIL PROJECT
CONTRACT NO.
P1/TR-02/2018
PART 2: WORKS REQUIREMENTS

SECTION VII-B: WORKS REQUIREMENT – PARTICULAR
SPECIFICATION
APPENDIX G: I/O LIST FOR SCADA
Feb 2018 Page 1 of 3

MAHA-METRO Contract No. P1/TR-02/2018 Particular Specification Appendix G: I/O list for SCADA
1. Traction Switching Stations (Elevated) (For SPs, SSPs, SSs)
Device Event Description Event Type Alarm Event Text

SN DI DO AI Class Normal Alarm
State State
1 Interrupters Local / remote in local DI P1 Remote Local
2 Permission for local control DI P1 Banned Permitted
3 110V DC control voltage fail DI P2 Normal Fail
4 Open indication DI P0 Open
5 Close indication DI P0 Close
6 Vacuum or SF6 gas pressure low DI P2 Normal Alarm
alarm
7 In Test / Service DI P2 Service Alarm
8 Trip Circuit Unhealthy DI P3 Normal Alarm
9 Spring Discharged DI P1 Charged Discharged
10 CB Close Command DO
11 CB Open Command DO
12 SCADA permissive for local DO
control
13 Voltage Voltage AI
transformer
14 Isolators Local / remote in local DI P1 Remote Local
15 Permission for local control DI P1 Banned Permitted
16 110V DC Control Voltage Fail DI P2 Normal Fail
17 Open Indication DI P0
18 Close Indication DI P0
19 Open Command DO
20 Close Command DO
21 SCADA permission for local DO
control
22 ACDB Lack of 415V voltage DI P1 Normal Alarm
23 DCDB Lack of 110 voltage DI P2 Normal Alarm
24 Battery Charger status DI P0 Normal Standby
25 Charger Charger card DI P0 Normal Faulty
26 Charger DC U/V DI P0 Normal Alarm
27 Charger DC O/V DI P0 Normal Alarm
28 Output MCB DI P0 Normal Trip
29 Input MCB DI P0 Normal Trip
30 Input AC supply DI P0 Normal Fail
31 Float / boost mode DI P0 Float Boost
32 ACDB power supply DI P0 Normal Fail
33 110V DCDB DI P0 Normal Fail
34 Battery Low DI P2 Normal Alarm
35 Charger common fault DI P2 Normal Alarm
36 RTU Power supply ON/OFF DI ON OFF
37 SCADA permissive switch remote DO
/ local
2. Traction Switching Stations (Underground) (For SPs, SSPs, SSs)

SN DI DO AI Class Normal Alarm
State State
1 Interrupters / CB Close Command DO
2 CB CB Open Command DO
3 CB Close Indication DI P0 Open
4 CB Open Indication DI P0 Close
5 Isolator Isolator Close Command DO
6 Isolator Open Command DO
7 Isolator Close Indication DI P0 Open
8 Isolator Open Indication DI P0 Close
9 Earth switch Earth switch open DI P0 Open
10 Earth switch close DI P0 Close
11 110V DC Control supply fail DI P2 Normal Fail
12 Local / remote Feeder selected to L/R DI P1 Remote Local
13 Spring Spring status DI P1 Charged Discharged
14 PT Voltage transducer (VT) AI
15 SF6 gas SF6 gas pressure low DI P3 Normal Low
16 pressure SF6 gas pressure low low DI P3 Normal Trip
17 SF6 gas pressure high DI P3 Normal High
18 Master trip relay Lockout relay reset comamnd DO

MAHA-METRO Contract No. P1/TR-02/2018 Particular Specification Appendix G: I/O list for SCADA

SN
19 Lock out relay (86) DI Class
P2 Normal Operated
20 MCB Control MCB tripped DI P2 Normal Trip
21 Trip circuit Trip circuit status DI P3 Normal Unhealthy
22 Relays Protection relay operated (80L) DI P3 Normal Operated
23 Protection relay operated (50N, DI P3 Normal Operated
51N, 21)
24 Permission for SCADA permissive DI P0 Banned Permitted
25 local control SCADA permissive command DO
26 For busbar SF6 gas pressure low DI P3 Normal Low
27 SF6 gas pressure low low DI P3 Normal Trip
28 SF6 gas pressure high DI P3 Normal High

MAHA-METRO Project Wide Interface Document
PROJECT WIDE INTERFACE DOCUMENT
COMMON BOOKLET FOR ALL

SYSTEM PACKAGES

SECTION VII-B: EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENT – TECHNICAL /
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS
INTERFACES

(A joint venture of Govt. of India & Govt. of Maharashtra)
101, The Orion, Opposite Don Bosco Youth Centre,
Koregaon Park, Pune 411001
Email: mahametro.tenders@gmail.com
Website: www.punemetrorail.org
Tel.: 020-26051072
Dec 2017 Page 1 of 161

INDEX
1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 5

1.1 INTRODUCTION 5
2.0 STATION BUILDING CONTRACTORS’ INTERFACES ........................................................... 19
2.1 INTERFACE WITH SIGNALING & TRAIN CONTROL (S&TC) CONTRACTOR 19
2.2 INTERFACE WITH ROLLING STOCK CONTRACTOR 21
2.3 INTERFACE WITH TELECOMMUNICATION (TEL) CONTRACTOR 22
2.4 INTERFACES WITH POWER SUPPLY CONTRACTORS 26
2.5 INTERFACE WITH OCS/OHE CONTRACTOR 29
2.6 INTERFACE WITH PSD/PSG CONTRACTOR 33
2.7 INTERFACE WITH AUTOMATIC FARE COLLECTION (AFC) SYSTEM CONTRACTOR 36
2.8 INTERFACE WITH ELEVATOR (LIFT) CONTRACTOR 39
2.9 INTERFACE WITH ESCALATOR CONTRACTOR 43
2.10 INTERFACE WITH TRACKWORK CONTRACTOR 46
3.0 VIADUCT CONTRACTORS’ INTERFACES ............................................................................ 48
3.1 INTERFACE WITH SIGNALING & TRAIN CONTROL (S&TC) CONTRACTOR 48
3.2 INTERFACE WITH ROLLING STOCK CONTRACTOR 49
3.3 INTERFACE WITH TELECOMMUNICATION (TEL) CONTRACTOR 50
3.4 INTERFACES WITH POWER SUPPLY CONTRACTORS 51
3.5 INTERFACE WITH OHE/OCS CONTRACTOR 53
3.6 INTERFACE WITH TRACKWORK CONTRACTOR 56
4.0 DEPOT CONTRACTORS’ INTERFACES ............................................................................... 58
4.1 INTERFACES WITH SIGNALING & TRAIN CONTROL (S&TC) CONTRACTOR 58
4.2 INTERFACES WITH ROLLING STOCK CONTRACTOR 61
4.3 INTERFACES WITH TELECOMMUNICATION (TEL) CONTRACTOR 62
4.4 INTERFACES WITH POWER SUPPLY (PS) CONTRACTOR 66
4.5 INTERFACES WITH TRACTION (OCS/OHE) CONTRACTOR 70
4.6 INTERFACES WITH PLATFORM SCREEN DOORS / GATES (PSD/PSG) CONTRACTOR
71
4.7 INTERFACES WITH AUTOMATIC FARE COLLECTION (AFC) SYSTEM CONTRACTOR 72
4.8 INTERFACES WITH TRACKWORK CONTRACTOR 73
5.0 SIGNALING & TRAIN CONTROL (S&TC) SYSTEM INTERFACES ........................................ 75
5.1 INTERFACES WITH STATION CONTRACTORS 75
5.2 INTERFACES WITH VIADUCT CONTRACTORS 75
5.3 INTERFACES WITH DEPOT CONTRACTORS 75
5.4 INTERFACES WITH UNDERGROUND CONTRACTORS 75
5.5 INTERFACES WITH ROLLING STOCK (RS) CONTRACTOR 83
5.6 INTERFACES WITH TELECOM CONTRACTOR 100
5.7 INTERFACES WITH POWER SUPPLY CONTRACTOR 103
5.8 INTERFACES WITH TRACTION (OHE) CONTRACTOR 104
5.9 INTERFACES WITH PSD/PSG CONTRACTOR 107
5.10 INTERFACES WITH TRACK CONTRACTOR 109
5.11 INTERFACES WITH AFC CONTRACTOR 112
6.0 ROLLING STOCK INTERFACES ......................................................................................... 113


6.4 INTERFACES WITH S&TC CONTRACTOR 113
6.6 INTERFACES WITH POWER SUPPLY (PS) CONTRACTOR 120
6.8 INTERFACES WITH PSD CONTRACTOR 123
6.10 INTERFACE WITH ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (AMS) CONTRACTOR 126
6.11 INTERFACE / COORDINATION WITH BRANDING CONSULTANT / AGENCY 128
7.0 TELECOM SYSTEM INTERFACES...................................................................................... 129
7.5 INTERFACES WITH RS CONTRACTOR 129
7.6 INTERFACES WITH PS CONTRACTOR 129
7.8 INTERFACES WITH AFC CONTRACTOR 132
7.9 INTERFACES WITH LIFT & ESCALATOR CONTRACTORS 135
7.10 INTERFACES WITH TRACK CONTRACTORS 136
7.11 INTERFACES WITH UNDERGROUND CIVIL / E&M CONTRACTORS 137
8.0 POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INTERFACES ........................................................................... 142
8.7 INTERFACES WITH TRACTION CONTRACTOR 142
8.9 INTERFACES WITH UG CIVIL / E&M CONTRACTOR 144
9.0 TRACTION (OHE/OCS) SYSTEM INTERFACES ................................................................. 149
10.0 AFC SYSTEM INTERFACES ............................................................................................. 155


11.0 PSD SYSTEM INTERFACES ............................................................................................. 156
12.0 LIFTS INTERFACES .......................................................................................................... 159
13.0 ESCALATORS INTERFACES ............................................................................................ 160
14.0 TRACK SYSTEM INTERFACES ......................................................................................... 161
14.8 INTERFACES WITH TRACTION CONTRACTOR 161

EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION INTERFACE MANAGEMENT
CHAPTER 1
1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.1 INTRODUCTION
1.1.1 Contract Packages
1.1.1.1 Pune Metro Rail project comprises the following corridors and depots:
Table 1: Project Details

SN Route Length / Type Stations
1 North-South Corridor: 11.570km elevated + 9 nos. elevated
PCMC to Swargate 5.019km underground 5 nos. underground
2 East-West Corridor: 14.925 km elevated 16 nos. elevated
Vanaz to Ramwadi
Total 31.515 km 30 nos.
Two depots are being planned for the above corridors; one near Range Hill Station to cater to
the needs of North-South Corridor and the other near Vanaz Station to cater to the needs of
East-West Corridor. The depots are to be developed with full / light / heavy repair facilities,
stabling and light inspection facilities. Both these depots will have test tracks.
1.1.1.2 The project shall be implemented progressively with the expected date of introduction of
commercial services as per schedule below:
Table 1-2: Phasing of Commissioning

Expected Date of introduction of
SN Section commercial services
[Revenue Operation Date / ROD]
1 Reach 1 (NS Corridor): PCMC to Range Hill Dec 2019
section (about 10.64km) including Range Hill
Depot
2 Reach 2 (EW Corridor): Vanaz to Civil Court June 2020
(incl.) Station (about 7.25km) including Vanaz
Depot
3 Reach 3 (EW Corridor): Civil Court (excl.) to Dec 2021
Ramwadi Station section (about 7.67km)
4 Reach 4 (NS Corridor): Range Hill (excl.) to Dec 2021
Swargate Station (about 5.95km)
1.1.1.3 The following contract packages are foreseen for implementation of the Pune Metro Rail
project:
SN Package
1 Civil viaduct & station contracts (including E&M) (multiple packages)
2 Underground tunnel contracts (multiple packages)
3 Depot Civil cum E&M works package (multiple packages)
4 Rolling Stock package
5 Power supply package
6 Traction system package
7 Signaling & Train Control system package
8 Trackwork package
9 Telecommunication system package

SN Package
10 Platform screen door package
11 Automatic fare collection system package
12 Depot M&P package
13 Underground TVS/ECS package
1.1.1.4 This document defines the general interface & coordination process requirements as well as
specific interface requirements among various interfacing contractors. The requirements of
this document are applicable to all system packages as relevant.
1.1.2 General Interfaces Requirement
1.1.2.1 Interface and co-ordination of the Works will include the co-ordination of all design, technical
and programming matters among the various Interfacing Contractors to achieve fully
coordinated construction and installation of the facilities.
1.1.2.2 This document describes the Contractors’ responsibilities with regard to interface
management and coordination with other Interfacing Contractors who are responsible for
undertaking work, which interfaces with the other Contracts. The Contractors’ responsibility
for interface coordination shall include currently defined Interfacing Contractors and those
who may be identified in the future. This responsibility is not limited to a particular number of
Interfacing Contractors.
1.1.2.3 The Contractors’ responsibility for interface co-ordination shall include identification of
Interfacing Contractors and those who may be subsequently identified during the course of
the Contract for whom the Contractors will need to interface and coordinate the Works. This in
no way detracts from the fact that the respective contractors remain solely responsible for
identifying, liaising, and coordinating with all Interfacing Contractors in relation to the Works.
1.1.2.4 The Employer’s representative will monitor and oversee the interface Management activities
by the contractors and will specifically provide direction or information in the following
circumstances.
a) When the interfacing contracts has not yet been awarded

b) When common agreement cannot reached in a reasonable period between the
interfacing parties
c) When it is in the interest of the project programme, quality or safety to issue direction.
Direction or information provided by the Employer’s Representative wherever necessary, shall

not in any way relieve the respective contractors of their full responsibility to ensure the
correctness, accuracy and suitability of the interface implementation and required
specification.
1.1.2.5 The Contractors shall at all times use their best endeavours to resolve all interfaces
applicable to the respective Contract and shall be proactive in seeking out interface issues
and their solutions.
1.1.2.6 The Contractors shall ensure that all of the above Interface requirements are included in their
Interface Management Plan. Figure 1 gives a schematic presentation of the Interface
Communication and Coordination processes between the various role- players in the Project.
1.1.2.7 The Contractors’ internal sub-contractors’ and suppliers’ interfaces are the sole responsibility
of the respective Contractor and are not covered in this document. However, the respective
Contractors shall co-ordinate and manage these interfaces in such a way as to identify and
cater for the requirements of the Interfacing Contractors and domestic interfaces, including
but not limited to, the avoidance of clashes and sequencing of Works. The Contractors shall
compile an internal Interface Management Plan (IMP) for their own use, a copy of which shall
be furnished to the Employer’s Representative on request at any time.

Figure 1: Interface Communication and Coordination Model
1.2 CO-ORDINATION 
1.2.1 Contractors’ Co-Ordination Responsibilities
The Contractors shall co-ordinate with the Employer’s Representative and may be required to
attend meetings on issues appertaining to Government authorities and utility agencies
regarding the services/facilities to be provided by them for the project.
The Contractors shall ensure that the work of all Interfacing Contractors can be carried out in
accordance with the Interface Management Plan prepared by the Contractor.
1.2.2 Site Co-Ordination & Attendance
1.2.2.1 The Contractor shall, at their own cost, provide all attendance on and co-ordination with
Interfacing Contractors. The following items are not a comprehensive or exhaustive list of the
co-ordination or interface attendance items to be provided for the Interfacing Contractors’ use,
but are intended to provide an outline of the content of amenities, services and facilities for
which the Contractor is responsible:
a) Single point of contact for meetings, actions, planning, scheduling and coordinating.
b) Site access
The Contractors shall co-ordinate with the Interfacing Contractors and provide access
and use of temporary access roads to and from and within the Site. The Contractor shall
co-ordinate all vehicle movements, deliveries and other activities with the Interfacing
Contractors so as to ensure conflicts of use will be controlled on and around the Site.
c) Storage and Accommodation area

The Interfacing Contractors will require limited temporary site accommodation and
storage areas. The Contractors shall agree with the Interfacing Contractors access and
areas for storage and temporary site accommodation prior to their commencing work on
Site.
d) Work space requirement and sequence of Works
e) Shared use of Contractors’ scaffold
The Contractor(s) shall co-ordinate with the Interfacing Contractors and provide free use
and shared access of his/their erected scaffolding, ladders and hoists should they be
available at the time the Interfacing Contractors require to use them. Not withstanding this
requirement, the Contractor(s) shall at all times remain responsible for the management
of safety and the maintenance of such scaffolding, ladders and landings. The
Contractor(s) will not be required to adapt or erect access scaffolds specifically for the
use of Interfacing Contractors.
If the Interfacing Contractor(s) erects and uses his/their own scaffold he/they will be
required to adhere to the Contractors’ safety rules and access routing for equipment and
materials. The Contractor(s) shall ensure that all scaffolds of Interfacing Contractors are
erected in a safe manner and are subject to permits for use issued by the Contractors.
f) Setting out control points
g) Access Openings
The Contractor(s) will form all penetrations and delivery openings and subsequently close
them (either temporary or permanent) for access to rooms or areas for the delivery of
equipment and materials.
h) Temporary power and water supplies have to be provided at agreed locations around the
Site for the Interfacing Contractors use.
i) Water tightness: All rooms and areas handed over to Interfacing Contractors shall be in a
watertight condition and maintained as such.
j) Ensure all electrical supplies both temporary and permanent have the correct testing and
commissioning certification.
k) Waste management and disposal
l) Appropriate protection to finishes, walls, floors, ceilings and equipment using polythene,
hardboard, steel plates etc.
m) Programme agreement for mobilizing and demobilizing
n) Construction interface co-ordination management of penetrations in structures,

embedded and cast-in items, etc.
1.2.2.2 The Contractors are deemed to have ascertained for themself the full scope of their
responsibilities and obligations under the Contract in terms of attendance on and co-
ordination with Interfacing Contractors and shall not be entitled to any additional payment,
Cost or extension of time for completion should they have failed to do so.
1.2.2.3 The Contractors shall make due allowance for providing Attendance, including power and
other utilities supplies, throughout all phases of the Interfacing Contractors work including
testing and commissioning and where supplies to various Interfacing Contractors need
special consideration during testing and performance trials under peak load conditions.
1.3 INTERFACE

1.3.1 Co-Ordination of Contractor’s Scope of Work
1.3.1.1 In accordance with the requirements of the Conditions of Contract and other specified
requirements, the Contractor shall co-ordinate his own work with that of all Interfacing
Contractors and ensure that the design, construction, installation, testing and commissioning
requirements of the Interfacing Contractors are incorporated into the Contractor’s coordinated
plans, programmes and Works. The Contractor shall proactively seek out interface issues and
solutions.
1.3.1.2 In addition to the Contractor’s obligations to the Interfacing Contractors contained elsewhere
in the Contract, the Contractor shall provide / handover occupation or access as required, to
the Interfacing Contractors to those parts of the Works which are subject to Key Dates by the
required Key Dates.
1.3.1.3 The Contractor shall complete those parts of the Works, which are subject to Key Dates, by
the required Key Dates as specified. Those parts of the Works subject to Key Dates shall be
completed to a state whereby any Interfacing Contractor can immediately commence his
works without the need to make any change, addition or modification to the Contractor’s
Works.
1.3.2 Interfacing Contractors 
1.3.2.1 The Interfacing Contractors will require interface and co-ordination for information,
programming, drawings acceptance, handover, etc.
1.3.2.2 The Interfacing Contractors have been designated as the Lead Contractor(s) and
Participating contractor. This combined interfacing document has been developed by the
Employer, which he may update and/or expand at any time to include additional Interfacing
Contractors, and the Contractor’s lump sum price for Interface Management shall be deemed
to include any such additional works related to interfacing. The leading Interfacing Contractor
shall be responsible for administrating, monitoring, managing, supervising and resolving all
interface issues between all Interfacing Contractors.
1.3.2.3 In a situation when the Lead Contract has not yet been awarded and the Interfacing
Contractor has commenced work, the Employer’s Representative will perform the
coordination activities including preparation of tentative Interface Specification, with the
express understanding that they may undergo changes as and when the Lead Contractor
commences his work on being awarded the Contract.
1.3.2.4 Where an interfacing contract has yet to be awarded, the Lead Contractor shall proceed with
the coordination activities (including preparation of Interface specification) as instructed by the
Employer’s Representative until such time when the Interfacing Contractor is available with
the express understanding that they may undergo changes as and when the interfacing
Contractor commences his work on being awarded the Contract.
1.3.3 Interfacing Contractors - Communications and Information Exchange
1.3.3.1 General
a) The Contractor shall communicate, co-ordinate and exchange information directly with
the Interfacing Contractors and the Contractor shall keep the Employer’s Representative
advised at all times. Information necessary to fulfill the Contractor’s interface obligations
shall be directly requested and obtained from the Interfacing Parties, and receipt
acknowledged. Conversely, the Contractor shall provide directly to the Interfacing
Contractors information within the Contractor’s scope that is required by them.
b) All requests for information, acknowledgement of receipt of information, and any official
communication between the Contractor and the Interfacing Contractors shall be made in
writing, with a copy to the Employer’s Representative (ER) for his information. The

Employer’s Representative shall be invited to attend all interface meetings between the
Contractor and the Interfacing Contractors. Irrespective of whether these meetings were
attended by the Employer’s Representative or not, the contractor’s monthly progress
report to Employer’s Representative shall invariably include the details of all interface
meetings held and decisions arrived.
c) The Contractor’s programme shall allow time for the availability of necessary interface
information from the Interfacing Contractors and in this regard the Contractor shall, where
required, proceed on a late start basis to allow adequate time for others to provide
required information and thereby achieve design process compatibility.
d) The Contractor shall allow for the fact that many of the design and construction activities
for the different contracts will be proceeding concurrently. In the event that certain
interface information is not forthcoming at the time targeted, the Contractor shall be
responsible to resolve the matter with the relevant Interfacing Contractor without recourse
to the Employer’s Representative, and where necessary develop alternative interim
arrangements such that the interface information may be accommodated at a later date.
e) Definitive dates for transfer of information and particular interface actions shall be
confirmed between the Contractor and the Interfacing Contractors.
1.3.3.2 Interfacing Functions
The Interfacing Contractors are responsible for, but not limited to, the following:
 the management of Contract to Contract Interfaces as required; 

 preparing the Interface Management Plan and subsequent procedures;
 preparing their Interface Management Programmes in accordance with this procedure
and submitting these to the Interfacing Contractors for concurrence;
 preparing the Interface Management Programmes and submitting these to the Employer’s
Representative for a Notice of No Objection;
 preparing their Interface Coordination Sheets and Interface Specifications and issuing
same to the relevant Interface Contractors and Employer’s Representative;
 coordinating with the relevant Interface Contractors to establish coordinated Combined
Services Drawings (CSD) & Structural E&M (SEM) Drawings;
 maintaining their Interface Specification / Sheets updated continuously and attaching it to
their Monthly Progress Report submitted to the Employer’s Representative in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract and this document.
1.3.3.3 Documentation Review  
The Contractor shall, as a minimum:
 review those portions of the Specification and Drawings relevant to the interface and
transmit such information to the Interfacing Contractors;
 co-ordinate and co-operate with Interfacing Contractors on all Site related matters
including, but not limited to, Site access and occupation, attendance, safety, verification
of work compatibility, survey control, etc.;
 review the interface information received and agree in writing with the Interfacing
Contractors that the interface information is adequate for that stage of that activity.
1.3.3.4 Design Stage  
The design interface is an iterative process, thus throughout the design process, the
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his own design with Interfacing Contractors to
develop interface designs in conjunction and co-operation with the designers of Interfacing
Contractors. These interface designs will be monitored and have to be given Notice of no
objection by the Employer’s Representative, but the Contractor shall work directly with the
Dec 2017 Page 10 of 161

Interfacing Contractors to develop designs which are compliant to the specification and are
mutually acceptable to all parties.
The Contractor shall, immediately upon Contract Award, gather all necessary information and
develop his design to a level where meaningful interaction can take place as soon as the
Interfacing Contractors are available.
1.3.3.5 Interface Design Change Process
The Contractor shall establish an interface design change process to ensure that:
 All proposed changes for a specific interface are reported, recorded and resolved;
 Proposed changes are fully evaluated; and 
 Internal/External communications and distribution paths are properly defined
1.3.3.6 Construction Phase
During construction the Contractor shall, when a construction item is ready for field
inspection, advise the Interfacing Contractor in advance to verify compatibility with the
Interfacing Contractor’s needs.
The Contractor shall:
 advise the Interfacing Contractors in writing when the as-constructed interface- related
work can be inspected, and provide the necessary Site access and occupation;
 request in writing and obtain from the Interfacing Contractors, interface information
required for that stage of the Contract;
 agree in writing with the Interfacing Contractors on the adoption of any applicable
comments on the constructed work;
 agree that any testing and commissioning for works can be carried out in accordance with
the Interface Management Plan;
 conduct on-Site inspections of the work elements, and give comments in writing to the
Interfacing Contractors;
 agree in writing with the Interfacing Contractors that the as-constructed work substantially
meets the interface requirements.
 Where the execution of work by Interfacing Contractors depends upon the Contractor’s
site management or upon information to be given by the Contractor, the Contractor shall
provide the Interfacing Contractors with the required services or the correct and accurate
information required to enable the Interfacing Contractors to meet their programme for the
construction or installation of their works.
1.3.3.7 Interface Commissioning
The Contractor shall co-ordinate all of his testing and commissioning activities with the
Interfacing Contractors. Interface commissioning shall demonstrate that the delivered
interface is ready and meets the interface requirements.
Successful completion of all interface commissioning shall prove its readiness for
commissioning of the overall contract scope and completion of the overall Metro-rail Project,
prior to handover to the Employer for their commercial operation.
1.3.4 Resolution of Co-Ordination Difficulties
1.3.4.1 When the Contractor identifies interface co-ordination difficulties, the Contractor shall review
the pertinent points of each Interfacing Contractor to determine possible compatible solutions
in terms of sequence, timing and technical details. The Contractor shall then meet with the
relevant Interfacing Contractor(s) to determine solutions, which are mutually acceptable to
each Interfacing Contractor without diluting the contractual requirements and advise the
Employer’s Representative.
Dec 2017 Page 11 of 161

1.3.4.2 Where an acceptable solution has not been identified, the Contractor shall advise the
Employer’s Representative in writing of the problems encountered. If, in the opinion of the
Employer’s Representative, an interface is not proceeding satisfactorily, then the Employer’s
Representative will review the matter, and establish a coordinated plan directing the
Contractor and the Interfacing Contractor(s) on the required action. In the event that no
agreement can be made between the Contractor and the Interfacing Contractor(s), the
Employer’s Representative shall determine the requirements to the best of his knowledge,
and his determination shall be final and binding on the Contractor and the Interfacing
Contractor(s).
1.3.5 Interface Performance
1.3.5.1 The Contractor’s performance in relation to his compliance with the interface requirements
under the Contract shall be assessed by the Employer’s Representative 3 months after the
Commencement Date and thereafter at three monthly intervals. The assessment will be in the
form of an audit of the Contractor’s interface management system. This audit will assess the
Contractor’s compliance with the responsibilities delineated in this document and elsewhere
as related to interface management and the preparation of the Interface Management Plan
and Programme and other documentation and procedures associated with Interface
Management and Coordination.
1.3.5.2 The Contractor will be notified of non-conformances from the audit, which will require
rectification. Where, in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor has failed
to rectify a non-conformance within a reasonable period from the date of notification, this may
lead to non-payment of any lump sums, until such time as the non-conformance has been
rectified to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative, refer sub-clause below.
1.3.5.3 The Contract allows for continuous audits of the Contractor’s compliance with his Interface
Management Plan and the requirements of this document, and any extreme or continuing
failures shall result in a negative audit report, which may lead to non-payment of the relevant
payment item in the Preliminaries section (or other relevant section) of the Pricing Document.
The decision of the Employer’s Representative in this regard shall be final.
1.4 CONTRACTOR’S INTERFACE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
1.4.1 Interface Management System
The Contractor shall establish and maintain an Interface Management System to identify,
control and monitor the interfaces of the Contract, which shall include, but not be restricted to,
the following:
 Establishment and maintenance of an Interface Management Team suitably qualified and

experienced in co-ordination and interface management.
 Provision, as one of his Key Personnel, of a Chief Interface Coordinator, to head the
Interface Management Team, suitably qualified and experienced, with the responsibility,
experience and authority to resolve interface matters in accordance with the Contract.
The Chief Interface Coordinator will develop a monitoring and reporting procedure to be
implemented by his team for the duration of the Contract.
 Implement and maintain a strict monitored control of information transfer to the Interfacing
Contractors, the Employer and the Employer’s Representative utilizing the official
channels of communication.
 Provide a comprehensive interface schedule of Interfacing Contractors, including

specialist domestic interfaces (i.e. specialist testing and commissioning engineers)
identifying all interfacing activities and timetables of events.
 Arrange all internal and external interface meetings. The Employer’s Representative may
arrange regular meetings to monitor the status of interfaces, and may require special
Dec 2017 Page 12 of 161

meetings as may be necessary to resolve specific issues. The Contractor’s Interface

Management Team will be required to attend such meetings. The Contractor may request
assistance from the Employer’s Representative to arrange meetings on particular
subjects.
 Providing the Employer’s Representative with all information and/or details of interfaces,
including copies of all correspondence and material.
 Providing the Employer’s Representative with access to information for the purpose of
conducting audits on the interface system and for confirming that interface co-ordination
is proceeding consistently with the Project requirements.
 Establish interface dates for information, documentation, access or works completion

requirements.
1.4.2 Interface Management Team
The Contractor’s Interface Management Team will undertake and fulfill the following tasks:
 Provide timely interface information when requested, anticipating the information needs of
the Interfacing Contractors and transmitting such information as soon as it is available.
 Pro-actively keep the Interfacing Contractors informed of any development of the Works
related to the interfaces. Communicating and co-operating with the Interfacing
Contractors to identify and resolve potential interface problems.
 Advise the Interfacing Contractors on potential problems related to the interfaces,
together with proposed solutions likely to be acceptable to Interfacing Contractors and
which meet the needs of the Project.
 Arrange and/or attend meetings with the Interfacing Contractors as necessary to resolve
interface issues.
 During each stage of the Contract, the Contractor shall directly communicate and co-
ordinate with Interfacing Contractors as necessary to achieve a fully coordinated
construction / installation.
 Contractor shall issue true records of all interface meetings, with appropriate actions and
attendance lists, to all Interfacing Contractors, whether in attendance or not, and to the
Employer’s Representative, within 3 days of the meeting. Minutes of meetings shall be
signed by all parties in attendance, signifying their agreement to the contents thereof,
before being formally issued by the Contractor.
The authority and responsibilities of all personnel involved in the Interface Management Team
must be clearly defined in the IMP.
1.5 INTERFACE MANAGEMENT PLAN & INTERFACE MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
1.5.1 General
1.5.1.1 The Contractor shall prepare the proposed Interface Management Plan and proposed
Interface Management Programme, to which the Employer’s Representative issues a notice
of no objection. The Interface Management Plan and Interface Management Programme shall
completely define the Contractor’s programme and methodology for interface co-ordination
and management, whilst complying with all Key Dates as specified.
1.5.1.2 Subsequently they shall be kept up to date and submitted on a quarterly basis to the
Employer’s Representative for scrutiny and notice of no objection, and a summary of the
principal issues shall be included in each Monthly Progress Report. The Contractor shall note
that each submission of these documents is subject to regular audits and the issue of a notice
of no objection by the Employer’s Representative.
1.5.2 Interface Management Plan (IMP)  
Dec 2017 Page 13 of 161

The Interface Management Plan is that document which describes the Contractor’s interface
management in terms of providing a clear description of each of the interfaces, both
technically and sequentially, and represents an account of how the Contractor proposes to
achieve co-ordination of the Works. The description shall completely detail the Contractor's
work scope and interface with each of the Interfacing Contractors in terms of technical
description, sequence and timing for each of the elements required to achieve a coordinated
design. The Contractor shall demonstrate how potential interface conflicts can be eliminated
by design simplification. This document is also required to demonstrate that the coordinated
design and construction details described therein fully comply with the needs of others, and
agreement in writing of these details by the Interfacing Contractors will be a pre-requisite to
the Employer’s Representative issuing a notice of no objection.
1.5.3 Requirements for the Interface Management Plan
The Interface Management Plan shall be a process-driven programme in a format to be

agreed with the Employer’s Representative. The IMP shall incorporate the key activities from
both the Interfacing Contractors’ and Contractor’s Works programmes that will enable the
Contractor to demonstrate that any Interface is being correctly managed and will result in fully
coordinated construction / installation of works.
The Interface Management Plan shall:
 Follow the outline structure, numbering system, and related procedures in a format to be
agreed with the Employer’s Representative.
 Be coordinated with the Interfacing Contractors to ensure compatibility of interface

identification and definition.
 Comply with the Key Dates as specified.
 Be transmitted to the Interfacing Contractors concurrently with submittals to the

Employer’s Representative.
 Support the Works Programme to which the Employer’s Representative has given a
notice of no-objection.
 Address each zone of interface i.e. ancillary buildings, train stabling, trackwork external,
trackwork internal, substations, signaling and telecommunications facilities, operation and
control rooms, staff accommodation, external works etc. related to each design
submission and stage of design or construction / installation.
 List all relevant interfaces in detail, their status, and the corresponding source(s) of
information.
 Include interface information transfer dates, which have been agreed by the Interfacing
Contractors.
 Accommodate comments and input required by the Employer’s Representative.
 Include an account of how the interfaces are being managed.
 Identify the latest information regarding agreements with the Interfacing Contractors and
transfers of information.
 Review and address the design, supply, installation, testing & commissioning programme
of the Interfacing Contractors to ensure that the Key Dates of each contract can be
achieved, and highlight any programme risks requiring management attention.
 Identify any problems related to co-ordination with Interfacing Contractors.
Dec 2017 Page 14 of 161

1.5.4 Interface Specification
1.5.4.1 The Interface Specification and associated drawings shall specify the proposed method and
schedule for verifying the interface integrity, the individual equipment/system performance
and the combined system performance.
The Interface Specification shall include a programme of tests to demonstrate the

performance and integrity of the integrated system. The interface sheets developed by the
Employer’s Representative are provided in this Booklet. The attached interface sheets are not
final and do not relieve the Contractor’s obligation to identify any new interface to meet
contract requirements. The interface sheets, which the Contractor shall develop, shall be
used as a basis to establish the Interface Specification. Any revision to the Interface
Specification shall be mutually agreed between the Contractor and Interfacing Contractors,
with submission to the Employer’s Representative, and shall specifically:
 Understand the design requirements of each party and associated constraints;

 Determine the detailed interface works to be performed during the various stages; and
 Agree on the interface works in reference to respective scope, with any agreements
reached to be formally documented in Interface Meeting Minutes, including an actions
item list.
1.5.4.2 The Interface Contractors shall mutually identify and agree the Interfaces that will exist
between them using the Interface Coordination Sheets (ICSs). These interfaces may be
expanded to include all, and any other, interfaces that develop during the execution of the
Project.
1.5.4.3 The Interfacing Contractors shall mutually agree upon the information to be exchanged and
shall develop a unique Interface Specification for each interface identified.  
The ICSs will be tracked and monitored using an ICS Register to be compiled by the
Contractor. This register will track the progress of the ICS from inception through to closure
and final processing by the Contractor, prior to transmittal to the Employer’s Representative
as a complete Integrated Design. Each interface shall have a unique reference number to
enable the Interface to be readily identified and tracked and monitored.
1.6 INTERFACE COORDINATION SHEET (ICS)
1.6.1 The Contractor’s Interface Coordination sheet, the format of which shall be agreed with
Employer’s Representative, is required to be used by each of the Interfacing Contractors to
record all of the Contract Interfaces. The Contractor shall ensure that each Interfacing
Contractor provides input and maintains the ICS continually updated as required.
1.6.2 The Contractor shall ensure that the Interfacing Contractors demonstrate their coordination
efforts as required by the Contract. To achieve this, the Contractor and the Interfacing
Contractors shall identify their interface requirements which shall be input into the interface
documents, i.e. IMP, ICS, etc. by the Contractor.
1.6.3 The Contractor shall monitor the ICS to ensure that, as the Interface progresses, the records
show the appropriate Status as agreed with the Interfacing Contractors. The Contractor will
be responsible for confirming the “Closing Out” of each ICS record, whilst ensuring that
throughout the interface process all Interfacing Contractors have agreed to the following:  
a) The receiving Interfacing Contractor has received and accepted the Interface being
recorded.  
b) All Interfacing Contractors have recorded the interface record as “Proposed Close Out”.  
c) The Confirmation of Co-ordination form has been updated and signed by the relevant
Dec 2017 Page 15 of 161

1.6.4 When documents are exchanged for review/comment with Interfacing Contractors, the
originator preparing these documents should ensure that they are accompanied by the
Confirmation of Coordination. When the Interfacing Contractor returns these documents with
comments to the originator, they should be returned with the Confirmation of Coordination
form duly completed, confirming coordination and agreement or comment as appropriate, as
a record of them having coordinated the interface item. This Confirmation of Co-ordination is
to be transmitted to the Employer’s Representative upon signing by the Interfacing
Contractor(s).
1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
1.7.1 General
1.7.1.1 For the purpose of achieving a Project which is fully coordinated with respect to civil,
structural, architectural, building services, electrical, mechanical works and interface
elements, and to ensure compatibility between different facilities and services, and adequate
space requirements, all drawings are to be reviewed and coordinated by the Contractor.
1.7.1.2 The Contractor will provide and issue detailed Interface Working Drawings in terms of items
such as; special arrangements, space allocation, cast in items, primary and secondary fixings,
grouting of equipment/plinths, drill and fix brackets, embedded and cast-in items and the like.
1.7.1.3 The drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor and shall also include composite cross-
sections and layouts, which show the spatial requirements of all Interfacing Contractors and
identify items to be finalized, defined, or resolved.
1.7.2 Combined Services Drawing (CSDs) And Structural E&M Drawings (SEMs)
1.7.2.1 The Contractor’s CSDs and SEMs must be clear and sufficiently detailed to unambiguously
show the intent of the subject services and the corresponding structure / facility allowances.
While these drawings do not have to duplicate all of the details of the Drawings, they must
include plans sections and elevations as required to clearly illustrate the compatible
relationship between the different disciplines. Specifically, the drawings will include wall
elevation drawings at 1:50 scale (or larger where required) indicating all openings, access
panels, reinforcement zones, embedded and cast-in items and the like, and shall be
submitted to the Employer’s Representative for a notice of no objection.
1.7.2.2 The CSDs shall show the intended locations, routes and spatial relationships of the individual
E&M services, Building Services systems, and installations, Depot Equipment, Core Systems
installations and other installations, fully coordinated with each other and the civil structural
and architectural work. The CSDs shall also clearly indicate that effective cable co-ordination
has been achieved in terms of cable location or cable trays and the trunking and cable
routing.
1.7.2.3 The SEMs shall show all civil, structural, and architectural requirements for the E&M services,
Building Services systems and installations, Builder’s works and the Core Systems and other
installations.
1.7.2.4 Where Builder’s works are required by the Interfacing Contractors, the drawings, details,
specification notes and catalogue information and the like shall be obtained by the Contractor
from these Interfacing Contractors indicating the builder’s work to be incorporated into the
Works. The Contractor shall include details of such Builder’s works in the SEMs and Method
Statements as appropriate.
1.7.2.5 Builder’s work comprises, but is not limited to, the following:
 construction of plinths, bases, builders bund walls and the like.

 placing and fixing of holding down bolts, lifting beams and hooks and other supporting
items;
Dec 2017 Page 16 of 161

 supply, fabrication installation, protection, fixing and finishing of supporting steelwork, for
equipment and associated accessories;
 casting in of edgings, angles in recesses, ducts, conduit, pipes etc.;
 fixing equipment and associated, brackets, cable containment and fixtures;
 forming of penetrations, sleeves, access panels, holes, chases, recesses, openings;
 all in accordance with the Contract.
1.7.2.6 The CSD/SEMs shall also be used for the purpose of coordinating with the Interfacing
Contractors and shall be continuously updated to reflect the latest interface co-ordination.
Copies of the CSD/SEM drawings shall be included in submittals to the Employer’s
Representative.
1.7.2.7 Where the CSDs or SEMs do not fully co-ordinate with the Site conditions the Contractor shall
co-ordinate and propose a solution to the problem. All proposed solutions shall be issued to
the Employer’s Representative.
1.7.3 Interface Drawings  
For the Interface Drawings, the Contractor shall prepare in diagrammatic format for each
interface the demarcation of scope of responsibilities between the Contractor and each of the
Interfacing Contractors. The Contractor shall submit all Drawings with interface requirements
for a notice of no objection from the Employer’s Representative. Any proposed deviation to
the Construction Specification or Drawings shall be identified and justified with design
documentation, details and drawings. The submission shall also identify all interface
requirements. The pre-design interface drawings are attached respective drawing volume of
Bid Documents, it shows general ideas about the interface requirement to the interfacing
contractor. The contractor should develop own interface drawings with detailed design and
dimensions and submit the same to other interfacing contractor.
1.7.4 As Constructed Drawings  
Upon completion of the Works the Contractor shall submit all Combined Services Drawings,
and Interface Demarcation Drawings showing the final “As Constructed” status of the Works
related to these drawings.
1.8 SPECIFIC INTERFACES AMONG CONTRACTORS
1.8.1 General Requirements
1.8.1.1 In these Specifications, unless otherwise stated, the term “Contracts” refers to all the relevant
Contracts and the term “Contractors” refers to all the relevant Contractors.
1.8.1.2 This document shall be read in conjunction with the relevant paragraphs of the relevant
General Specification and Particular / Technical Specifications. The Contractors shall ensure
all requirements of the General Specification and PS/TS pertaining to the contracts are fully
resolved and implemented.
1.8.1.3 The Contractors shall ensure that all requirements of the Specification pertaining to interfaces
are properly satisfied.
1.8.1.4 The requirements specified herein are by no means exhaustive and it remains the
responsibility of the respective Contractors to develop and execute an interface plan during
execution of the work to ensure that:
(i) All interface issues between the contracts are satisfactorily resolved
(ii) Supply, installation and testing of equipment and software are fully coordinated
(iii) All equipment supplied in the contracts are fully compatible with each other
1.8.1.5 In the event of a conflict between the Particular / Technical Specification and this
specification, the requirements of the Particular / Technical Specification shall prevail.
Dec 2017 Page 17 of 161

1.8.2 Interface Management
1.8.2.1 Each Contractor shall establish a structured process to integrate with other systems to ensure
safe, reliable and efficient operations under both normal and degraded conditions to the
satisfaction of the Employer / Engineer.
1.8.2.2 Each Contractor shall ensure that the equipment supplied under the respective Contract are
properly interfaced and integrated with other systems.
1.8.2.3 Each Contractor shall appoint competent and experienced person with no fewer than 5 years
of railway project experience who shall be the single point of contact for all interface design
and testing works with the interfacing contractors and the Employer / Engineer.
1.8.2.4 Each Contractor shall be responsible for interface identification, establishment, construction
and testing works either in the capacity as the Lead Contractor or Participating Contractor.
1.8.2.5 The Lead Contractor will be responsible to initiate, plan, coordinate and produce jointly with
the Participating Contractors all the required interfaces and interface design documents and
interface progress reports for submission to the Engineer for acceptance. The Lead
Contractor will also prepare and submit all interface meeting minutes and interface progress
reports to the Engineer for information.
1.8.2.6 The Participating Contractor shall collaborate fully with the Lead Contractor in the
development and finalization of the interface design, joint production of the interface
documents and interface progress reports.
1.8.2.7 The costs for all interface design and testing works shall be deemed to be included in the
Contract sum regardless of the actual extent of effort required or expended by the
Contractors.
1.8.2.8 The Contractors shall be fully responsible for the management and control of its
subcontractors in relation to all interfacing activities carried out under the Contract.
1.8.2.9 If there is revision in stipulations given in the contracts due to external agency requirements,
revised interface will continue to be carried out without disturbing the project schedule. Any
modification and/or changes in contractual matters shall be dealt with separately.
Dec 2017 Page 18 of 161

CHAPTER 2
2.0 STATION BUILDING CONTRACTORS’ INTERFACES

2.1 INTERFACE WITH SIGNALING & TRAIN CONTROL (S&TC) CONTRACTOR
2.1.1 Definition and Scope
2.1.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and S&TC Contractor.
2.1.1.2 Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and S&TC Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
2.1.2 Contractors’ Responsibilities
2.1.2.1 This specification outlines the Contractors’ interface requirements, which are based on the Technical Studies carried out during the early stages of
the Project.
2.1.3 Scope of Interface & Division of Responsibilities
2.1.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and S&TC Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
system. The roles and activities of the two Contractors shall include minimum following but not limited to:
Item Subject Station DDCs / Contractor S&TC Contractor

No.
Station Civil
1 Layout of rooms at the Design Design:
station: Signalling Prepare and furnish station drawings; Mark cable trays on the station drawings in close
Equipment room (SER), Incorporate room requirements and routing of Cable coordination with the DDCs.
UPS, Signalling ducts/ cable trays. Review design with the DDCs.
maintenance room, and Provision of space for Emergency stop plunger. Co-ordinate closely with Station Construction
Station control rooms Contractors to ensure the requirements at site are met.
(SCR). Construction
Rooms complete with structures, false ceiling if Construction:
necessary, finishes, fire protection, doors etc. Construct false flooring in signal equipment room on the
mainline.
Provide equipment foundations / pedestals / base
frames.
Install all S&TC equipment, cables, cable trays under
Dec 2017 Page 19 of 161


No.
false floors etc.
Seal the gaps after cable installation work with fire
resistant material.
2 Station Control Room: Design Design:
Space for workstations / Incorporate design requirement of S&TC Contractor in Furnish layout of Signalling equipment within Station
ESP and other the SCR room Control Room for S&TC equipment in close coordination
Signalling equipments. with the DDCs and/ or Station construction contractor.
Construction
Construct the SCR room as per approved design Construction:
Install Signalling equipment within Station Control Room.
3 Provision of Earthing at Design of earth and earth bus bar of < 1Ω Set up the earth bus inside S&T equipment rooms (SER,
stations in equipment SMR and SCR) from the earth bus bar provided in UPS
rooms. Installation of Earth bus bar < 1Ω and earth (S&T) room.
4 DCS Mast Design and construct to accommodate DCS mast base Provide design data of DCS mast to DDCs / Civil
plate Contractor
Install the DCS mast

Station E&M
1 Lighting, air-conditioning Rooms complete with fire protection, gas flooding Design:
etc. for signaling system, lighting fixtures, Air-conditioning & ventilation Mark cable trays on the station drawings in close
equipment rooms at the and power sockets. coordination with the civil design / construction
station contractor.
Provide Cable ducts /Hangers / cable trays up to the Furnish heat load data / calculations
rooms.
Review the designs and coordinate closely with
General lighting and power for testing of signaling construction contractor to ensure the requirements at
system site are met.
Construction:
Construct all cable trays within the rooms required for
the S&TC System.
Riser cable tray from false floor
Install all S&TC equipment, cables etc.
resistant material.
Dec 2017 Page 20 of 161


No.
2 Cabling infrastructure for Design Design:
Signalling at stations Incorporate routing of Cable ducts/ hangers / trays for Mark cable tray requirement on the GAD/ CSD in close
Signalling main cables throughout the station. coordination with the DDCs and/ or Station (Civil and
E&M) construction contractors.
Design details to be worked out in interface with S&TC
and other system design requirements. Furnish and review requirements of EMC for cabling.
Construction Review and confirm design with the DDCs and closely
Station E&M Contractor shall provide Cable ducts/ co-ordinate with construction contractor to ensure that
cable trays / Hangers for routing S&TC cables from the requirements at site are met.
viaduct to station area
Construction:
Provide Cable ducts / Hangers / cable trays within the Install cables for all S&TC systems.
station area for signalling systems upto the equipment
rooms. Install cable trays / hangers for routing signalling cables
inside signal equipment room and signal maintenance
General lighting will be provided by Station Contractor. room.
For testing, power will be provided by Station E&M
Contractor. Seal the gaps after cable installation work with fire
resistant material.
3 Power for signalling Provision of twin feeders for signalling system UPS in Providing design requirements to E&M Contractor
UPS the emergency power panel
Coordinating for cable sizing and routing
Laying of LV cables from emergency power panel upto
the signalling UPS room Cable connection at UPS end
Cable connection at emergency panel end
2.2 INTERFACE WITH ROLLING STOCK CONTRACTOR
2.2.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and Rolling Stock Contractor.
2.2.1.2 Rolling Stock Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Participating Contractor.
Dec 2017 Page 21 of 161

the Project.
2.2.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and Rolling Stock Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements
of the system. The roles and activities of the two Contractors shall include minimum following but not limited to:
SN Subject Rolling Stock Contractor Station Contractor

1 Car Details Shall provide required details of Rolling stock including Requires details of Rolling stock including length of train
Length of train cars (with front coupler), height and location of cars, height and location of doors for station design.
doors for station design
2 Kinematic and Shall provide the details of kinematic and structural gauges Requires details of kinematic and structural gauges to
structural gauges respective to all speeds design the platform clearance while train is running
without stopping
3 Clearances Shall co-ordinate and confirm with station contractor Shall jointly check and confirm the curves, dimensional
checking with clearances, gradients, chainages, levels and emergency
respect to escape provision
platform
alignment
4 Testing and Shall co-ordinate and confirm with Station contractor Shall jointly check and confirm the maximum noise /
commissioning echo level with respect to various operating speeds of
rolling stock
5 Integrated testing Require to conduct integrated test with all systems Shall coordinate with RS Contractor to complete testing
and commissioning work
2.3 INTERFACE WITH TELECOMMUNICATION (TEL) CONTRACTOR
2.3.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and Telecom Contractor.
2.3.1.2 Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Telecom Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
Dec 2017 Page 22 of 161

the Project.
2.3.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and Telecom Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of
the system. The roles and activities of the two Contractors shall include minimum following but not limited to:
SN Subject Station DDCs / Contractors Telecom Contractor

Station Civil
1 Layout of relevant Prepare and furnish station drawings; Design:
equipment rooms at the Incorporate room requirements and routing of Cable Mark requite requirements in close coordination with the
station ducts / cable trays. civil design / construction contractor.
Rooms complete with structures, false ceiling if Review design with the civil design contractor.
necessary, finishes, fire protection, doors, etc. Coordinate closely with construction contractor to ensure
the requirements at site are met.
Construction:
Provide equipment foundations/ pedestals.

Install all telecom equipment, cables etc.
resistant material.
2 Station Control Room Design Design:
Incorporate design requirement of Telecom Contractor Furnish layout of telecom equipment within Station
in the SCR room viz. Space for workstations / and Control Room for telecom equipment in close
other telecom equipments etc. coordination with the civil design and/ or construction
contractor.
Construction
Construct the SCR room as per approved design Construction:
Install telecom equipment within Station Control Room.
3 TETRA Radio Tower Shall incorporate the requirement of radio tower at Shall provide design requirements for radio tower and
select stations and construct the structure to enable shall coordinate appropriately
installation of radio tower
Shall install the radio towers
4 Provision of Earthing at Design of earth and earth bus bar < 1Ω Set up the earth bus inside equipment room from the
stations in telecom earth bus bar provided in UPS room.
Dec 2017 Page 23 of 161


equipment rooms Installation of Earth bus bar < 1Ω and earth
5 Construction and Shall install the mounting and fixing arrangements for The fixtures will be to be designed and installed by
Installation heavy equipments like CCTV monitors, display boards, Telecom Contractor.
analogue clocks etc., during the construction as per
the Telecom Contractor’s requirements. Primary Fixtures & Secondary Fixtures for Telecom
equipment shall be provided by Telecom Contractor as
per aesthetics of the Station architecture. Sample to be
get approved from MAHA-METRO.
Station E&M
1 Lighting, air-conditioning Rooms complete with fire protection, lighting fixtures, Design:
etc. for telecom Air-conditioning & ventilation and power sockets. Mark cable trays on the station drawings in close
equipment rooms at the coordination with the civil design / construction
station Provide Cable ducts /Hangers / cable trays up to the contractor.
rooms.
General lighting and power or testing of telecom construction contractor to ensure the requirements at
Construction:
the Telecom System.
resistant material.
Dec 2017 Page 24 of 161


Telecom systems at Incorporate routing of Cable ducts/ hangers / trays for Mark cable tray requirement on the GAD/ CSD in close
stations telecom main cables throughout the station. coordination with the DDCs and/ or Station (Civil and
Design details to be worked out in interface with
Telecom and other system design requirements. Furnish and review requirements of EMC for cabling.
Station E&M Contractor shall provide Cable ducts/ co-ordinate with construction contractor to ensure that
cable trays / Hangers for routing Telecom cables from the requirements at site are met.
Construction:
Provide Cable ducts / Hangers / cable trays within the Install cables for all Telecom systems.
station area for telecom systems upto the equipment
rooms. Install cable trays / hangers for routing telecom cables
inside signal equipment rooms
General lighting will be provided by Station Contractor.
For testing, power will be provided by Station E&M Seal the gaps after cable installation work with fire
Contractor. resistant material.
3 Access Control Provide doors & door frames for various rooms duly Advise the details of ACS equipment to be installed on
considering the requirements of Telecom Contractor doors and door frames
4 Power for telecom UPS Provision of twin feeders for telecom system UPS in Providing design requirements to E&M Contractor
the emergency power panel
the telecom UPS room Cable connection at UPS end

5 Provision of Ethernet E&M Contractor shall be responsible for installation of Telecom Contractor shall provide Ethernet Channel in
Channel for E&M monitoring and control equipment and to lay data cable 1+1 redundancy at Interface point inside Telecom Rack
equipment from Telecom interface point in TER to E&M Control at TER of Stations
and Monitoring equipment.
6 Cyber Security The E&M DDC / Contractor shall be required to The Telecom Contractor shall engage a Cyber Security
engage with designated Cyber Security Consultant at Consultant, who will recommend Cyber Security
the early stage of design development. The Contractor Guidelines complying the requirements of related
shall consider the inputs of Cyber Security Consultant standards.
into their design and develop their System Safety &
Dec 2017 Page 25 of 161


Cyber Security Assurance Plan and submit to MAHA-
METRO for approval.
2.4 INTERFACES WITH POWER SUPPLY CONTRACTORS
2.4.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and Power Supply Contractors.
2.4.1.2 Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Power Supply Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
2.4.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and Power Supply Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements
Item Item Description PS Contractor Station Building Contractors

No.
Station Civil
1 ASS Room / Shall provide the layout drawings to Station Building Shall design and construct ASS room / building to be
Building Contractor requirement of the PS Contractor.
2 Installation of 33 Shall provide weight & dimensions of the cables. Shall provide suitable opening and HDPE pipe for carrying
kV, cables and cables inside ASS and at track crossings as per
control cable Shall supply & install 33 kV and other cables requirement.
Shall design & provide and install cable path (duct, Shall take into consideration the bending radius of cable
metallic brackets, cable trays etc.) as per requirement. and covering of cables in public places.
Shall co-ordinate and give requirements to the Station

Contractor for the cable path, gallery size, route alignment
and mounting requirements for cables in the Station area
Dec 2017 Page 26 of 161


No.
Shall co-ordinate with Station Contractors for provision of
opening and HDPE pipes of adequate size to carry the
cables inside ASS and at track crossings.
3 Temporary Power Shall co-ordinate with Station Contractor for provision of Shall provide sockets for temporary power, if available,
For Installation, suitable sockets inside ASS rooms for temporary power inside ASS rooms as per requirement
testing &
commissioning Shall pay to the Station Contractor for the power Shall provide suitable meters for calculating the
consumption consumption
Note: If temporary power is not available from Station

Contractor, then PS Contractor shall make his own
arrangement.
4 Installation of Shall supply, transport and install ASS Equipment Shall construct ASS rooms keeping in view the specific
Equipment in ASS including Transformers, 33kV Switchgear, Distribution requirements of PS Contractor regarding passages,
Boards etc. as per Specifications. ingress / egress routes, door size, knock out panels, floor
openings etc. for access of heavy equipments forming
Shall provide equipment layout drawing. Shall provide permanent works
necessary foundations for transformers, panels other
equipment etc. Alternatively, the Contractor can provide Shall provide ASS room complete in all respects, including
suitably designed anchor-fasteners to fix transformers, flooring, lighting, ventilation, power sockets, access doors,
33kV panels, Battery chargers etc. to the basic rolling shutters, windows, ventilators and interior finish, but
floor/pedestal excluding foundations for transformer and panels.
Shall coordinate with Station Contractors for suitable Shall provide cut-outs in floor for cable entry to the
design of ASS rooms to ensure smooth passage for requirements of PS Contractor.
carrying the equipments inside ASS.
Shall make provision for passage/crossing of various
Shall coordinate with Station Contractors for suitable cables in the station along the walls, under the platform
openings for cable and earthing connections and cable copings etc. for cable entry from viaduct cable duct to
entry from viaduct cable duct to ASS room. ASS room.
Shall confirm the fire safety provisions Shall provide hatch, gantry beams and loading deck for
carrying heavy equipments and materials to substations.
Shall provide dimensions and weights of various Shall provide lifting hooks in ASS rooms as per
equipment requirements of PS Contractor.
Shall arrange material handling equipment at his own cost Shall provide suitable fire safety provisions in equipment
Dec 2017 Page 27 of 161


No.
or hire the same from Station Building Contractor and pay rooms.
necessary hiring charges to Station Building Contractor
5 Earthing and Shall provide schematic arrangement of earthing and Shall Coordinate for requirements of earthing and bonding
bonding bonding schemes in the stations schemes
arrangements at
stations Shall connect station earth mats to Earth Cable by Shall associate with PS Contractor to verify the earthing-
appropriate size copper cable or equivalent MS bonding of structure as per approved scheme.
connections
Shall provide necessary earth terminals, earth mesh etc.
Shall connect structure earth terminals to Earth Cable and risers and respect the schematic earthing drawing
through 70 mm2 copper cable
Shall ensure provision of minimum of 50mm dia pipe (5
Shall connect various structures at station to Earth Cable Nos.) on each platform under the floor for continuity of
as per schematic earthing platform shelter / canopy.
6 Earthing in ASS Shall provide the earthing design calculations and Shall provide the earth resistivity details for design of
requirements to Station Contractors. earth mat.
Shall associate during the installation of earth mat. Shall Shall install the earth mat according to approved design.
jointly check the resistance of the earth mat after
installation. Shall install Earth Bus / METs (main earth terminals
connected to the earth mats) inside ASS to facilitate the
Shall provide and connect various equipments to Earth connection of equipments.
Bus/METs inside ASS with GI / Copper strips.
Station E&M
1 Lighting and Shall provide heat load for electrical equipment inside Shall design adequate ventilation and lighting system for
ventilation in ASS ASS. ASS
Shall interface with Station Contractors for any special Shall provide for special requirements or preferred
requirements or preferred locations of lights, fans, exhaust locations of lights, fans, exhaust fans and other services.
fans and other services.
2 Supply to ACDB at Cable laying from designated LV panel to ACDB at ASS Providing emergency supply (DG, UPS) feeder in
ASS emergency panel or other suitable point
Installing cable support from LV panel to ACDB in ASS
Shall connect the cable at the LV panel end
Dec 2017 Page 28 of 161


No.
3 SCADA integration Shall provide RTU and designated terminal board for Shall provide E&M cable connection from MDB to RTU in
of main incomers connection of C&M cables from 415V CBs to RTU the designated terminal board.
and coupling
breaker of 415V
distribution board
(for station)
4 Connection from Shall provide LT terminals for connection of multiple runs Shall provide cable paths and shall connect the
transformer to of 3.5 core LT cables and openings in enclosure for cable transformer to the LV Distribution Board by means of
MDB (cables) entry so that no modification on or inside the transformer suitable cables as per specifications for each connection.
enclosure is required to be done by E&M contractor.
5 Connection from Facilitate connections from transformers to LT CBs, Shall supply and install MDB and bus duct from
transformer to provide necessary opening in enclosure suitable transformer to MDB.
MDB (bus duct) reinforced to strengthen and prevent sagging of enclosure.
6 33kV/415V Shall coordinate relay settings on transformer primary side Shall do the same on secondary side
auxiliary with those of secondary side provided by E&M
transformer
protection
7 Transformer door Shall provide wiring and interlock for transformer Shall install interlock supplied by PS Contractor on MDB
interlock enclosure door
8 Inter-tripping Shall provide inter-tripping circuits as per requirements Shall coordinate
between main LV shown in specifications for stations
circuit breakers
and the 33kV MV
circuit breakers of
the auxiliary
transformers
10 Viaduct lighting Shall design and provide the viaduct lighting and socket Shall coordinate with PS Contractor and make necessary
and socket outlets arrangement as per specifications. Shall provide the LV provision of feeders for the viaduct lighting and sockets in
power / feeder requirements to E&M Contractor to enable appropriate LV panels
him to make provisions of necessary feeders of adequate
capacity in the LV distribution scheme.
2.5 INTERFACE WITH OCS/OHE CONTRACTOR
Dec 2017 Page 29 of 161

2.5.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and OCS (or OHE) Contractor.
2.5.1.2 Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and OCS Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
2.5.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and OCS Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Item Description OCS Contractor Station Building Contractors

No.
A Station Civil
1 SSP/SP/SS Room Shall provide the layout drawings to Station Building Shall design and construct SP/SSP/SS room / building to
/ Building Contractor be requirement of the OCS Contractor.
2 Installation of 25 Shall provide weight & dimensions of the cables. Shall provide suitable opening and HDPE pipe for carrying
kV, cables and cables inside equipment room and at track crossings as
control cable Shall supply & install 25 kV and other cables per requirement.
Shall design & provide and install cable path (duct, Shall take into consideration the bending radius of cable
metallic brackets, cable trays etc.) as per requirement. and covering of cables in public places.
Shall co-ordinate and give requirements to the Station

Contractor for the cable path, gallery size, route alignment
and mounting requirements for cables in the Station area
Shall co-ordinate with Station Contractors for provision of

opening and HDPE pipes of adequate size to carry the
cables inside SP/SSP/SS and at track crossings.
3 Temporary Power Shall co-ordinate with station contractor for provision of Shall provide sockets for temporary power, if available,
For Installation, suitable sockets inside SSP/SS rooms for temporary inside SSP/SS rooms as per requirement
testing & power
commissioning Shall provide suitable meters for calculating the
Shall pay to the Station Contractor for the power consumption
Dec 2017 Page 30 of 161


No.
consumption
Note: If temporary power is not available from Station

Contractor, then OCS Contractor shall make his own
arrangement.
4 Installation of Shall supply, transport and install SSP/SS Equipment Shall construct SSP/SS rooms keeping in view the
Equipment in including 25kV Switchgear, Distribution Boards etc. as per specific requirements of OCS contractor regarding
SSP/SS/SP Specifications. passages, ingress / egress routes, door size, knock out
panels, floor openings etc. for access of heavy
Shall provide equipment layout drawing. Shall provide equipments forming permanent works
necessary foundations for transformers, panels other
equipment etc. Alternatively, the Contractor can provide Shall provide SSP/SS room complete in all respects,
suitably designed anchor-fasteners to fix panels, Battery including flooring, lighting, ventilation, power sockets,
chargers etc. to the basic floor/pedestal access doors, rolling shutters, windows, ventilators and
interior finish, but excluding foundations for transformer
Shall coordinate with Station Contractors for suitable and panels.
design of SSP/SS rooms to ensure smooth passage for
carrying the equipments inside SSP/SS. Shall provide cut-outs in floor for cable entry to the
requirements of OCS Contractor.
Shall coordinate with Station Contractors for suitable
openings for cable and earthing connections and cable Shall make provision for passage/crossing of various
entry from viaduct cable duct to SSP/SS room. cables in the station along the walls, under the platform
copings etc. for cable entry from viaduct cable duct to
Shall confirm the fire safety provisions SSP/SS room.
Shall provide dimensions and weights of various Shall provide hatch, gantry beams and loading deck for
equipment carrying heavy equipments and materials to switching
stations. Shall provide lifting hooks in SSP/SS rooms as
Shall arrange material handling equipment at his own cost per requirements of OCS Contractor.
or hire the same from Station Building Contractor and pay
necessary hiring charges to Station Building Contractor Shall provide suitable fire safety provisions in equipment
rooms.
Dec 2017 Page 31 of 161


No.
5 Earthing and Shall provide schematic arrangement of earthing and Shall Coordinate for requirements of earthing and bonding
bonding bonding schemes in the stations schemes
arrangements at
stations Shall associate with PS and OCS Contractors to verify the
earthing-bonding of structure as per approved scheme.
Shall provide necessary earth terminals, earth mesh etc.

and risers and respect the schematic earthing drawing
Shall ensure provision of minimum of 50mm dia pipe (5

Nos.) on each platform under the floor for continuity of
earthing platform shelter / canopy.
6 Earthing in Shall provide the earthing design calculations and Shall provide the earth resistivity details for design of
SSP/SS requirements to Station Contractors. earth mat.
Shall associate during the installation of earth mat. Shall Shall install the earth mat according to approved design.
jointly check the resistance of the earth mat after
installation. Shall install Earth Bus / METs (main earth terminals
connected to the earth mats) inside SSP/SS to facilitate
Shall provide and connect various equipments to Earth the connection of equipments.
Bus/METs inside SSP/SS with GI / Copper strips.
7 Support for OHE OCS Contractor will provide general arrangement showing Station Contractor will provide the necessary steelwork
from platform shed suspension members from station ceiling, from which OCS and bolt-holes etc. to enable the suspension members to
roof trusses can be supported. OCS Contractor will also indicate be supported from the platform shed roof trusses.
typical bending moment and direct load arising from OCS
at suspension points.
OCS Contractor will prepare detailed drawings for support

of OCS from suspension members.
8 Providing OCS OCS Contractor will indicate the locations where masts / Station Contractor will provide holding down bolts as per
masts / anchors anchors are required to be provided (in the pegging plans) approved drawings (used on viaduct to take the
on external baseplate)
parapets at OCS Contractor will provide bolted base OCS masts /
stations anchors etc.
9 Providing electrical OCS Contractor will provide the necessary clearance Station Contractor will ensure that the clearance diagrams
and mechanical diagrams showing minimum clearances required from are respected and there are no infringements
Dec 2017 Page 32 of 161


No.
clearances for OCS
OCS
10 Warning and Shall coordinate and inform locations of OCS warning and Shall provide suitable cuts in fixings for indicator boards in
indicator boards indicator boards station areas
Shall furnish the relevant drawings
Shall review the fixing arrangement
Shall supply and install all warning and indicator boards

B Station E&M
1 Lighting and Shall provide heat load for electrical equipment inside Shall design adequate ventilation and lighting system for
ventilation in SSP/SS. SSP/SS
SSP/SS
Shall interface with Station Contractors for any special Shall provide for special requirements or preferred
requirements or preferred locations of lights, fans, exhaust locations of lights, fans, exhaust fans and other services.
fans and other services.
2 Supply to ACDB at Cable laying from designated LV panel to ACDB at Providing emergency supply (DG, UPS) feeder in
SSP/SS SSP/SS emergency panel or other suitable point
Installing cable support from LV panel to ACDB in SSP/SS
Shall connect the cable at the LV panel end
2.6 INTERFACE WITH PSD/PSG CONTRACTOR
2.6.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and Platform Screen Door / Gate (PSD/PSG)
Contractor.
2.6.1.2 Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and PSG/PSD Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
Dec 2017 Page 33 of 161

the Project.
2.6.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and PSD/PSG Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of
SN Subject PSG Contractor Station DDCs / Contractors

Station Civil
1 PSD/PSG The Contractor shall coordinate with the Civil Works Shall construct the platform including any groove in the
Installation Contractors of each station to confirm the physical platform edge for installation of the PSG / PSD system
arrangements and any modifications thereto prior to the
finalization of PSG / PSD System design. Coordinate and cooperate for joint survey / inspection with
PSG / PSD Contractor
Provide all the required civil works details/inputs including
foundations, inserts, openings and other structural works
required for the erection of equipment, system and sub-
systems, in time for casting, to the Station Civil Contractor.
It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate with Civil

Works Contractor of each station to have joint inspection /
survey on Site to ensure that all parts of the Works are
provided to the acceptable construction tolerances.
2 Layout of PSD / Design: Design:
PSG rooms at the Confirm floor load bearing capacity and room finishes; Furnish location, room layout with dimensions of PSG
station Furnish weight, dimensions and mounting details of PSG Equipment Room in relation to the entire station and
equipment, control panels, UPS unit and other PSG facilities layout; Furnish details of architectural finishes of
equipments. the rooms;
Furnish layout of PSG equipment Room. Incorporate routing of Cable Ducts Cable Trays (within false
Confirm fire safety provisions. ceiling).
Review design with the design contractor. Co-ordinate
closely with construction contractor to ensure the Incorporate routing of Cable Trays
requirements at site are met.
Construction:
Construction: Rooms Complete with structures, false ceiling, finishes etc.
Construct all false flooring
Dec 2017 Page 34 of 161


Install all PSG / PSD equipment
3 Provision of Design: Design:
earthing at Confirm and coordinate the design with Civil / E&M Incorporate design of Main Earth including earth pits of
stations in Contractor Clean and Main Earth.
equipment rooms Design of Main Earth (<1 ohm) including earth pits.
Construction:
Provision of earth bus inside PSG / PSD Equipment Room Construction:
from the earth bus bar Main Earth bus bar inside PSG / PSD room
4 PSL Location Shall coordinate for PSL location at platform end walls Shall provide any cut-out, if required, for PSL
Station E&M
1 Lighting, air- Design: Design:
conditioning etc. Mark cable duct / cable tray on the civil / architectural/E&M Furnish details of architectural finishes of the rooms;
for PSD / PSG drawings of the station given by the DDCs / construction Incorporate routing of Cable Ducts / Cable Trays.
rooms at the contractor.
station Incorporate routing of Cable Trays
Furnish air-conditioning, ventilation, lighting and power
socket requirements. Construction:
Confirm fire safety provisions.
Review design with the design contractor. Co-ordinate Provide lighting fixtures, Air-conditioning & ventilation and
closely with construction contractor to ensure the power sockets.
requirements at site are met.
Construction:
Install cable trays within the rooms
Install all cables etc.
Seal the gaps after cable installation work
2 Cabling Design: Design
infrastructure for Mark cable duct/conduits/ tray requirement on the GAD/ Incorporate routing of Cable ducts/ hangers / trays for
PSG at stations architectural/CSD in close coordination with the civil PSD/PSG main cables throughout the station.
design/E&M and/ or construction contractor.
Design details to be worked out in interface with PSD/PSG
Furnish and review requirements of EMC for cabling. and other system design requirements.
Review and confirm design with the DDCs and closely co- Construction
ordinate with construction contractor to ensure that the Provide Cable ducts / Hangers / cable trays within the
requirements at site are met. station area for PSD/PSG systems upto the equipment
rooms.
Dec 2017 Page 35 of 161


Construction:
Install cables for all PSD/PSG systems. General lighting will be provided by Station Contractor. For
testing, power will be provided by Station E&M Contractor.
Install cable trays / hangers for routing PSD/PSG cables
Seal the gaps after cable installation work with fire resistant
material.
3 LV Power Supply To provide all power supply arrangement / distribution from Provision of twin feeders for PSD/PSG system in the
in PSG / PSD isolator onwards including UPS, panels etc. emergency power panel
room
All central ac/dc rectification, transformation and power Laying of LV cables from emergency power panel upto the
conditioning where required, along with any associated PSD/PSG room
control panels and the like shall be provided.
Cable connection at PSD/PSG room end

4 PSC-BMS The serial link and hardwired link cabling shall be supplied Shall coordinate with the PSG Contractor regarding
interface and installed by the PSG Contractor up to and including compatibility of protocol and connection
terminations in the BMS interface panel.
Shall provide BMS interface panel in the PSG Equipment
Shall coordinate for I/O and point schedule room at which PSG Contractor will terminate his
connections.
All cabling from BMS Interface Panel outwards is

responsibility of the BMS Contractor.
5 PSA-BMS Shall provide alarm terminal box at PSB and connection Shall provide necessary arrangement at BMS backup panel
interface from this box to BMS backup panel at PSB for connection from PSG alarm terminal box
2.7 INTERFACE WITH AUTOMATIC FARE COLLECTION (AFC) SYSTEM CONTRACTOR
2.7.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and AFC Contractor.
2.7.1.2 Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and AFC Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
Dec 2017 Page 36 of 161

the Project.
2.7.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and AFC Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
SN Subject Station DDCs / Contractors AFC Contractor

Station Civil
1 Ticket Booth Design: Design:
(TOM) related  Design of booth – number of windows and its location;
works  Design details to be worked out in interface with design 
Confirm basic booth sizes and layout;
requirements. 
Furnish equipment sizes and weights;

Furnish equipment mounting details;
Construction: 
Confirm room finishes;
 Construction of ticket booth with false ceiling and windows 
Furnish requirements of cable trenches, cable routing and
with glass panes, cable support provisions on walls and floor; holes in
 Construction of trenches for laying of Power and data cable, counter;
 Fare and Route display  Confirm fire safety provisions;
Counter as per AFC equipment design  Review the design from designated contractor.
Construction:
 Installation of Ticketing Machines

Power & Data cable for ticketing machines
2  Passenger Design: Design:
Operated Design details to be worked out in interface with design Furnish requirement of cable trenches, cable routing and
Machines / requirements of AFC Contractor cable support provisions
 Ticket Vending
Machine (TVM) Construction: Installation of:
 Construction of trench for laying of power and TVM
communication cables for TVM’s to be installed presently Power & Data cable for TVM
and in future
3  Passenger Construction of trench for laying of power and Design:
Dec 2017 Page 37 of 161


Operated communication cables for Recharge Card Terminal Furnish requirement of cable trenches, cable routing and
Machines / Machines/ Smart Card Vending Machine to be installed cable support provisions to Civil Contractor
 Recharge Card presently and in future All Earthing works for recharge machines
Terminal Stone cutting work shall be done by the civil / furnishing
Machines contractor.
4 Automatic Gates Design: Design:
related works Design details to be worked out in interface with design Confirm basic gate sizes and booth layout
requirements of AFC Contractor Furnish equipment sizes and weights
Location and number of gates to be decided in consultation Furnish equipment mounting details
with AFC contractor. Confirm finishes
Furnish requirement of cable trenches, cable routing and
Construction cable support provisions
Construction of trenches for laying of Power and data / Review the design from designated contractor
communication cables
Construction:
Contractor shall be responsible for fencing area uncovered
by Gates and shall also provide all furniture.
Installation of gates and ticketing machine.
Power & Data cables for Gate
Station E&M
1 TOM and AFC Incorporate design requirements of the AFC Contractor in Design:
Gates the E&M designs  Furnish requirements of cable trenches, cable routing and
cable support provisions on walls and floor; holes in
Provide: counter;
Indoor and outdoor lighting, Air-conditioning, Power points  Furnish lighting requirements;
at counters on wall for light & other related works of TOM  Confirm fire safety provisions;
Earthing requirement for ticketing machines,  Review the design from designated contractor.
Power and Lighting arrangement for AFC Gates  Power & data point below counter for AFC
Construction:
 Installation of Ticketing Machines and AFC Gates
Power & Data cable for ticketing machines
5 Station Control Design: Design:
Room related Design details to be worked out in interface with AFC Confirm area / location required for installation of computer
works design requirements. / equipments
Furnish requirement of cable trenches, cable routing and
Construction: cable support provisions
Dec 2017 Page 38 of 161


Indoor and outdoor lighting, Furnish lighting requirements
Air-conditioning, Confirm fire safety provisions
Power points for Station computer, Review the design from designated contractor
Supply through UPS,
Communication line for Station Computer, Construction:
Installation of Station Computer
Power & data cables for station computer & printer.
2.8 INTERFACE WITH ELEVATOR (LIFT) CONTRACTOR
2.8.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and Elevator Contractor.
2.8.1.2 Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Elevator Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
2.8.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and Elevator Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
SN Subject Station DDC / Contractor Elevator Contractor

Station Civil
1 Elevator Design: Design:
 Establish elevator locations and requirement  Provide Civil Contractor with detailed requirements of
 Consider and plan water drainage and protection from shaft size, size of ventilation opening, lifting beams /
rain hooks, waterproofing and protection from rain,
 Consider and plan maintenance access requirements structural provision etc.
 Incorporate elevator monitoring panel location  Inform the size of access necessary / likely along the
passage for moving the elevator for installation
Construction:  Furnish design for monitoring and control panel
 Provide shaft structure with proper drainage and access
Dec 2017 Page 39 of 161


 Provide lifting hooks / beams at top of shafts and water Construction:
proofing in pits  To satisfy himself with the load bearing capacity of civil
 Provide the load test report of the hooks and the structure at location of guide way support and of the
bracket to hold the Guide rail as per the load lifting hooks beams before starting installation
requirement of elevator contractor  Provide elevator car and all mounting / guide way
 Ramp for access to ground floor elevators support and mechanism
 Sun shade, rain water protection and water ingress for  Provide all exterior finishes and door components for
elevators to be installed in open area landing doors
 Certificate of shaft strength  Supply equipment control and monitoring panel with all
 Stone work around the facia of elevator in all landings accessories
beyond the 300mm widths  Minor civil works like cutting or iron bar / granite stone /
concrete for mounting lift fixtures
 Provide exterior finishes as per Specifications
2 Responsibilities DDC / Designer Responsibilities Before Erection
of contractors Before Erection  Provide proper size wooden block for cutout to civil
for Elevator  To identify the entrance elevator shaft with lockable contractor.
installation arrangement  To furnish the design for LED Based RMS system.
process  To issue structural drawings of elevators
 Cable routing of LED based RMS cable tray in drawings During Erection
 Detailed drawing of phone / alarm / RMS panel in  Interface with Civil Contractor and Architect for location
customer care / SCR of suitable water drainage arrangements.
 To identify and mark on the drawing the Stainless Steel  Provide and install elevator complete with claddings,
handrail along with ramp on both side of elevator as per finishes and operating mechanism.
requirement of Elevator Contractor for ground level of  Plan elevator section / sizes considering local site
ground to concourse Elevator. conditions to facilitate easy transportation to installation
 Identification of location for installation of LED based location.
RMS in SCR  The gap between ELCB Panel & MAP Panel and the
During Erection Architrave sheet to be filled up by the Elevator
Signage at all landings Contractor with flexible sealant.
 Lift number, Job Number & Station Name (in Marathi,
Construction Contractor responsibilities Hindi & English language), Lift capacity plate (in
Before Erection Marathi, Hindi & English language), Emergency / Safety
 Define installation provisions for elevator assemblies, instruction (in Marathi, Hindi & English language)
coordinate access and delivery space provisions License display.
 Adequate storage area at station / depot / storage yard  Architrave / Stone work coordination.
including proper access to storage area from near by  Roof leakage checking/coping stone/slope of roof for
road for carrying elevators by hydra / trailers Entrance / Ground elevator.
Dec 2017 Page 40 of 161


 Future elevator shafts to be protected suitably
 Cutouts for fixing indicators and for laying of cables at
all landings
 Proper connectivity of drainage hole to nearest sump by
suitable GI pipes, drainage pit of elevator should be
away from the elevator pit for ease of cleaning.
 Slope of finished floor at the landing of elevator should
be away from elevator to prevent entry of mopping
water to pit of elevators.
 Epoxy paint in Pit floor.
 Provision of ventilation cutout in shaft.
 Pit Cleaning, PCC work and construction of slope in pit
towards drainage hole.
 Primary whitewash /Paint in shaft.
 Hole in Slab / Wall for cable entry from E&M shaft to
Elevator.
 Finishing of roof ceiling - painting on load hook etc.
above Elevator.
During Erection
 PCC filling at entrance sill & sill stone at all landings.
 Sealing of Rain shelter for entrance elevator / Ground
elevator.  
After Erection
 Stone Flaming for making it rough surface.
 Covering of Gap (b/n stone and Architrave) by stone
cladding in all landings.
 Filling of gap on elevator shaft on all side & sealing of
holes with fire rated material 
 Storage area for maintenance purpose.
 SS Handrail along with Ramp on both side of elevator
as per requirement of elevator contractor for Ground
level of Ground to Concourse elevator.
 Finishing of patchwork with final whitewash / Paint in lift
shaft.  
Testing
 Drainage Hole Connectivity to Sump Checking.
Dec 2017 Page 41 of 161


 Load testing of structure, Load hooks & beams.
Station E&M
1 Elevator Design: Design:
 Electrical power, control interfaces and system shall be  Provide E&M Contractor with all details of electrical
developed load, shaft lighting and earthing requirements
 Coordinate fire safety requirement with fire fighting
Construction: systems
 Provide 3-phase power with dual earth duly terminated  To provide MCCB and ELCB as per requirement of
on a suitable MCCB of the elevator as specified by elevators outside the lift shaft
Elevator Contractor; However, MCCB and ELCB to be
provided by Elevator Contractor Construction:
 Provide cable tray / conduit / trunking from lift control  Provide and install telephone equipment in car,
room to SCR for data cable controller and SCR
 Provide lift shaft with fire protection measures  Provide data cable for control room from SCR including
requirements of BMS Contractor
 Provide all cabling within lift shaft
 Supply equipment control and monitoring panel with all
accessories
 Provide shaft lighting and power sockets from separate
single-phase power duly controlled by a switch provided
outside the shaft
2 Responsibilities Before Erection Before Erection
of contractors  Provision of Pump in sump for Entrance / Ground  To furnish the design for LED Based RMS system.
for Elevator elevators.
installation  Single Phase UPS for Intercom in Customer Care During Erection
process Centre / Station Control Room.  Provide and install LED based Remote Monitoring
 Single-phase power supply for LED based RMS Panel System in CCC / SCR and Intercom etc. in
in Customer Care Centre / Station Control Room. SCR/MAP/CC.
 Adequate lighting fixtures above the Elevator entry  Lighting provision in under craft of Elevator car.
point at all landings for proper illumination  Alarm working at all landings.  
 UPS supply at Elevator shaft as per requirement of
Elevator contractor. After Erection
Testing  Ventilation Louver over cutout.
 Fire detectors testing.  RMS Cable laying
 Testing of Pump in pit.  Installation of LED based RMS Panel in CCC / SCR.
Testing
Dec 2017 Page 42 of 161


 Water sensor testing.
 Contract load & linear speed.
 LUX level & Noise level testing.
 EVA Meter / Ride Comfort testing.
2.9 INTERFACE WITH ESCALATOR CONTRACTOR
2.9.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and Escalator Contractor.
2.9.1.2 Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Escalator Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
2.9.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and Escalator Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of
SN Subject Station DDC / Contractor Escalator Contractor

Station Civil
1 Escalator design  Identify escalator locations and sizes of escalators.  Co-ordinate details of mounting provisions
related  Define mounting and structural provisions for escalator  Define requirements and provide design details to Civil
assemblies, Co-ordinate access and delivery space Contractor for escalator’s various requirements.
provisions.  Furnish sizes for escalator controller enclosures, pit,
support details and well way dimensions.
 Interface with Civil Contractor and Architect for location
of suitable hoisting hooks and stray water drainage
arrangements.
2 Escalator  Provide escalator structure including upper and bottom  Provide and install escalator units complete with
construction / pits with the notches. The pits shall have gravitational claddings, finishes and operating mechanisms.
installation drainage system.  Plan escalator section / sizes considering local site
related  Cut outs for fixing traffic bollards and for laying of conditions to facilitate easy transportation to installation
Dec 2017 Page 43 of 161


cables. location.
 Providing and fixing of hoisting hooks.  The gap between escalators and the sides of escalator
 Drainage Pit from the escalator should be away from and the adjoining walls/ parapet walls /Stairs shall be
the escalator pit for ease of cleaning. provided with decking extensions upto 300 mm. The
 The depth of the sump / drain pit should be more than Contractor shall allow a gap of approximately 15mm
the depth of Escalator pit for effective drainage. between the decking and the adjacent walls/ parapet
 Wall should not be provided beside the escalator pit, to walls. The gap shall be filled up by the Escalator
avoid obstruction in opening of covers of escalator pit Contractor with flexible sealant.
for maintenance purpose.
3 Responsibilities DDC / Designer Responsibilities After erection
of contractors  To issue structural drawings for present and future  RMS cable laying
for Escalator escalator at stations as per vertical rise of escalators  Installation of LED based RMS Panel in SCR and other
installation and details of the same. designated room.
process  Identification of proper (naturally ventilated and  Installation of escalator safety instructions in chrome
protected from rain shower) escalator control panel plated stainless steel pipe frame both in Hindi and
location for each escalator in consultation with English language at both landings.
Escalator Contractor.
 Identification of ECP Room (if ECP panel is not placed Testing
in open) in consultation with escalator contractor.  Load testing.
 Identification of location for installation of LED based  Escalator safety testing
RMS in CCC / SCR
Civil Contractor Responsibilities

Before erection
 Adequate storage area at station / depot / storage yard
including proper access to storage area from near by
road for carrying escalators by cranes / trailers.
 To protect and cover future escalator shafts suitably.
 Marking for finished floor level at top support,
intermediate supports and bottom support of escalator.
 Slope of finished floor in the vicinity top and bottom pits
of escalator should be away from escalator to prevent
entry of mopping water to top and bottom pit of
escalators.
 Adequate extension of roof sheet above the entrance
escalator on both sides of escalator for protection of
escalator from rain showers.
Dec 2017 Page 44 of 161


 Installation of foldable gate and SS grill with locking
arrangement for entrance escalators to prevent theft
and sabotage.
 Load testing of hooks.
 Pit cleaning, PCC work and  construction of slope in
pit towards drainage hole.
 Hole in Slab / Wall for cable entry from escalator
control panel (ECP) to escalator pit, from Escalator
Switching Room (ESR) to ECP.
 Finishing of roof ceiling, painting etc. above escalator.
 
After erection
 Stone flaming for making it rough surface.
 Filling of Gap (b/n stone and floor plate).
 Filling of gap around escalator pit on all side.
 Storage area for maintenance purpose.
 SS Handrail near top floor plate and bottom floor on
both side of escalator as per requirement of Escalator
Contractor.
Testing
 Drainage hole connectivity to sump checking.
Station E&M
1 Escalator design Electrical power, Control Interfaces and system shall be  Co-ordinate details of mounting provisions, power
related developed. supply, electric load and control requirements.
 Define requirements and provide design details to E&M
Contractor for escalator’s various requirements.
 Co-ordinate fire safety requirement with fire fighting
systems.
2 Escalator  Provide three phase power with dual earth duly  Provide Isolating Switch (suitable capacity MCCB and
construction / terminated on a suitable MCCB in the escalator control ELCB) before the Escalator controller where the main
installation room / enclosure. power supply cable will be terminated.
related  Provide water connection to escalator sprinkler system.  Provide lighting, ventilation and power socket in the
 Provide connection to Fire detector installed in the escalator Controller / Enclosure.
Escalators Pits from the Main Station Fire detection  Provide and install Fire detectors in the Escalators Pits
system. and Escalator Control Room / Escalator Controller
 If separate Escalator Control room is constructed, then Cabinet.
Dec 2017 Page 45 of 161


provide lighting, ventilation and power socket in the
escalator control room.
 Provide cast in conduits/race ways from escalator
control room to escalator’s nearest pit.
 Provide cable tray / conduit / trunking from escalator
control room to SCR for escalator data cable.
3 Responsibilities Before erection After erection
of contractors  Single-phase power supply for LED based RMS panel  RMS cable laying
for Escalator in Customer Care Centre / Station Control Room.  Installation of LED based RMS Panel in SCR and other
installation  Adequate lighting fixtures above the escalator for designated room.
process proper illumination.  Installation of escalator safety instructions in chrome
 UPS supply at Escalator Control Panel as per plated stainless steel pipe frame both in Hindi and
requirement of Escalator Contractor. English language at both landings.
Testing
 Fire detectors testing Testing
 Load testing.
 Escalator safety testing
2.10 INTERFACE WITH TRACKWORK CONTRACTOR
2.10.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and Trackwork Contractor.
2.10.1.2 Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Trackwork Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
2.10.2.1 This specification outlines the Contractors’ interface requirements, which are based on the Technical Studies carried out during the early
stages of the Project.
2.10.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and Trackwork Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational
requirements of the system. The roles and activities of the two Contractors shall include minimum following but not limited to:
SN Subject Station Contractor Trackwork Contractor
Dec 2017 Page 46 of 161

SN Subject Station Contractor Trackwork Contractor

1 Clearance of track construction Clear and hand over the track construction Ensure availability of track construction envelope
envelope envelope as per the track construction program
2 Storage facilities and utilization Provide storage space and advise access period Transportation of track material to site in specified space
of access period for for transport of the track material at site. and period so that the construction activities systems /
transportation of material to infrastructure are not hampered after access period.
site.
3 Temporary water supplies for Shall coordinate Shall make his own arrangements without affecting the
construction of track. other contractors’ works
4 Details of Cant and horizontal Shall ensure that the Platform coping edge has Shall take into account these values for track installation
and vertical clearances the required horizontal and vertical clearances
(Platform levels) of platform with respect to the as constructed track
coping with respect to track centerline rail level.
center line
5 Construction of track slab Provisions of vertical stirrups / shear connectors Construction of slab utilizing the provisions of vertical
/ dowels on viaduct deck in station area stirrups/ shear connector / dowels
6 Details of track drainage. Design and construction of drainage system Design and construction of drains required within track
except the drains required within track. based on details of levels of drainage system provided
by Station Contractor
Furnish details of levels of drainage systems.
Dec 2017 Page 47 of 161

CHAPTER 3
3.0 VIADUCT CONTRACTORS’ INTERFACES

3.1 INTERFACE WITH SIGNALING & TRAIN CONTROL (S&TC) CONTRACTOR
3.1.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Viaduct Contractors / DDCs and S&TC Contractor.
3.1.1.2 Viaduct Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and S&TC Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
3.1.3.1 The Viaduct Contractor(s) and S&TC Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Subject Viaduct DDCs / Contractors S&TC Contractor

No.
1 Track side Incorporate in the viaduct design the cable hangers / Design:
equipment & cable ducts, cross track cast in cable ducts for main Furnish and confirm sizes and bending radius of trays,
Cabling Signalling cables throughout the guide ways. hangers, main cable duct and cross track cable ducts for main
infrastructure for cables in close coordination with the civil design and / or
Signalling Provision of space for line side equipments viz. construction contractor.
signal, antenna pole, point machine, signal boxes, Furnish locations of line side equipments viz. signal, point
location box, signalling ladder etc. machines, location box and space required for installation.
Furnish and review requirements of EMC separation for
Design details to be worked out in interface with cabling.
S&TC and other systems design requirements. Review the design from DDCs.
Provision of drainage in viaduct. Construction:

Construct all secondary ducts including track crossings (cable
Dec 2017 Page 48 of 161

Item Subject Viaduct DDCs / Contractors S&TC Contractor

No.
hander to equipment) and partitioning / providing cable trays
channels in main cable ducts as required.
Install cables for all Signalling systems including provision of all
cable supports.
Install all line side equipments including equipment foundations
etc.
2 DCS Mast Design and construct the viaduct / parapet to Provide design data of DCS mast to DDCs / Civil Contractor
accommodate DCS mast base plate
Provide and embed the anchor bolts for DCS masts
in civil structure
3.2 INTERFACE WITH ROLLING STOCK CONTRACTOR
3.2.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Station Building Contractors / DDCs and Rolling Stock Contractor.
3.2.1.2 Rolling Stock Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and Station Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
3.2.3.1 The Station Contractor(s) and Rolling Stock Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements
SN Subject Rolling stock (RS) Contractor Viaduct Contractor

1 Design Shall coordinate with Viaduct Contractor Shall provide the space proof details to Rolling stock
contractor
Shall provide the details of kinematic and structural gauges
Shall obtained details of kinematic and structural gauges
from RS Contractor
Dec 2017 Page 49 of 161

SN Subject Rolling stock (RS) Contractor Viaduct Contractor

2 Construction & Required to conduct test run with one car at low speed Shall participate in test run and perform modifications, if
Installation required
3 Test & Required to conduct integrated test with all systems Shall co-ordinate with RS contractor to complete testing
Commissioning and commissioning work
3.3 INTERFACE WITH TELECOMMUNICATION (TEL) CONTRACTOR
3.3.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Viaduct Contractors / DDCs and Telecom Contractor.
3.3.1.2 Viaduct Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Telecom Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
3.3.3.1 The Viaduct Contractor(s) and Telecom Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of
SN Subject Viaduct DDCs / Contractors Telecom Contractor

1 Track side Incorporate in the viaduct design the cable hangers / Design:
equipment & cable ducts, cross track cast in cable ducts for Design cable hangers/ cable ducts, cross track cast in cable
Cabling telecom cables throughout the guide ways. ducts for main telecom cables throughout the guide ways.
infrastructure for Fiber optic cables throughout the guide ways shall have route
telecom system Provision of space for line side equipments. diversity.
Furnish and confirm sizes and bending radius of trays,
Design details to be worked out in interface with hangers, main cable duct and cross track cable ducts for main
Telecom Contractor design requirements. cables in close coordination with the civil design and/ or
construction contractor.
Furnish locations of line side equipments.
Furnish and review requirements of EMC separation for
cabling.
Review the design from detailed design Contractors.
Dec 2017 Page 50 of 161

SN Subject Viaduct DDCs / Contractors Telecom Contractor
Construction:
Construct all secondary ducts including track crossings and
partitioning/ providing cable trays/ channels in main cable
ducts as required.
Install cables for telecom system including provision of all
cable supports.
Install all line side equipments including equipment foundations
3.4 INTERFACES WITH POWER SUPPLY CONTRACTORS
3.4.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Viaduct Contractors / DDCs and Power Supply Contractors.
3.4.1.2 Viaduct Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Power Supply Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
3.4.3.1 It is necessary to provide cable support infrastructure etc. on the viaduct, therefore it is essential that close interaction is maintained among the PS
Contractor and various Viaduct Contractors. Interfacing will be required for:
 Cable bracket arrangement for carrying power and control cables on Viaduct.
 Providing buried pipes for cables crossing tracks.
 Providing openings in viaduct structure for passing cables etc.
 Providing sockets along the viaduct
 Connection of BEC, ITL etc. as necessary, to earth plates on parapet, girder segment, piers, etc. and to hand rail, for earthing.
 Providing viaduct lighting fixtures and cable along the viaduct.
3.4.3.2 The Viaduct Contractor(s) and Power Supply Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements
Dec 2017 Page 51 of 161

Item Item Description PS Contractor Viaduct Contractors

No.
1 Cable bracket Shall supply & install cables on the viaduct including Shall provide / embed inserts in the parapet for fixing
arrangement for cable support infrastructure (trays, brackets etc.). the cable support brackets
carrying power, Cables supports for telecom and signaling cables shall
earthing and control also be supplied and installed by PS Contractor. Shall coordinate and allow PS Contractor to install
cables on viaduct suitable cable support infrastructure (metallic brackets,
Shall co-ordinate and give requirements to the Viaduct cable trays etc.) for laying of cables.
Contractor for the cable path, gallery size, route
alignment and mounting requirements requirement for Shall provide suitable opening for carrying cables as
various cables on the viaduct. per requirement.
2 Earthing and bonding PS Contractor shall provide designs / drawings Will supply and provide welding of Reinforcement bars
arrangements at showing arrangement of Earth terminals required to be and earth terminals according to designs ensuring
viaducts provided on piers, pedestals, segments, parapet etc. continuity of reinforcement bars of viaduct segments
and the extent of welding required to be done on piers and parapet segments. Shall provide earth
Reinforcement bars. terminals for connection.
Shall install support / brackets for Earth cable on Shall coordinate with PS Contractor for verification of
viaduct (both UP and DN directions, including the earthing and bonding measures adopted in the
station area) structure, as per the recommendations in approved
design.
Shall coordinate with Viaduct Contractors for
verification of earthing and bonding measures adopted
in the structure, as per the recommendations in
approved design.
3 Providing openings in PS Contractor shall advise the size and locations Viaduct Contractor shall provide openings to the
viaduct structures for where the openings / cutouts are required requirement of PS Contractor.
routing cables etc.
4 Buried pipes for cables PS Contractor will prepare a list of locations where Shall provide pipes buried in concrete as per design
crossing tracks buried pipes are to be provided. provided by PS Contractor and seal them temporarily.
PS Contractor will remove seals at appropriate time

and use the buried pies for cable crossing.
The pipes over the viaduct / parapet shall be supplied

and installed by the PS Contractor
5 Mounting viaduct light PS Contractor shall provide necessary fixing details for Provide opening in parapet as per the requirement of
fixtures on parapet and viaduct lighting and shall provide cable and support PS Contractor
Dec 2017 Page 52 of 161

Item Item Description PS Contractor Viaduct Contractors

No.
cable crossing through and design of opening for cable crossing.
parapet walkway from
underneath parapet
3.5 INTERFACE WITH OHE/OCS CONTRACTOR
3.5.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Viaduct Contractors / DDCs and OCS/OHE Contractors.
3.5.1.2 Viaduct Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and OCS/OHE Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
3.5.3.1 As it is necessary to provide OCS masts/portals, anchors etc. on the Viaduct, it is essential that a close interaction is maintained among the OCS
Contractor and the various Viaduct Contractors, to ensure that the segments which are expected to receive the OCS masts, Interrupters / Circuit
Breaker masts, anchors etc. are ‘strengthened’ by the Viaduct Contractor, as per designs for Viaduct and have the necessary holding down bolts
buried in them as per designs, for enabling the “masts / portals with base plates” to be appropriately fastened to the Viaduct. Interfacing will be
required for:
 Providing OCS masts / portals, anchors etc. on viaduct.

 Cable bracket arrangement for carrying power and control cables on Viaduct.
 Providing buried pipes for cables crossing tracks.
 Providing openings in viaduct structure for passing cables etc.
 Connection of BEC, OPC, ITL etc. as necessary, to earth plates on parapet, girder segment, piers, etc. and to hand rail, for earthing.
3.5.3.2 The Viaduct Contractor(s) and OCS Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Item Description OCS Contractor Viaduct Contractors

No.
Dec 2017 Page 53 of 161


No.
1 Earthing and bonding OCS Contractor shall provide designs / drawings Will supply and provide welding of Reinforcement bars
arrangements at showing arrangement of Earth terminals required to be and earth terminals according to drawings ensuring
viaducts provided on piers, pedestals, segments, parapet etc. continuity of reinforcement bars of viaduct segments
and the extent of welding required to be done on piers and parapet segments. Shall provide earth
Reinforcement bars. terminals for connection.
Shall design, supply and install BEC and earthing plate Shall coordinate with OCS & PS Contractor for
at ITL locations. verification of earthing and bonding measures adopted
Shall provide the necessary earthing connections approved design.
between BEC /ITL earthing plates etc. and the earth
terminals. This will include supply of cable to connect
BEC and other connecting plates.
Shall coordinate with Viaduct Contractors for

verification of earthing and bonding measures adopted
approved design.
2 Providing openings in OCS Contractor shall advise the size and locations Viaduct Contractor shall provide openings to the
viaduct structures for where the openings / cutouts are required requirement of OCS Contractor.
routing cables etc.
3 Buried pipes for cables OCS Contractor will prepare a list of locations where Shall provide pipes buried in concrete as per design
crossing tracks buried pipes are to be provided. provided by OCS Contractor and seal them
temporarily.
OCS Contractor will remove seals at appropriate time
and use the buried pies for cable crossing.
The pipes over the viaduct / parapet shall be supplied

and installed by the OCS Contractor
4 Providing OCS poles, OCS Contractor will prepare list of segments requiring Will arrange to strengthen concerned segments and
anchors etc. on strengthening, to receive OCS masts, anchors etc. provide holding down bolts (as per designs / drawings
viaduct based on available track plans. provided by OCS Contractor).
The bending moment OCS Contractor will verify at site.

shall be taken into
account If there are any changes in the track layout plans, OCS
Dec 2017 Page 54 of 161


No.
Contractor will interface with viaduct contractor to
further add segments to the list (wherever segments
are not cast) or modify OCS design etc. to suit
available strengthened segments.
5 Electrical and physical OCS Contractor will coordinate with Viaduct Contractor Shall respect the given clearances
clearances as
specified in the
drawing
6 Requirement of OCS Contractor shall coordinate with Viaduct The pipes embedded in the parapet and viaduct shall
embedded pipes Contractor for exact location of pipes. be provided by the Viaduct Contractor.
between the two
parapet at each SSP / The OCS Contractor shall supply and provide the
SP / SS / FP for power pipes over viaduct and over parapet wall as required.
supply cable
7 Cable dropping from OCS Contractor will provide necessary designs and Shall provide opening in the viaduct to be requirements
viaduct to ground for drawings. of the OCS Contractor.
25kV cables, traction
return cables, C&M OCS Contractor shall provide cable and support from
cables and LT cables ground to viaduct opening and install the cables.
at FP and other
locations
8 Buried earth conductor OCS Contractor shall supply and install the BEC Shall coordinate for the same
9 Warning and indicator Shall coordinate and inform locations of OCS warning Shall provide suitable cuts in fixings for indicator
boards and indicator boards boards on viaducts
Shall furnish the relevant drawings
Shall review the fixing arrangement
Shall supply and install all warning and indicator

boards
10 Earthing connection OCS Contractor will provide drawings showing The Viaduct Contractor shall coordinate and provide
for handrails arrangement of earth terminals required to be provided arrangement / provisions for necessary earth
for earthing the hand rail connection at handrails
OCS Contractor shall provide earth cable connection
Dec 2017 Page 55 of 161


No.
and connect the hand rail (with 35 mm2 copper or
equivalent connection)
3.6 INTERFACE WITH TRACKWORK CONTRACTOR
3.6.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Viaduct Contractors / DDCs and Trackwork Contractor.
3.6.1.2 Viaduct Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Trackwork Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
3.6.3.1 The Viaduct Contractor(s) and Trackwork Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of
SN Subject Viaduct Contractor Trackwork Contractor

1 Construction of Shall ensure that the design and construction of deck and Shall give details of the plinths/slabs of the track
track slab substructure caters to the LWR forces and derailment including rail level from top of the deck and also location
loads and furnish the bed conforming to the correct of shear connectors / dowels between the slab and deck
alignment and levels of deck as per drawings, to concrete
Trackwork Contractor
Construction of plinth / slab utilizing the provisions of
Provisions of vertical stirrups / shear connectors / dowels vertical stirrups / shear connector / dowels and ensure
on viaduct deck as per the track alignment drawings that the derailment up stand is constructed
2 Turnout / crossover Shall ensure that design of deck and substructure and Shall provide locations and details of the Turnouts /
locations location of expansion joints of the deck caters to the Crossovers with respect to the center, criteria for deck
Turnouts / Crossovers locations. such as location of expansion joints
3 Details of track Design and construction of drainage system of Viaduct Design and construction of drains required within track
drainage except the drains required within track. based on details of levels of drainage system
Dec 2017 Page 56 of 161

SN Subject Viaduct Contractor Trackwork Contractor

Furnish details of levels of drainage systems
4 Clearance of track Clear and hand over the track construction envelope as Ensure availability of track construction envelope
construction per the track construction program
envelope
5 Storage facilities Provide storage space and advise access period for Transportation of track material to site and viaduct in
and utilization of transport of the track material at site and on to the specified space and period so that the construction
access period for viaduct. activities systems / infrastructure are not hampered after
transportation of access period.
material to site.
6 Temporary water Shall coordinate Shall make his own arrangement without affecting the
supplies for other contractors’ works.
construction of
track
Dec 2017 Page 57 of 161

CHAPTER 4
4.0 DEPOT CONTRACTORS’ INTERFACES

4.1 INTERFACES WITH SIGNALING & TRAIN CONTROL (S&TC) CONTRACTOR
4.1.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Depot Building Contractors / DDCs and S&TC Contractor.
4.1.1.2 Depot Building Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and S&TC Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
4.1.3.1 The Depot Contractor(s) and S&TC Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Subject Depot DDCs / Contractor S&TC Contractor

No.
Depot Civil
1 Layout of rooms at the Design: Design:
depot – SER / CER, Prepare and furnish depot drawings; Furnish layout of S&TC equipment within OCC, Depot
UPS room and Depot Incorporate room requirements and routing of Cable Control Centre etc. in close coordination with the civil
control rooms ducts/ cable trays. DDC and/ or construction contractor.
Mark cable trays on the drawings in close coordination
Construction: with the DDC / Civil Contractor.
Rooms complete with structures, false ceiling if Review design with the DDC / Contractor.
necessary, finishes, fire protection, doors etc. Co-ordinate closely with Construction Contractor to
ensure the requirement at site are met.
Construction:
Construct false flooring in signal equipment rooms
Provide equipment foundations / pedestals.
Dec 2017 Page 58 of 161


No.
resistant material.
2 Track side equipment & Design: Design:
Cabling infrastructure for Design the concrete duct banks for main cables into Review / mark the requirement of concrete cable ducts
S&TC at Depot the Buildings & Civil works for main S&TC cables for main cables including track / road crossings for
throughout the depot. S&TC / OFC cables throughout the Depot area.
Furnish and confirm sizes and bending radius of trays,
Fiber optic cables shall have route diversity. hangers, main cable duct and cross track cable ducts for
main cables in close coordination with the civil design
Design details to be worked out in interface with S&TC and / or construction contractor.
design requirements. Furnish and review requirements of EMC separation for
cabling.
Provision of space for line side equipment as per Furnish locations of line side equipment.
S&TC system requirements Review the design from DDCs
Construction: Construction:
Cable ducts for main S&TC cables throughout the Provide all other secondary ducts/ crossings (from cable
depot. Cross track cast in cable ducts for main cables. duct to equipment), etc. for S&TC system.
Install cables for all S&TC systems including provision of
all cable supports.
Install all line side equipment including equipment
foundations etc.
3 Provision of Earthing at Design of earth and earth bus bar < 1Ω in UPS (S&T) Coordinate for designs with Depot Contractor
equipment rooms in rooms
OCC / BCC / Depot Extend earth from bus inside S&TC equipment room,
Control Centre building Provide Earth bus bar for Clean Earth (< 1 Ω) and Depot control room to S&TC equipments
Main Earth (< 1Ω) in CER, DCC rooms
4 Test Track Shall coordinate with S&TC Contractor (and track S&TC Contractor shall install all the ATP equipment,
contractor for this item) required for the test track at the depot
5 DCS Mast Design and construct to accommodate DCS mast base Provide design data of DCS mast to DDCs / Civil
plate Contractor

Depot E&M
S&TC equipment rooms Rooms complete with fire protection system, gas Design:
Dec 2017 Page 59 of 161


No.
at the depot – SER / flooding system, lighting fixtures, Air-conditioning Mark cable trays on the drawings
CER, UPS room and & ventilation and power sockets. Review design with the DDC / Contractor.
Depot control rooms Co-ordinate closely with Construction Contractor to
Provide Cable ducts / Hangers / cable trays up to the ensure the requirement at site are met.
rooms.
Construction:
General lighting and power for testing of signaling Construct all cable trays (secondary containment), risers
system etc. within the rooms required for S&TC Systems.
Provide equipment foundations / pedestals.
resistant material.
S&TC system in depot / Incorporate routing of Cable ducts/ hangers / trays for Mark cable tray requirement on the GAD/ CSD in close
buildings Signalling main cables throughout the station. coordination with the DDCs and/ or Depot (Civil and
and other system design requirements. Furnish and review requirements of EMC for cabling.
Depot E&M Contractor shall provide Cable ducts/ co-ordinate with construction contractor to ensure that
cable trays / Hangers for routing S&TC cables from the requirements at site are met.
Construction:
Provide Cable ducts / Hangers / cable trays within the Install cables for all S&TC systems.
station area for signalling systems upto the equipment
rooms. Install cable trays / hangers for routing signalling cables
inside signal equipment room and signal maintenance
General lighting will be provided by Depot Contractor. room.
For testing, power will be provided by Depot E&M
Contractor. Seal the gaps after cable installation work with fire
resistant material.
3 Power for signalling Provision of twin feeders for signalling system UPS in Providing design requirements to E&M Contractor
UPS the emergency power panel
Dec 2017 Page 60 of 161


No.
the signalling UPS room Cable connection at UPS end

4 Provision of earthing for Design: Provide Inputs to E&M Contractor for requirement of
S&TC equipment in Provide space as requested by S&TC Contractor earth for outdoor equipment.
outdoor depot area
Construction: Review design with the design contractor, Co-ordinate
Design earthing topology, set-up earths, lay earth closely with the PS/E&M Contractors to ensure the
cables to meet earthing requirement. requirements at site are met.
(Rails will not be used for earthing).
5 Cyber Security The E&M DDC / Contractor shall be required to The Telecom Contractor shall engage a Cyber Security
engage with designated Cyber Security Consultant at Consultant, who will recommend Cyber Security
the early stage of design development. The Contractor Guidelines complying the requirements of related
shall consider the inputs of Cyber Security Consultant standards.
into their design and develop their System Safety &
Cyber Security Assurance Plan and submit to MAHA-
METRO for approval.
4.2 INTERFACES WITH ROLLING STOCK CONTRACTOR
4.2.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Depot Contractors / DDCs and Rolling Stock (RS) Contractor.
4.2.1.2 Depot Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and RS Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
4.2.3.1 The Depot Contractor(s) and RS Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Dec 2017 Page 61 of 161

Item Subject Rolling Stock (RS) Depot DDC / Construct Contractor

no. Contractor
1 Requirement for Review the planning by Engineer / DDC and define the Design: Based on Engineer’s / DDC’s broad design
commissioning and minimum facilities required for commissioning and and review of RS, DDC shall design the infrastructure
testing of cars testing the cars in the depot. facilities for commissioning and testing of cars in
nominated Depot(s).
Construct: Shall construct the facilities for

commissioning and testing of cars in nominated depot
to meet the commissioning schedule of rolling stocks
2 Metro train Maintenance Shall furnish the maintenance schedules and Design: Shall design the Depot maintenance facilities
requirement equipment requirement for complete cars, assemblies including all depot buildings, to suit RS requirement
and subassemblies systems and sub systems
Construct: Shall construct the facilities (except certain
maintenance equipments) needed to meet the
maintenance needs as advised by RS Contractor.
3 Plant and Machinery, Supply all special tools / test panels suitable for the Design: Shall design and develop specification for
test panels, tools and rolling stock to be supplied supply and commissioning of General-purpose plant
instruments etc. and machinery, tools and instruments at Depot.
Construct: Incorporate structural provision and

electrical & mechanical provisions for all Machinery
and Plant.
4 Store facilities for Shall furnish the special requirements for storage and Design: Shall design the store facilities for assemblies,
important items of the quantities for storage sub-assemblies, capital spares etc. at Depot.
Rolling Stock.
Construct: Shall construct the store facilities
5 Central Depot Liaise and coordinate with the Construction Contract / To Liaise and coordinate with the RS contractor to
Construction, DDC for car deliveries and access. Not to deliver cars agree facility completeness and accessibility for car
Commissioning and in advance of agreed delivery schedule without delivery to agreed delivery schedule as approved by
Operational Readiness agreement of DDC and approval of MAHA-METRO. MAHA-METRO
4.3 INTERFACES WITH TELECOMMUNICATION (TEL) CONTRACTOR
4.3.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Depot Contractors / DDCs and Telecom Contractor.
Dec 2017 Page 62 of 161

4.3.1.2 Depot Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Telecom Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
4.3.3.1 The Depot Contractor(s) and Telecom Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
SN Subject Depot DDCs / Contractors Telecom Contractor

Depot Civil
1 Layout of relevant Prepare and furnish drawings; Design:
equipment rooms at the Incorporate room requirements and routing of Cable Mark requite requirements in close coordination with the
depot / OCC / DCC ducts / cable trays. civil design / construction contractor.
Rooms complete with structures, false ceiling if Review design with the civil design contractor.
necessary, finishes, fire protection, doors, etc. Coordinate closely with construction contractor to ensure
the requirements at site are met.
Construction:
resistant material.
2 Track side equipment & Design: Design:
Cabling infrastructure for Design the concrete duct banks for main cables into Review / mark the requirement of concrete cable ducts
Telecom at Depot the Buildings & Civil works for main telecom cables for main cables including track / road crossings for
throughout the depot. telecom / OFC cables throughout the Depot area.
Fiber optic cables shall have route diversity. Furnish and confirm sizes and bending radius of trays,
hangers, main cable duct and cross track cable ducts for
Design details to be worked out in interface with main cables in close coordination with the civil design
Telecom design requirements. and / or construction contractor.
Provision of space for line side equipment as per Furnish and review requirements of EMC separation for
Telecom system requirements cabling.
Dec 2017 Page 63 of 161


Furnish locations of line side equipment.
Construction: Review the design from DDCs
Cable ducts for main telecom cables throughout the
depot. Cross track cast in cable ducts for main cables. Construction:
Provide all other secondary ducts/ crossings, etc. for
Telecom system.
Install cables for all Telecom systems including provision
of all cable supports.
Install all line side equipment including equipment
foundations etc.
3 Depot Control Center Design Design:
Incorporate design requirement of Telecom Contractor Furnish layout of telecom equipment within Depot
in the DCC room viz. Space for workstations / and Control Center for telecom equipment in close
other telecom equipments etc. coordination with the civil design and/ or construction
contractor.
Construction
Construct the DCC room as per approved design Construction:
Install telecom equipment within DCC.
4 TETRA Radio Tower Shall incorporate the requirement of radio tower at Shall provide design requirements for radio tower and
select locations and construct the structure to enable shall coordinate appropriately
installation of radio tower
Shall install the radio towers
5 Provision of Earthing at Design of earth and earth bus bar < 1Ω Coordinate for designs with Depot Contractor
stations in telecom
equipment rooms Installation of Earth bus bar < 1Ω and earth Extend earth from bus inside telecom equipment room,
Depot control room to telecom equipments
6 Construction and Shall install the mounting and fixing arrangements for The fixtures will be to be designed and installed by
Installation heavy equipments like CCTV monitors, display boards, Telecom Contractor.
analogue clocks etc., during the construction as per
the Telecom Contractor’s requirements. Primary Fixtures & Secondary Fixtures for Telecom
equipment shall be provided by Telecom Contractor as
per aesthetics of the building architecture. Sample to be
get approved from MAHA-METRO.
Depot E&M
1 Lighting, air-conditioning Rooms complete with fire protection, lighting fixtures, Design:
etc. for telecom Air-conditioning & ventilation and power sockets. Mark cable trays on the station drawings in close
equipment rooms at the coordination with the civil design / construction
Dec 2017 Page 64 of 161


station Provide Cable ducts /Hangers / cable trays up to the contractor.
rooms.
General lighting and power or testing of telecom construction contractor to ensure the requirements at
Construction:
the Telecom System.
resistant material.
Telecom systems at Incorporate routing of Cable ducts/ hangers / trays for Mark cable tray requirement on the GAD/ CSD in close
depot buildings telecom main cables. coordination with the DDCs and/ or Depot (Civil and
Design details to be worked out in interface with
Telecom and other system design requirements. Furnish and review requirements of EMC for cabling.
Depot E&M Contractor shall provide Cable ducts/ co-ordinate with construction contractor to ensure that
cable trays / Hangers for routing Telecom cables upto the requirements at site are met.
the equipment rooms.
Construction:
General lighting and power for testing will be provided Install cables for all Telecom systems.
by Depot E&M Contractor.
Install cable trays / hangers for routing telecom cables

resistant material.
3 Provision of earthing for Design: Provide Inputs to E&M Contractor for requirement of
Telecom equipment in Provide space as requested by Telecom Contractor earth for out door equipment.
outdoor depot area
Construction:
Design earthing topology, set-up earths, lay earth
cables to meet earthing requirement.
Dec 2017 Page 65 of 161


(Rails will not be used for earthing).
4 Access Control Provide doors & door frames for various rooms duly Advise the details of ACS equipment to be installed on
considering the requirements of Telecom Contractor doors and door frames
Install Access Control systems, cables and accessories

5 Power for telecom UPS Provision of twin feeders for telecom system UPS in Providing design requirements to E&M Contractor
the emergency power panel
the telecom UPS room Cable connection at UPS end

6 Provision of Ethernet E&M Contractor shall be responsible for installation of Telecom Contractor shall provide Ethernet Channel in
Channel for E&M monitoring and control equipment and to lay data cable 1+1 redundancy at Interface point inside Telecom Rack
equipment from Telecom interface point in TER to E&M Control at TER
and Monitoring equipment.
4.4 INTERFACES WITH POWER SUPPLY (PS) CONTRACTOR
4.4.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Depot Contractors / DDCs and Power Supply System Contractor.
4.4.1.2 Depot Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and PS Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
4.4.3.1 The Depot Contractor(s) and PS Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Subject PS Contractor Depot DDCs / Construction Contractors

No.
Dec 2017 Page 66 of 161


No.
Depot Civil
1 Installation of, 33 kV, Shall supply & install various cables including cable Shall construct cable trenches / ducts for carrying the
traction cables and support infrastructure (trays, brackets etc.) inside the cables from ASS to various places in the depot area.
control cables (from ASS.
boundary of ASS Shall provide and install cable support infrastructure
complex to various Shall co-ordinate and provide requirements to the (metallic brackets, trays etc.) for all the cable routes
places in Depot such as Depot Contractor for the cable trench and cable path outside the ASS.
OCC, workshop etc.) for various cables in the Depot area. Shall provide
appropriate drawings / designs as required in this Shall provide suitable opening and HDPE pipe for
regard. carrying cables as per the requirement.
Shall co-ordinate with Depot Contractor for provision of Shall take into consideration the bending radius of cable
opening and HDPE pipes of adequate size to carry the and covering of cables at relevant places.
cables
2 Temporary Power For Shall co-ordinate with Depot Contractor for provision of Shall provide temporary power, if available as per
Installation, testing & suitable sockets for temporary power. requirement
commissioning
Shall pay to the Depot Contractor for the power Shall provide suitable meters for calculating the
(If temporary power is consumption. consumption
not available with Depot
Contractor, PS
Contractor shall make
his own arrangement)
3 Masonry cable ducts Shall provide drawings Shall provide the cable ducts
inside ASS
Shall install cable brackets / trays inside the ducts
4 ASS room preparation Shall supply, transport and install ASS Equipments Shall construct ASS rooms keeping in view the specific
including Transformers, 33 kV Switchgear, etc. requirements of PS Contractor (as per drawings)
regarding passages, door size, knock out panels, floor
Shall provide equipment layout and interfacing openings etc.
drawings. Shall provide necessary foundations for
transformers, panels other equipment etc. Shall provide ASS room complete in all respects,
including flooring, access doors (2 doors about 2x3m
Shall coordinate with Depot Contractor for suitable with anti-panic system), rolling shutters, windows,
design of ASS rooms to ensure smooth passage for ventilators and interior finish. Floor and walls shall be
carrying the equipments inside ASS. prepared with anti-dust paint.
Dec 2017 Page 67 of 161


No.
Shall coordinate with Depot Contractor for suitable Shall provide cut-outs/trench in floor for cable entry.
openings/ trench in floor for cable and earthing
connections. Shall provide suitable approach road to ASS
Shall coordinate for suitable approach road to ASS.
Shall arrange material handling equipments at his own

cost
5 Earthing and bonding Shall provide the earthing design calculations and Shall install the earth mat according to approved design.
measures in ASS and layout designs.
in Depot Shall provide interconnections between the earth mat
Shall provide earth buses inside the room and connect and earth bus inside the room.
various equipments to earth bus inside ASS with GI /
Copper strips.
6 Earthing of depot Shall provide earthing schematic and drawings Shall provide / install earthing as per drawing under the
sheds, track support floor or as required and connection to earthing stations.
structure in inspection Shall supervise the earthing installation
bay etc.
7 Power supply and Shall provide suitable interfacing drawings Prepare the rooms and spaces as per the drawings.
SCADA rooms / spaces
in depot Shall supply and install equipments Floor and walls prepared with anti-dust paint. Each room
to be provided with a door 2.5m with anti-panic system
Shall provide requirement of power door.
Shall provide low voltage installations (lighting, socket,

fans, ventilation, fire protection etc.)
Provide access to various rooms / spaces
Provide 3m high fence around open storage with 3x3m

double gate.
Depot E&M
1 Lighting and ventilation Shall provide heat load for electrical equipment inside Shall design adequate ventilation and lighting system for
in ASS ASS. ASS
Dec 2017 Page 68 of 161


No.
Shall interface with Depot Contractors for any special Shall provide for special requirements or preferred
requirements or preferred locations of lights, fans, locations of lights, fans, exhaust fans and other services.
exhaust fans and other services.
2 Supply to ACDB at ASS Cable laying from designated LV panel to ACDB at Providing emergency supply (DG, UPS) feeder in
ASS emergency panel or other suitable point
Installing cable support from LV panel to ACDB in ASS

3 SCADA integration of Shall provide RTU and designated terminal board for Shall provide E&M cable connection from MDB to RTU
main incomers and connection of C&M cables from 415V CBs to RTU in the designated terminal board.
coupling breaker of
415V distribution board
(for station)
4 Connection from Shall provide LT terminals for connection of multiple Shall provide cable paths and shall connect the
transformer to MDB runs of 3.5 core LT cables and openings in enclosure transformer to the LV Distribution Board by means of
(cables) for cable entry so that no modification on or inside the suitable cables as per specifications for each
transformer enclosure is required to be done by E&M connection.
contractor.
5 Connection from Facilitate connections from transformers to LT CBs, Shall supply and install MDB and bus duct from
transformer to MDB provide necessary opening in enclosure suitable transformer to MDB.
(bus duct) reinforced to strengthen and prevent sagging of
enclosure.
6 33kV/415V auxiliary Shall coordinate relay settings on transformer primary Shall do the same on secondary side
transformer protection side with those of secondary side provided by E&M
7 Transformer door Shall provide wiring and interlock for transformer Shall install interlock supplied by PS Contractor on MDB
interlock enclosure door
8 Supply and Shall lay the cable from E&M panel to ASS ACDB Shall connect the cable at E&M panel end
commissioning of cable
to be laid to charge the
ACDB inside the ASS
9 Inter-tripping between Shall provide inter-tripping circuits as per requirements Shall coordinate
main LV circuit shown in specifications for stations
breakers and the 33kV
MV circuit breakers of
the auxiliary
transformers
10 Lighting and ventilation Shall advise the requirements including preferred Shall provide lighting and ventilation arrangements
Dec 2017 Page 69 of 161


No.
in ASS rooms locations of lights, fans and exhaust fans
4.5 INTERFACES WITH TRACTION (OCS/OHE) CONTRACTOR
4.5.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Depot Contractors / DDCs and Traction System (OCS/OHE) Contractor.
4.5.1.2 Depot Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Traction Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
4.5.3.1 The Depot Contractor(s) and Traction Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Item Description OCS Contractor Depot Contractors

No.
1 Installation of, traction Shall supply & install various cables including cable Shall construct cable trenches / ducts for carrying the
cables and control cables support infrastructure (trays, brackets etc.) inside the cables from SSP to various places in the depot area.
(from boundary of SSP SSP.
complex to various Shall provide and install cable support infrastructure
places in Depot such as Shall co-ordinate and give requirements to the Depot (metallic brackets, trays etc.) for all the cable routes
OCC, workshop etc.) Contractor for the cable trench and cable path for outside the SSP.
various cables in the Depot area. Shall provide
appropriate drawings / designs as required in this Shall provide suitable opening and HDPE pipe for
regard. carrying cables as per the requirement.
Shall co-ordinate with Depot contractor for provision of Shall take into consideration the bending radius of
opening and HDPE pipes of adequate size to carry the cable and covering of cables at relevant places.
cables
2 Temporary Power For Shall co-ordinate with Depot Contractor for provision of Shall provide temporary power, if available as per
Dec 2017 Page 70 of 161

Item Item Description OCS Contractor Depot Contractors

No.
Installation, testing & suitable sockets for temporary power. requirement
commissioning
Shall pay to the Depot Contractor for the power Shall provide suitable meters for calculating the
consumption. consumption
(If temporary power is not available with Depot

Contractor, OCS Contractor shall make his own
arrangement)
3 Earthing of depot sheds, Shall provide earthing schematic and drawings Shall provide / install earthing as per drawing under the
track support structure in floor or as required and connection to earthing
inspection bay etc. Shall supervise the earthing installation stations.
4 LV Power Supply to Cable laying from designated LV panel to ACDB at Providing emergency supply (DG, UPS) feeder in
ACDB at SSP SSP emergency panel or other suitable point
Installing cable support from LV panel to ACDB in SSP

5 Installation of the OHE in Supply of interface drawings including requirements of Realize supporting structure preparation for OHE
Workshop (Inspection mounting plates on columns and drop arms fixed to the suspension / bracket assemblies on the columns and
Bay), Stabling Bay, trusses, supports for termination arrangements on drop arms fixed on trusses as per specific detailed
Interior cleaning plant beams / slabs etc., for various buildings. drawings.
and Emergency
Equipment Building Supply and install bracket assemblies with fastening
devices on the columns and drop arms.
6 Retractable catenary Shall provide the design for mounting arrangement of Shall design and make provision for fitment of
system the same in depot structures retractable catenary system in inspection / repair lines.
Shall provide the requisite details to depot contractor

and supervise the work
4.6 INTERFACES WITH PLATFORM SCREEN DOORS / GATES (PSD/PSG) CONTRACTOR
This interface will be applicable in case MAHA-METRO decides to install PSD/PSG in depot (along test track) for system integrated testing and
training purposes.
The interface responsibilities of respective contractors shall be similar to that provided between Station Contractor and PSD/PSG Contractor under
Para 2.6.
Dec 2017 Page 71 of 161

Additionally, the Depot Contractor shall provide all civil structure for a mock-up at test track as per the drawings / requirements to be provided by
PSD/PSG Contractor. This mock-up facility will be used by MAHA-METRO for training purposes in future.
4.7 INTERFACES WITH AUTOMATIC FARE COLLECTION (AFC) SYSTEM CONTRACTOR
4.7.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Depot Contractors / DDCs and AFC Contractor.
4.7.1.2 Depot Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and AFC Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
4.7.3.1 The Depot Contractor(s) and AFC Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Item Description AFC Contractor Depot Contractors

No.
Depot Civil
1 SDC/OCC, Central Design: Design:
Computer etc. Confirm basic equipment sizes and layout Design details to be worked out in interface with design
Furnish equipment sizes and weights requirements of AFC Contractor
Furnish equipment mounting details Location and number of equipment to be decided in
Confirm finishes consultation with AFC contractor.
Furnish requirement of cable trenches, cable routing
and cable support provisions Construction
Review the design from designated contractor Construction of trenches for laying of Power and data /
communication cables
Construction:
Provide all furniture
Installation of equipment
Power & Data cables for Gate
Depot E&M
Dec 2017 Page 72 of 161

Item Item Description AFC Contractor Depot Contractors

No.
1 SDC/OCC Design: Design:
Design details to be worked out in interface with AFC Confirm area / location required for installation of
design requirements. computer / equipments
Furnish requirement of cable trenches, cable routing
Construction: and cable support provisions
Indoor and outdoor lighting, Furnish lighting requirements
Air-conditioning, Confirm fire safety provisions
Power points for Station computer, Review the design from designated contractor
Supply through UPS,
Communication line for Station Computer, Construction:
Installation of Computer / equipment
Power & data cables for computer & equipment
4.8 INTERFACES WITH TRACKWORK CONTRACTOR
4.8.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Depot Contractors / DDCs and Trackwork Contractor.
4.8.1.2 Depot Contractors / DDCs shall be the Lead Contractor and Trackwork Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
4.8.3.1 The Depot Contractor(s) and Trackwork Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of
Item Item Description Depot DDC / Contractor Trackwork Contractor

No.
1 Depot Layout Drawing Shall supply depot layout drawing and shall also Shall design and install trackwork, based on depot
supply detailed interface drawing of utility & layout drawing, maintaining the clearance based
depot construction on interface drawing supplied
Dec 2017 Page 73 of 161

Item Item Description Depot DDC / Contractor Trackwork Contractor

No.
2 Installation of track in Workshop, Ballasted track Design and install the track
Inspection Bay, Stabling Lines, Prepare the ground with grading and drainage,
Washing Plant, Blow down plant. Pit take care that all pipes and culvert crossing are
wheel lathe, Emergency team laid.
building and other areas of depot. Track on Column Design and install track on column including
Supply and installation of column welding of special base plate to column.
Track embedded in concrete Design and install track including laying of second
Lay 1st pour concrete in the bed. Laying of 3rd pour concrete (RCC) up to the bottom of the
pour concrete (RCC) up to top of the rail (except bearing plates duly assembling the track in
flange way) position.
Install the angle (for creating the flange for the

Rolling Stock) in position.
Track on plinth in washing line Design and install track including the plinth.
Prepare 1st pour in the bed. Provide shear
connectors.
3 Temporary water supplies for Shall coordinate Shall make his own arrangements without
construction of track affecting the other Contractors’ works.
4 Access and storage Shall provide suitable roads for gaining access Transportation of track material to site in specified
to various location in depot for executing space and period so that the construction
trackwork and also for storing the required track activities systems / infrastructure are not
materials hampered after access period.
5 Provision of transition slabs between Shall design and provide the slabs Shall provide the details such as slab top level,
ballastless track on ramp and ballast, retaining wall etc., enabling Depot
ballasted track at- grade in depots contractor to undertake the detailed structural
design.
Dec 2017 Page 74 of 161

CHAPTER 5
5.0 SIGNALING & TRAIN CONTROL (S&TC) SYSTEM INTERFACES

5.1 INTERFACES WITH STATION CONTRACTORS
Refer to Para 2.1
5.2 INTERFACES WITH VIADUCT CONTRACTORS
Refer to Para 3.1
5.3 INTERFACES WITH DEPOT CONTRACTORS
Refer to Para 4.1
5.4 INTERFACES WITH UNDERGROUND CONTRACTORS
5.4.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between S&TC Contractor and Underground / Tunnel Contractor.
5.4.1.2 Underground / Tunnel Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and S&TC Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
5.4.3.1 The S&TC Contractor and Underground / Tunnel Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational
Item Item Description Underground Contractor S&TC Contractor

No.
UG Civil
1 Layout of rooms at the Design: Design:
Dec 2017 Page 75 of 161


No.
station – Train Control Develop location, room layout with dimensions of Train Confirm basic room sizes;
equipment, and Station Control equipment room, and station control room in Furnish equipment dimensions, weights and colours.
control rooms. relation to the entire station and facilities layout; Furnish equipment foundation/ mounting / base frame
Develop routing of Cable ducts / conduits / hangers / details; Confirm room finishes; Furnish cabling
trays within and between Train Control equipment, requirements including destinations, sizes, quantities
UPS and station control rooms. and cable loadings of Cable ducts / conduits / hangers
/ trays within and between Train Control, equipment,
Furnish details of architectural finishes and building and station control rooms. Furnish requirements of
materials of the entire station; cable bores on walls / floor penetrations, complete with
Design details to be worked out in interface with S&TC pipe, sleeves for routing of all types of cables
System design requirements; Furnish requirements of EMC/EMI and fire separation
for cabling Furnish air-conditioning / ventilation, lighting
Construction: and power socket requirements; Confirm fire safety
Rooms complete with structures, false ceiling, finishes, provisions; Review the design from Designated Tunnel
ventilation, fire protection, doors, louvers, lighting and Construction Contractor(s).
power sockets. Cable ducts / conduits / hangers / trays
between Train Control equipment, and station control Construction:
rooms. Install false flooring in the equipment rooms.
Cast in cable ducts on walls / floor penetrations, Foundations for Train Control equipments, Cable ducts
complete for routing of all types of cables / conduits / hangers / trays / base frame within Train
Control equipment rooms.
Install all Train Control equipment. Install Train Control
cables, Install power distribution cables from UPS to all
Train Control equipment in equipment rooms, Station
Control Room. Seal all gaps after cable installation
work.
2 Cabling infrastructure for Design: Design:
S&TC Equipment Furnish sectional details of tunnel including structure Trackside:
gauge, architectural finishes and building materials; Furnish dimensions, weight minimum bending radius
Furnish details of architectural finishes and building supporting and mounting details of Fiber Optic Cable,
materials of the entire station; Develop routing of Cable Cu- cable, Outdoor / indoor Sig. Furnish and confirm
ducts / conduits / hangers / trays for Train Control size, cable loadings and location of Cable ducts /
cables throughout the station and each tunnel section. conduits / hangers / trays for Train Control (Fiber Optic
Cable, Cu-cable, Outdoor / indoor Sig. cables along
Design details to be worked out in interface with S&TC each track in the tunnel / section. Furnish dimensions,
System design requirements. weight supporting and mounting details of emergency
telephone units at each cross passage along the
Dec 2017 Page 76 of 161


No.
Construction: tunnel section. Furnish size of cross track cable ducts,
Cable ducts / conduits / hangers / trays for routing all Furnish requirements of EMC/EMI and fire-separation
type of cables for Train Control systems throughout the for cabling. Review the design from Designated Tunnel
station and into tunnel sections. Fiber optic cables Construction Contractor(s).
throughout the station and tunnel sections shall have
route diversity. Cross track Cast in cable ducts. At Stations:
Furnish dimensions, weight minimum bending radius
supporting and mounting details of Optic Fiber Cables,
Cu – cables, CBTC radio antenna feeder cables and
cables for Train Control, and UPS power supply / earth
distribution, Furnish destination of each cable, Furnish
& confirm size, cable loadings and location of Cable
ducts / conduits / hangers / trays for routing Train
Control cables throughout the station. The cabling shall
include, but not be limited to Optic Fiber Cables, Cu-,
CBTC radio antenna feeder cables and cables for
Train Control, UPS power supply / earth distribution,
Confirm size of cross track cable ducts; Furnish
requirements of EMC/EMI and fire separation for
cabling
Review the design from Designated Tunnel
Construction Contractor(s).
Construction:
Install all cables for Train Control system.
3 Trackside S&TC Design: Design:
Equipment. Provision of space and Cast in fixing arrangements for Furnish the exact sizes, weight and fixing
line-side equipment such as CBTC radio antennae, arrangements of the line side equipments such as,
junction boxes, etc. junction boxes, signals, signaling ladder, CBTC
communication equipment, etc.
Design details to be worked out in interface with S&TC Review the design from Designated Tunnel
design requirements. Construction Contractor(s).
Provide the Cast in fixing arrangements for line-side Install all cables for Train Control system.
equipments. Install all line side equipment such as junction boxes,
signals, signaling ladders, balise and CBTC
Dec 2017 Page 77 of 161


No.
communication equipment, etc.
4 Train Radio Access Design: Design:
Points Design details to be worked out in interface with S&TC Furnish the locations, dimensions and load for Train
design requirements. Radio Access Points.
Antenna mounting Structures for Train Radio Access Install Radio Access Points and feeder cables.
Points.
5 Station Control Room. Design: Design:
Design details to be worked out in interface with S&TC Furnish weight, dimensions, colours and mounting
design requirements; details of work stations/control panels/ Radio access
unit and all Train Control system Equipment.
Construction:
Furniture for mounting work stations/control panels/
Radio access unit and all Train Control system
Equipment.
6 Provision of Earthing at Design: Design:
stations in S&TC Design details to be worked out in interface with S&TC Furnish requirements for clean earth and main earth
equipment rooms, design requirements; review the design from Designated Tunnel
Station Control room, Construction Contractor(s).
UPS/Battery room. Construction:
Earthing bus along the Earthing points separate for clean earth and main Construction:
tunnel/ box wall. earth at stations and tunnel. Set up the earth bus inside Train Control equipment
(Refer Para 5.4.4 below rooms, Station control room, UPS/Battery room.
for details)
7 Interconnection between Design: Design:
Lines at relevant stations Develop routing of Cable ducts / conduits / hangers /
– for cable laying. trays at stations where lines interconnect. Furnish cabling requirements including destinations,
sizes, quantities and cable loadings of Cable ducts /
Design details to be worked out in interface with S&TC conduits / hangers / trays at stations where lines
design requirements; interconnect.
Construction: Furnish requirements of cable bores on walls / floor

Cable ducts / conduits / hangers / trays at stations penetrations, complete with pipe, sleeves for routing of
where lines interconnect. all types of cables
Dec 2017 Page 78 of 161


No.
Cast in cable ducts on walls / floor penetrations, for Furnish requirements of EMC/EMI and fire separation
routing of all types of cables for cabling

Construction Contractor(s).
Construction:
Install Train Control cables
Seal all gaps after cable installation work.
UG E&M
1 Power supply source (AC Design: Furnish details of complete load for Train Control
single phase / 3 phase) Furnish details of normal and standby power supply for installation;
the Train Control installations;
Furnish reliability / availability and specifications of the Construction Contractor(s).
power supply system for Train Control.
Spare power outlets from Normal and emergency

supplies (2 each of minimum 16 amp rating) to be
made available

design requirements.
Construction:
3 phase AC power supply from alternative sources and
diesel generator in UPS room with auto-change over
switches. Input supply cables shall have route diversity
UG TVS
1 Interface of S&TC UG (TVS) Contractor shall appropriately coordinate The S&TC system shall prevent any train from leaving
System with Tunnel with S&TC Contractor to achieve the requisite a station until the train ahead has arrived at the
Ventilation (TVS) System functionalities ventilation zone/section.
It shall be possible for the controller from OCC to

remove and restore the above restriction section by
section
Dec 2017 Page 79 of 161


No.
The S&TC System shall provide an alarm to the

SCADA system controlling the Tunnel Ventilation
System
5.4.4 Earthing and lightning protection to be provided by the Designated Tunnel Construction Contractor(s) and Civil Construction Contractor to
meet the Interface Requirements of the S&TC Contractor
5.4.4.1 Objectives
Earthing points shall be provided by the Designated Tunnel Construction Contractor(s) and Civil Construction Contractor for all indoor S&TC
installations to achieve the following objectives:
(a) To provide the safety to the operating and maintenance personnel against the electric shock on account of any potential (voltage) appearing on
exposed parts with respect to earth or due to electromagnetic or due to electrostatic induction.
(b) To ensure safe and reliable operation of the equipment by limiting or eliminating the induced voltages and transients in the S&TC equipment.
(c) To protect the equipment against build up of unduly high voltages; this may cause dielectric (Insulation) breakdown, or damage to equipment, or
their components.
(d) To serve as common voltage reference point wherever required.
5.4.4.2 General Earthing Policy
5.4.4.2.1 The Earthing system shall meet or exceed the requirements of IEEE 1100, NFPA 780 and IEC 62305 or relevant International standards.
5.4.4.2.2 Earthing and other protection devices shall be designed by Designated Tunnel Construction Contractor(s), Civil Construction Contractor, S&TC
Contractor to accomplish the following minimum requirements, but not be limited to:
(a) Protection of personnel and equipment from electrical hazards, including lightning.
(b) Reduction in potential to system neutrals.
(c) Reduction or elimination of the effects of electrostatic interference and electromagnetic interference arising from within the auxiliary electrical
systems and other extraneous sources in the vicinity of S&TC installations
(d) Provision of a proper earthing method for all equipment enclosures, cabinets, drawers, assemblies and sub-assemblies.
(e) Provision of a clean zero-volt reference point where required.
Dec 2017 Page 80 of 161

5.4.4.2.3 The earthing system shall be so designed by Designated Tunnel Construction Contractor(s) and Civil Construction Contractor so as to give earth
resistance within the stipulated limits at all locations and under all climatic conditions.
5.4.4.2.4 Any electrical joints in the earthing system shall be protected from moisture ingress by using proper wrapping, sealing with waterproof tape, or such
other approved measures.
5.4.4.2.5 For the purpose of measurement of earth resistance, a small interconnecting copper strip of appropriate cross-section shall be provided in the ring
earth in a small accessible chamber so that the ring earth can be broken from the loop for testing.
5.4.4.3 Stations area and OCC (Indoor Equipment)
5.4.4.3.1 Clean Earth System
“Clean Earth system means earth network for the use of particular systems which are not to be subjected to electrical interference from other
systems.”
There shall be separate and independent “Clean-Earths”; between train control equipment and other equipment (separate from system earth i.e.
main electrical earth bus for other utilities). These earths shall cater for the S&TC Equipment to be provided inside the equipment rooms at the
Station/Control center. These earths shall be brought inside the equipment rooms using insulated copper conductors and connected to the “Clean-
earth terminals” using isolating link. It shall provide full earth, fault protection facilities. A local “Clean- earth” bus shall be setup inside the
equipment rooms by running a copper strip. The route chosen for the insulated clean earth conductor shall minimize inductive interference from
power-supply cables and the main earth network.
These “Clean-Earths” shall be designed so as to give not more than 0.5 Ohm resistance in dry condition. The earths shall make use of copper
electrodes of appropriate size. The earthing electrodes for these equipment earths shall be kept at least 20m away from the “Main-Earth” provided
for electrical systems & utilities.
5.4.4.3.2 Main Earth
Apart from these clean earths, one earth point shall also be provided from the “Main-Earth” bus in each of the S&TC equipment rooms, Station
Control room (SCR) and UPS/Battery room at the station OCC. This shall be used as the chasis earth. The value of this earth should not be more
than 1.0 Ohm at any location and under any climatic condition.
The Tunnel contractor and Civil Construction Contractor shall provide the earthing pits for clean earths and main earth and shall connect them up
to the earthing terminals inside the rooms as above. S&TC Contractor shall set up earthing ring bus inside the operational rooms. Both the
contractors shall jointly set up machinery to achieve the desired earth resistance values.
5.4.4.4 Out Door Installations
Dec 2017 Page 81 of 161

The following outdoor installations are required to be earthed:
(a) Metallic sheath and armouring of all main cables at regular intervals;
(b) Junction Boxes;
(c) Radio Access Point posts; and
(d) Any other installation as may be necessary to cover complete scope of works under S&TC package
An Earth bus shall be provided by the Designated Tunnel Construction Contractor(s) all along the wall of the tunnel. The earth bus shall be so
designed so as to give an earth resistance of not more than One Ohm under dry condition. The earth bus shall be connected to a minimum of two
earth pits, one on each side of the tunnel, if necessary; the additional earth pits may be made by Designated Tunnel Construction Contractor(s) in the
Tunnel X-passages. The earthing shall use Cu-electrodes in order to reduce corrosion & the maintenance efforts in the underground section. All the
line side S&TC installations shall use this earthing bus.
5.4.4.5 Guidelines for Transient Protection and Lightning Protection
5.4.4.5.1 Despite the provision of earthing as specified above, failures of Solid State Electronic equipments do occasionally occur on account of finite earth
resistance, particularly high voltage transients and also due to lightning.
5.4.4.5.2 Typically, transient & lightning are temporary, and are usually short duration, surge voltages of limited energy. Electronic equipment with high input
impedance is inherently more susceptible to transients.
5.4.4.5.3 Lightning Protection
While the Station/Control center above ground structures shall be provided with lightning protection arrangements by Designated Tunnel
Construction Contractor(s) and Civil Construction Contractor, the protection against lightning surges travelling through conductors into
equipment's side shall be done by the S&TC Contractor using appropriate devices in accordance with the S&TC contract document and prevailing
international practices.
Dec 2017 Page 82 of 161

5.5 INTERFACES WITH ROLLING STOCK (RS) CONTRACTOR
5.5.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between S&TC Contractor
and Rolling Contractor.
5.5.1.2 S&TC Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and RS Contractor shall be the
Participating Contractor.
5.5.1.3 The Automatic train Protection (ATP) system shall issue the braking commands to
the Rolling Stock when safety limits are exceeded or when over-speed is detected.
The removal of traction power and the correct application of brakes shall be the
responsibility of Rolling Stock Contractor. The ATP system shall be responsible for
monitoring of speed and the issuing of braking commands when safety speed limits
are exceeded.
5.5.1.4 Parking brakes shall be provided by the Rolling Stock Contractor. The parking brakes
shall be capable of holding a fully loaded stationary train on a 4% gradient under all
track conditions, indefinitely.
5.5.1.5 There shall be two-stage commissioning. In the first stage the train operation shall be
by single Train Operator. In the first stage ATP/ATO/RM/ROS/Cut-out modes
described below will be made available. In the second stage DTO/UTO and
associated modes viz. standby mode etc. will be commissioned.
5.5.2.1 This specification outlines the Contractors’ interface requirements, which are based
on the Technical Studies carried out during the early stages of the Project.
5.5.3 Train Operating Modes
5.5.3.1 General System Description
5.5.3.1.1 The train-borne Automatic Train Control (ATC) system will consist of Driverless /
Unattended Train Operation (DTO/UTO) (in future), Automatic Train Operation
(ATO) system and Automatic Train Protection (ATP). The rolling stock shall be
fitted with redundant ATC systems, complete in all respects.
5.5.3.1.2 The Rolling Stock required for these lines shall be fitted with ATP/ATO system. The
ATO system shall conform to Grade of Automation 2 (GOA2) as defined in IEC
62290-1 2006. The system is to be designed to upgradation to Driverless Train
Operation (DTO) and Unattended Train Operation (UTO) conforming to GoA3 and
GoA4 respectively as defined in IEC 62290-1: 2006.
5.5.3.1.3 The Automatic Train Control (ATC) System shall be supplied by the S&TC
Contractor, who shall be required to liaise closely with the Rolling Stock Contractor,
in regard to the installation, testing and commissioning of the on-board Signaling
and Train Control Equipment.
5.5.3.2 Unattended Train Operation (UTO Mode) (for future)
This mode consists of full driverless unmanned operation and shall be the default
mode at stage 2 of commissioning unless exceptional circumstances occur. Train
shall be operated unmanned or with attendant under fully automated GoA3 and GoA4
mode. This mode shall be available everywhere on the line and the depot except for
the workshop lines. Details shall be finalized during interface and design finalization.
5.5.3.3 ATO (or Auto) Mode
Dec 2017 Page 83 of 161

5.5.3.3.1 The onboard equipment shall provide for Automatic Train Operation (ATO). In this
mode, the train’s speed, motoring, coasting and braking within the parameters
dictated by the ATP system will be performed by the on-board equipment without
the train operator’s intervention. This operation shall include:
(i) Automatic operation of trains between stations.
(ii) The ATO system shall provide control for acceleration, deceleration
and coasting of trains in such a manner that the specified schedule
speed is achieved with minimum energy consumption. ATO shall also
provide “All-Out Mode” of train operation to make up time loss to the
extent possible by reducing the coasting period, in case train is not
running in accordance with Time-Table. The ATO system shall also
be responsible for the receipt of coasting request and passing of
request to traction power equipment and also provide for acceleration
and deceleration of the train when necessary.
(iii) Automatic stopping of trains at platforms within a tolerance of

±300mm for 99.98% of station stops.
(iv) Automatic opening of doors on the appropriate platform side(s) when

the train is berthed.
(v) Automatic closing of doors
(vi) Prevent the train from starting if train doors are detected “not closed”.
(vii) Receipt and implementation of control to skip one or more stations.
(viii) CBTC system shall allow a train to enter a station platform only if the
preceding train has a movement authority that shall allow it to fully
leave the platform area and it has begun to move out of the station
(i.e., within ATP constraints, train movement shall be controlled to
minimize the likelihood of the train coming to a stop when only
partially within the station platform limits).
5.5.3.3.2 The trains under ATO operation shall always remain under ATP protection.
Transfer from ATP to ATO mode shall only be possible at standstill at a station
stopping point; however transfer from ATO to ATP mode shall be possible at any
time.
5.5.3.3.3 The ATO mode shall include Automatic Turn back (ATB) at the terminal stations
including intermediate turn back stations. The Automatic turn back facility will be
without driver and shall be provided at
(a) platform of the terminal station

(b) turn back track at rear of the terminal station
(c) platform of intermediate turn back station.
5.5.3.4 ATP (or Coded Manual) Mode
5.5.3.4.1 The on-board equipment shall provide Automatic Train Protection (ATP). In this
mode, the control of the train speed and braking within the parameters dictated by
the ATP system shall be performed by the train operator.
5.5.3.4.2 The ATP mode shall include:
(i) Identification and enforcement of maximum safe speed at which the

train may operate, as deduced from the most restrcitive ATP
Dec 2017 Page 84 of 161

conditions;
(ii) Identification and display of actual speed, target speed, target

distance, and the maximum safe speed;
(iii) Identification and audible and visual warning when train is operating
at a speed higher than the maximum safe speed. The equipment to
provide audible and visible warnings shall be provided by S&TC
Contractor and shall form part of DMI;
(iv) Provision of an audible and visual warning to the train operator, when
the system identifies that the train is operating at a speed in excess
of the maximum safe speed; recognition of a delay of 2s for the train
operator to react, and a service brake application should the train
operator fail to reduce the speed below the maximum safe speed in a
specified time. In the event of the service-braking rate being
inadequate, an irrevocable Emergency Brake application shall be
made, automatically;
(v) Identifying the platform side of the train with the train berthed at a
station. The system shall then enable the doors to be opened on that
side;
(vi) Receipt of a door closed signal indicating that all doors are closed
and locked before the train may start. Loss of this signal shall cause
the ATP system to initiate a brake application.
5.5.3.4.3 Fallback Mode
The ATP mode shall include a Fall-back Mode if the ATP trackside equipment or
the radio infrastructure fails. In such case, the system shall use the axle-counter
to detect the position of the faulty train, set protection area before and after the
faulty train and command the train operation with the trackside signalling. The
driver manually drives the train based on the display of the trackside signal and
cab signal.
5.5.3.5 Restricted Manual (RM) and Run-On-Sight (ROS) Mode
5.5.3.5.1 Restricted Manual Mode (RM Mode)
In RM mode, principally used in depots, the maximum train speed shall be

controlled by the on-board ATP, to a limit not exceeding 25km/h. This mode shall
be available only when the on-board ATP equipment is operational.
5.5.3.5.2 Run-on-Sight Mode (ROS Mode)
ROS mode of operation shall be selectable by suitable means. In this mode, the
maximum train speed shall be controlled by the on-board ATP, to a limit not
exceeding 25km/h. This mode shall be available only when the on-board ATP
equipment is operational. The running monitoring shall be the same as for RM.
The ATP shall give Cab Signal indications as soon as the train reaches a track
position where normal running can be resumed. The ATP authorizes the ROS
request.
5.5.3.6 Cut-out (or By-pass) Mode
5.5.3.6.1 By-pass Mode shall be provided for use in the event of failure of the ATP system. In
this mode, the train speed shall be controlled entirely by the train operator, to a limit
adjustable between 15km/h and 25km/h. The RS Contractor shall provide
Dec 2017 Page 85 of 161

equipment and means to ensure that the maximum train speed remains within the
above limit when the Cut-out Mode is in effect under all circumstances.
5.5.3.6.2 The ATP By-pass Mode shall be initiated by the train operator operating a Safety
Cut-out Switch (SCS) and simultaneously breaking its seal. The operation shall be
recorded by the on-board digital counter and TCMS. The SCS shall be provided by
Rolling Stock Contractor. The on-board digital counter shall be provided by the
S&TC Contractor. In this mode the train doors shall only be enabled and controlled
manually.
5.5.3.6.3 The availability of power supply to the ATC system during this mode will be decided
during the design finalization.
5.5.3.7 Standby Mode (ready, dozing, sleeping), Immobilized mode etc.
A fully initiated train in standstill condition. Traction control shall be inoperative and
brake shall be applied during this mode. The details of the mode will be finalized
during design stage. However, in order to make Unattended Train Operation (UTO)
fully functional, the signalling contractor in consultation with Rolling Stock contractor
shall provide other associated modes of operation viz. Stand-by mode (ready, dozing,
sleeping), Immobilized mode etc. The details shall be finalized during interface and
design finalization.
5.5.3.8 Identification: Train Operating Mode, Train Description and Next Station
Information etc.
5.5.3.8.1 The S&TC Contractor shall provide a four-digit Train Identification Number (Train
ID) to the RS Contractor. The first two digits shall identify a destination while the
second two digits shall be a service identifier. RS Contractor shall accordingly use
the relevant information such as names of intermediate stations, stopping pattern,
station stop, door opening side information, skipping station information, keep door
closed information, train going to depot information etc. for operation of on-train
systems.
5.5.3.8.2 Train ID shall be allocated to train at suitable place and shall be maintained until it
finishes its service. It should be possible by the Employer to amend and / or modify
the Train ID, subsequently, to suit the operational requirements. The S&TC
Contractor and RS Contractor should provide necessary equipment and means for
the same. RS Contractor shall provide suitable arrangement for Train Operator to
view the information displayed on train information panel provided on front of the
train and other display information inside the train from his seat.
5.5.3.8.3 The RS Contractor and the S&TC Contractor shall exchange information (Ethernet,
RS 485 or MVB latest version) identifying the effective mode, the active or non-
active status of each cab, the individual door status etc. The inputs shall be
categorized as vital and non-vital. The levels and form of these inputs shall be
coordinated between the two Contractors.
5.5.3.8.4 S&TC Contractor shall provide necessary inputs from the signaling system to the
Telecom system identifying the required mode and status of active cab etc. RS
Contractor shall provide Rake ID and other relevant information as mutually
decided to the telecommunication system provided by the Telecom Contractor. The
levels and form of these inputs shall be coordinated among the Contractors.
5.5.3.8.5 The RS Contractor shall log each time the mode is changed using the on-board
TCMS equipment.
5.5.3.8.6 In By-pass or Cut-out Mode or any other mode, external indication light shall flash
or occult which will be finalized during design stage.
Dec 2017 Page 86 of 161

5.5.3.8.7 The S&TC Contractor shall provide the necessary input signals (next station,
destination station, origin station, information code, platform side information,
triggering signal, etc.) to RS Contractor for displaying and making next station (pre-
recorded) announcements to passengers on-board. For this purpose, the RS
Contractor shall provide the necessary hardware. Levels and protocols shall be
latest protocol (from MVB / RS485 / Ethernet) as agreed between the two
Contractors.
5.5.3.8.8 For ATO operation, the necessary train command inputs including that for PWM
signal shall be provided by the S&TC Contractor. The ATP/ ATO initiated PWM
signal demands shall be redundant. The redundancy shall also be provided on
TCMS side by RS Contractor. The level and form of these inputs shall be
coordinated between the two Contractors viz. on board train control seamless
transfer. If active TCMS fails of active cab all vital and non-vital information shall
transfer to rear TCMS/active TCMS.
5.5.4 Interface requirements between S&TC and RS Contractors
5.5.4.1 General
5.5.4.1.1 S&TC Contractor shall provide the Rolling Stock Contractor with the final list of
equipments to be provided on the Rolling Stock. The sizes and weights of the ATP/
ATO equipment and antennae etc., to be mounted on the rolling stock shall also be
provided as applicable. The location of the on-board cab equipment shall be
mutually agreed between the Contractors so as to optimize seating & standing
space duly considering maintainability and easy accessibility, however the on-
board cab equipment shall not be placed in the under frame on account of
maintainability issues.
5.5.4.1.2 S&TC Contractor shall deliver to the Rolling Stock Contractor’s factories, all train
borne ATC equipment, as applicable, and data to enable fitting and testing.
Connector fixing and cable harnessing shall be done by the RS Contractor. Further,
Schedule of delivering the train borne equipment shall be discussed between
S&TC and Rolling Stock contractor prominently.
5.5.4.1.3 The S&TC Contractor shall supply at Rolling Stock Contractor’s factory pre-wired
equipment racks with appropriate connectors for all wiring terminating inside ATC
enclosures, including wiring between ATC racks. S&TC Contractor with the details
provided by the RS Contractor shall ensure that the exterior finish and colours of
the respective equipment suitably harmonize with that of the cab and the vicinity.
5.5.4.1.4 Interfacing wiring for each module provided by the S&TC Contractor (including the
interfacing wiring between S&TC and Telecom Contractors’ equipment) shall
terminate in a quick disconnect robust plug connector suitable for traction
applications, with direct cable connection as far as possible. All cable connectors
shall be identified within the cubicle using robust cable markers with distinctive
colours for identification of e.g. safety function cables. The requisite interface
requirements between RS and Telecom will be dealt separately but shall be in
accordance to meet applicable onboard hardware interface clauses between S&TC
and Telecom contractor.
5.5.4.1.5 For all relay contact interfaces, S&TC Contractor shall provide auto-contact jam
detection and contact bounce elimination function to ensure proper operation of the
system. Relays for safety functions shall comply with the appropriate internationally
accepted standard specification.
5.5.4.1.6 The S&TC Contractor shall provide the RS Contractor with the number of wires /
Ethernet connections required between cars of a married pair and between married
pairs to transmit signals from one end of the rake to the other end. Provision of
Dec 2017 Page 87 of 161

redundancy and spares shall be catered for by RS Contractor for Train lines /
Ethernet connections.
For compatibility, the rolling stock and the train detection system (track circuits/axle
counter), shall conform to EN 50238 (latest version) in conjunction with EN 50121
series.
5.5.4.1.7 Vehicle Control Circuits (VCC) shall be developed by the RS Contractor. during the
design stage, all the vehicle control circuits incorporating the identified interfaces
shall be provided to the S&TC Contractor. S&TC Contractor shall provide specific
observations, if any, to the RS Contractor. The RS Contractor shall suitably
incorporate these observations in the design.
5.5.4.1.8 Screened cables for train borne signaling equipment shall be properly terminated
so as to ensure that no return loops are formed to cause electrical noise.
5.5.4.1.9 Train numbers between the two systems shall be so designed so as to ensure that
requisite information of train / car / ATC / destination etc. is captured.
5.5.4.1.10 RS Contractor to ensure that all signal inputs received from signaling equipment
and output signals exported to signaling system shall be recorded and shall be
available for retrieval for analysis / record. All signals (import/export between RS &
signaling) shall generally be routed through TCMS.
5.5.4.1.11 RS Contractor to ensure that all doors related and other safety / train control related
signals including brakes, position of safety cut out switches, direction related relays,
suspensions, obstruction on track etc. are communicated to the S&TC Contractor.
However, this exchanged information shall not be hereby considered as exhaustive
and be categorized as vital and non-vital. The levels and form of these inputs shall
be coordinated between the two Contractors.
5.5.4.1.12 S&TC Contractor shall define, as a part of interface, the signals (vital and non-vital)
that will be provided by signaling train borne equipment.
5.5.4.1.13 Provision of “Jog and Creep mode” operation with command to operate the train at
specified reduced speed under degraded condition (e.g. aligning train in case of
undershoot / overshoot of Normal Stopping Point within a limit) shall be addressed
in the interface.
5.5.4.1.14 The RS Contractor and S&TC Contractor will jointly finalize a list of actionable
command and responses for ATO and other modes of operation, which shall be
available at Central Automatic Train Supervision (CATS) system at OCC / BCC as
well as Local Automatic Train Supervision (LATS) system at Station Control Center
(SCC). The two contractors shall also finalize the list of alarms and events for
Rolling Stock monitoring and troubleshooting which shall be displayed on the
Rolling Stock controller monitor of CATS system at OCC as well as on other
suitable terminals in depot and on the line.
5.5.4.1.15 The RS Contractor shall provide necessary signals to the S&TC Contractor for
proper functioning of Platform Screen Door (PSD). The RS Contractor and S&TC
Contractor shall interface for exchange of signals and develop protocol for proper
working of Platform Screen Door (PSD).
5.5.4.1.16 The system will broadly cater to Train Radio traffic, CBTC traffic and CCTV traffic
by using following 3 separate radio system for communication between Train and
wayside;
(a) Radio system (Tetra) for Train radio traffic shall be supplied by Telecom
Contractor for providing train information, status, Rake ID, alarm (pertaining
to train-radio interface), train to OCC communication (vice versa), CCTV live
Dec 2017 Page 88 of 161

footage in OCC in case of activation of passenger alarm button in UTO

mode only etc.
(b) Radio system (including on-board equipment) supplied by S&TC Contractor

for CBTC traffic, specifically for all requisite signaling vital and non-vital
functionalities for safe and controlled operational, onboard signaling
data/status/information transfer to OCC, transfer of train borne critical
alarms to OCC (in UTO), Activation of OCC Remote control command (in
UTO), etc.
(c) Radio system (including on-board equipment) supplied by S&TC Contractor

for sending Train Operation event and fault data from TCMS to OCC
periodically, recorded (on demand) and real time (automatic, in case of
activation of associated critical alarm) CCTV footage to OCC, automatic
transfer of TCMS data and recorded video (traffic and other data pertaining
to passenger voice) in dedicated server located in OCC, advertisements
(including video) from OCC to train etc.
The details of sharing of the 3 radio systems for sending control and data
information, CCTV recording or live footage, levels and protocols thereof, will be
jointly agreed by Telecom, S&TC and RS Contractors.
5.5.4.1.17 The interface plan shall address the procedures to be adopted for rescuing the
immobile train on the line by coupling the failed train with a healthy train and
subsequently clearing the line in either Pull/Push mode with healthy train.
5.5.4.1.18 RS contractor shall provide CCTV cameras in the train which will cover cab, saloon,
front of train, area for passenger initiated alarm, detrainment door etc. The CCTV
cameras shall provide for minimum 120 hours of recording onboard. RS and S&TC
contractors shall interface for control and data transfer of CCTV images from the
train to OCC / SCC on the ATS terminal and Large Video Screen. The hardware
interface shall be furnished and installed by RS contractor. The CCTV signal shall
be provided by RS contractor at a suitable port to S&TC contractor for transmission
at OCC / SCC. There will be no processing of the CCTV data by the S&TC
contractor. At OCC / SCC, it shall be possible to select any camera onboard and
view the recording live at any terminal/workstation. The Levels and protocols shall
be agreed between the two contractors.
5.5.4.1.19 Integrated Testing and Commissioning
The Rolling Stock, S&TC, PSD and Telecom Contractors shall perform System
Integration Test and the tests shall include but not limited to traction and braking
control, precision stopping, automatic turn back (ATB), jog & creep function, door
operation, PSD, train wake-up and PA/PIS functioning test, remote command &
control for rolling stock monitoring & troubleshooting from OCC to train, OCC
critical alarms and safety related test etc.
5.5.4.1.20 The S&TC Contractor as a Lead Contractor shall prepare a comprehensive System
integration testing plan, protocol & procedure and Operating Modes and Principle
Document (OMPD). The RS Contractor, PSD Contractor and Telecom Contractor
will assist the S&TC Contractor in preparation of these documents. The Traction
Contractor will also assist the S&TC Contractor in preparation of the documents.
Employer will provide necessary inputs such as standard operating procedure. The
document shall establish the principles related to system and interface design
under normal, degraded and emergency modes of operation. For each operating
principle the document shall describe the scenario, action to be taken by operator
and system in a structured process flow chart.
5.5.4.1.21 The Rolling Stock Contractor with the help of S&TC Contractor shall prepare a
comprehensive document for implementing automatic ‘Sleep’, ‘Wake-up’, ‘UTO
Dec 2017 Page 89 of 161

Self-Test’, Standby (Dozing) mode test, ‘Testing and dispatch or departure test etc.
(pertaining to UTO mode of operation)’ of trains stabled at depot / siding / main line.
For the reference of UTO, rolling stock contractor shall have close interface with
signaling contractor to prepare following documents by including:
 List of all requisite RS remote control commands essentially be handled

by Signaling system for the reference of OCC/DCC/RSC
 List of all requisite RS critical alarms essentially be required to be sent to
OCC/DCC/RSC by signaling system
5.5.4.1.22 Train Event Recorder shall be provided by RS Contractor, designed to resist

tampering, that monitors and records data on train speed, direction of motion, time,
distance, throttle position, brake applications and operations (including service
brake, emergency brake) equipped, cab signal aspect(s) etc. S&TC Contractor
shall provide the requisite interface signals to RS for storage purpose.
5.5.4.2 Rolling Stock Characteristics to be used by S&TC Contractor
5.5.4.2.1 The S&TC system will work on moving block principle and the system shall be so
designed to meet the headway requirements of trains, based on the characteristics
of the vehicles to be furnished (Para 5.5.6) and the track geometry. The back-up
(line-side) signaling (in ROS/RM/cut out mode) shall use the same axle counter as
designed for the ATP working. RS Contractor shall provide traction and braking
characteristics of the actual vehicles and S&TC Contractor must co-ordinate with
RS Contractor to fine-tune the system design based on the traction and braking
characteristics of the actual vehicles furnished. Acceptance tests of the signal
system will use the actual vehicles supplied.
Brake capacity of the rolling stock shall be used optimally to ensure its maximum
utilization when full brake equipment is operational. In case of isolation of any
brake system or bogie/car, RS Contractor shall furnish requisite information to
S&TC Contractor to optimize the brake rate.
5.5.4.2.2 When operating in ATP Mode, a delay of 2s (programmable) shall be provided for
the train operator to acknowledge a reduction in speed and begin to apply the
brakes.
5.5.4.2.3 The model for calculating the Safe Braking Distance (SBD) shall identify and take
into account various systems’ response times and train operators’ reaction times.
The design of S&TC system shall also take into account the effect of track
geometry on the traction and braking characteristics. The RS Contractor shall
furnish the Guaranteed Braking Rate (GBR) at the normal braking efficiency, and at
the lowest braking efficiency permitted in service, including brake deterioration, to
the S&TC Contractor. RS Contractor shall provide the speed/acceleration and
speed/ tractive effort curves, for all loading conditions. The system shall be
designed to optimize train performance to the best of its capability.
5.5.4.2.4 The RS Contractor shall furnish as a minimum the rolling stock parameters to be
used by the S&TC Contractor for designing the CBTC based ATP system, as set
out in Para 5.5.6. RS Contractor shall also furnish a reasonable tolerance band for
the identified performance parameters. RS Contractor shall ensure that all the
trains supplied perform within the tolerance band.
5.5.4.2.5 For any other information required by the S&TC Contractor, he shall co-ordinate
with the RS Contractor.
5.5.4.2.6 During the train operation, it may be desirable to optimize acceleration /

deceleration on the basis of varying loads / line profile / intended rising & falling
gradients at entry / exit of the platforms. RS Contractor and S&TC Contractor shall
Dec 2017 Page 90 of 161

resolve these issues during interface with the intention of optimizing train
performance.
5.5.4.2.7 RS Contractor and S&TC Contractor shall share all the interface signals so as to
enable logging / recording of these signals / data by either of them. During the
design if any other signal needs to be shared for the purpose as above, the same
shall also be ensured by both contractors. Speed signal shall be shared by the
S&TC Contractor if desired by RS Contractor for improving train performance.
5.5.4.2.8 The RS Contractor shall provide facilities to detect any uncoupling, detachment
and/or separation of detachable units of a train consist. Upon detection of an
impromptu uncoupling, detachment or separation, an immediate emergency
braking to stop shall be invoked on all units of the connected train.
The ATC shall detect the unexpected uncoupling and establish appropriate limits of
authority to prevent following trains from entering the area where the uncoupling
has occurred. Consequently, an immediate alarm shall be raised and forwarded to
the OCC.
5.5.4.3 Signaling details to be used by RS Contractor
5.5.4.3.1 The following data shall be provided:
(i) The maximum power consumed by the S&TC Contractor’s equipment

from the 110V DC supply under all specified operating conditions.
(ii) The number of train wires / Ethernet connections required, and the
function of each.
(iii) All control logic outputs.
(iv) Electrical characteristics of the interconnection cabling and wiring.
(v) Sensitivity levels, and frequencies, which must be avoided.
(vi) The specific heat load for air conditioning purposes.
(vii) The EMC / EMI requirements including the limiting value of psophometric
current, to obviate interference in the operation of S&TC equipment
(viii) Details of the provisions required to enable the bidirectional transference
of data from the train to the wayside.
5.5.4.4 ATC Equipment Cubicles
5.5.4.4.1 The RS Contractor shall supply the ATC equipment cubicle enclosure(s). All
supports, braces, mounting holes, cabling apertures, etc. required for mounting the
cubicle and its equipment shall be properly coordinated between S&TC Contractor
and RS Contractor to ensure secure mounting, and access. The cubicle(s) shall be
resiliently mounted and suitably protected to the requisite IP level.
5.5.4.4.2 To achieve the ATC control functions, the S&TC Contractor shall identify any
interfacing circuits specifically required for ATC operation and liaise with the RS
Contractor. These include but not limited to start, door control, motoring, coasting,
braking and emergency brake commands. Door control circuit design shall allow
opening of doors in standby position of mode selector under manual responsibility
in case of non-availability of door opening authorization from the ATP, without
losing the ATP mode.
5.5.4.4.3 For train control circuits the S&TC Contractor shall respectively identify the voltage
free contacts (Digital / analog / hardwire) to be provided by the RS Contractor,
including the number and type of electrical signals required between the ATP/ATO
equipment and the equipment provided by the RS Contractor. The Contractors
shall co-ordinate to agree on levels and protocols for each such signal.
5.5.4.4.4 As a minimum, all electronic equipment to be mounted on rolling stock, including

those provided by S&TC Contractor shall comply with IEC 60571 (latest edition):
Dec 2017 Page 91 of 161

Electronic Equipment used on Rail Vehicles, for design, manufacture and testing,
and shall use components purchased against an internationally recognized quality
assurance and reliability certification procedure.
5.5.4.5 Antennae
5.5.4.5.1 S&TC Contractor shall identify roof, bogie and under frame-mounted antennae, and
associated disconnection box mounting brackets and location requirements to
identify cable and conduit routes required to antennae as applicable.
5.5.4.5.2 S&TC Contractor shall supply the necessary disconnection boxes, terminal blocks,
cables and adaptation mounting brackets, flexible conduit assemblies complete
with connectors and cables from antennae to the junction boxes.
5.5.4.5.3 The RS Contractor shall provide the antenna mounting brackets, conduits, support
or clamping arrangements to ensure security and reliability.
5.5.4.5.4 The antenna system shall not contravene the kinematic envelope and fully meet
the radio coverage requirements both for normal and reverse directions of train
working.
5.5.4.6 Speed Measurement Devices
5.5.4.6.1 For each ATC equipment set (per driving cab), the S&TC Contractor shall supply to
the RS Contractor for installation, axle mounting speed measurement devices and
couplings, to be configured, and the data from them processed in such a way as to
achieve the objectives of Para 5.5.4.6.2 below in fail safe manner. The speed
measurement devices shall be mounted on the axles, which shall be non-powered.
5.5.4.6.2 The S&TC Contractor shall ensure that the speed measurement devices produce a
signal, which reflects the true speed of the train (within ±1.0km/hr) under any
operational, weather and track conditions including gradient, curvature and wheel
spin/slide. The error in the speed measurement due to wear in wheel diameter shall
be mitigated by automatic means or other safe methods.
5.5.4.6.3 The S&TC Contractor shall supply the necessary disconnection and terminal
blocks, device mounting brackets and plates, flexible conduit assemblies complete
with connectors and cables from speed measurement devices to the junction
boxes. The S&TC Contractor will supply all the mechanical fixing items like
odometer, Antenna, pick up coil and cables required for ATC like cables for
odometer, Antenna, Pick up coil etc.
5.5.4.6.4 The RS Contractor shall provide for each speed measurement device mounting
brackets, support or clamping arrangements to ensure security and reliability.
5.5.4.6.5 The S&TC shall furnish the Zero Velocity detection apparatus (ZVR relay).
5.5.4.6.6 S&TC Contractor shall provide speedometer indicating the actual speed, and with
maximum safe speed. The design shall be acceptable to the Engineer.
5.5.4.6.7 The Automatic Train Protection (ATP) system shall issue the braking commands to
the rolling stock when safety limits are violated or when over-speed is detected.
Removal of traction power and the correct application of brakes shall be the
responsibility of RS Contractor. The ATP system shall be responsible for monitoring
of speed and the issuing of braking commands when safety limits are exceeded.
5.5.4.6.8 Parking brakes shall be provided by RS Contractor. The parking brakes shall be
capable of holding a fully loaded stationary train on a 4% gradient under all track
conditions, indefinitely.
Dec 2017 Page 92 of 161

5.5.4.6.9 The S&TC Contractor shall furnish the RS Contractor with full mounting details,
apertures, fixing holes, etc.
5.5.4.6.10 S&TC Contractor shall furnished Neutral section information to RS contractor if

required through levels of protocol MVB / RS485 / Ethernet latest protocols agreed
between contractor
5.5.4.7 Train Operator’s Display
5.5.4.7.1 The equipment on driver’s console used for ATO/ATP/RM/ROS/UTO modes shall
be ergonomically placed.
5.5.4.7.2 Indications to the train operator shall be displayed on the ATC Cab Display
supplied by the S&TC Contractor. The train operator’s display will be composed of
an integrated display screen. It shall incorporate as a minimum, but need not be
limited to the following information:
(i) Train description, (ID) including crew identification

(ii) Target Distance
(iii) Target Speed
(iv) Service and Emergency Brake Initiation
(v) Train docked
(vi) Train hold status
(vii) Station dwell time available
(viii) Departure order
(ix) In ATP zone or not
(x) ATP/ ATO / UTO failure indications
(xi) Skip Stop indication
(xii) Door Open Indication (individual)
(xiii) Maximum Permissible Safe Speed (MSS) in ATP, UTO and ATO Mode
(xiv) Train stopped outside of expected stopping window
(xv) Depot indication, when the train is identified as being in a depot
(xvi) Axle locked indication, for axles on which ATC speed sensors are
mounted
(xvii) Door release available; indicating on which side(s) of the train the
doors may be opened.
(xviii) Operating Mode
(xix) PSD/PSG status
5.5.4.7.3 During design stage, the RS and S&TC Contractors may have to interface to
integrate TCMS/DMI inputs, if considered necessary to optimize the driving console
in the cab for operation under GoA2/3/4.
5.5.4.8 Interface between TCMS and Train Equipment
5.5.4.8.1 The RS Contractor shall provide an on-board Train Control Management System
(TCMS), to log the information from the ATP/ATO/UTO supplied by S&TC
Contractor, in addition to the information shown in the Rolling Stock specification.
5.5.4.8.2 Data stored in the TCMS shall be password protected. Levels and protocols shall
be agreed between the two Contractors. Software for downloading the data from
TCMS to maintenance terminal shall be provided by RS Contractor. S&TC
Contractor shall provide Windows compatible software and hardware for
maintenance terminals for viewing the data logged in TCMS. It shall be possible to
extract the TCMS & CCTV data remotely from OCC, BCC and DCC to a suitable
terminal at OCC / BCC / DDC through the radio provided by the S&TC Contractor.
5.5.4.8.3 All the commands (including remote control commands from OCC) by the on-board
ATP and ATO / UTO system, to Rolling Stock equipment and the responses of the
rolling stock equipment to these commands, shall be recorded in TCMS.
Dec 2017 Page 93 of 161

5.5.4.8.4 The signals to be supplied from the TCMS to the equipment of S&TC Contractor
shall be decided jointly between the Contractors.
5.5.4.8.5 The TCMS shall be able to communicate Train Operation and Fault data to the
wayside, the OCC / SCC / DCC on the rolling stock terminal using a radio link
provided by S&TC Contractor. The data shall also contain identified train alarms.
S&TC Contractors shall interface to make the data available to its destination in
OCC/BCC/SCC/DCC.
5.5.4.8.6 The interface shall ensure that TCMS receives necessary inputs from the on-board
ATP system to enable TCMS to synchronize its clock with the system master clock.
All the microprocessor/ micro-controller based on-train systems shall synchronize
respective clocks with TCMS clock.
5.5.4.9 Power Supply and Earthing Arrangements
5.5.4.9.1 Independent 110V dc power supply circuits, including positive and negative poles,
at least three for ATC Equipment shall be provided by RS Contractor and there
shall be no physical or electrical links between these power supply circuits.
5.5.4.9.2 The RS Contractor shall provide dedicated earthing arrangements for the train
borne ATC equipment. S&TC Contractor shall specify the earth impedance
required.
5.5.4.9.3 The power supply cable between the train power supply and the ATC equipment
power equipment shall be segregated, as short as possible and directly connected
to the supply without any intermediate connection.
5.5.4.10 Other S&TC and RS Interfaces
5.5.4.10.1 S&TC Contractor shall furnish RS Contractor with the interface required between
the train radio system and the on-train public address system to allow on-board
announcements to be made from the OCC. The interface shall provide the
necessary means to enable OCC to initiate triggering of pre-recorded messages in
the on-train public address system.
5.5.4.10.2 The complete on-train public address system, and interface hardware, including the
transmission link, and a communication panel shall be furnished by RS Contractor.
Levels and protocols shall be agreed between the two contractors.
5.5.4.10.3 The RS Contractors shall provide an On-Board TCMS to provide Rake ID to the
Radio Equipment and also log the information from the Radio Equipment. RS
Contractor shall provide Train ID to train radio through TCMS - Train Radio
interface. The S&TC Contractor shall furnish the RS Contractor with the interface
required between the train radio system and the on-board TCMS for recording the
initiation, termination, and success or failure of emergency calls initiated by the
train driver and/or OCC on the radio. The hardware interface shall be furnished and
installed by the RS Contractor. Levels and protocols shall be agreed between the
two Contractors.
5.5.4.10.4 The TCMS shall be able to communicate TCMS alarms to OCC at predefined time
interval and location as decided by Engineer, using a radio interface supplied by
S&TC Contractor. S&TC Contractor shall interface with the Rolling Stock
Contractor.
5.5.4.10.5 RS Contractor shall provide CCTV cameras in the train which will cover cab,
saloon, front of train, area for passenger initiated alarm, detrainment door etc. The
CCTV cameras shall provide for minimum 120 hrs of recording on-board. RS
Contractor and S&TC Contractor shall interface for control and data transfer of
Dec 2017 Page 94 of 161

CCTV images from the train to OCC/BCC/DCC/SCC on the ATS terminal and
Large Video Screen. The hardware interface shall be furnished and installed by RS
Contractor. The CCTV signal shall be provided by RS Contractor at a suitable port
to S&TC Contractor for transmission at OCC/BCC/DCC/SCC. The CCTV signal
shall be provided by RS Contractor at a suitable port to S&TC Contractor for
transmission. There will be no processing of the CCTV data by the S&TC/TEL
Contractor. At OCC/BCC/DCC/SCC it shall be possible to select any camera on-
board and view the recording live at any terminal / workstation. The Levels and
protocols shall be agreed between the contractors.
5.5.4.11 Factory Installation and Testing
5.5.4.11.1 All the special equipment associated with the train borne ATC system including the
interface cables / wires between the train borne ATC shall be designed and
supplied by S&TC Contractor to the RS Contractor’s factory. Each contractor shall
be aware of the locations of manufacturing plants, which could concurrently be
manufacturing cars.
5.5.4.11.2 S&TC Contractor shall be responsible for providing all data and training of RS
Contractor’s staff in all aspects of ATC installation and testing where applicable.
The first set of ATC equipment shall be installed by the RS Contractor, under the
supervision of the S&TC Contractor’s Engineer, including the wiring for the
interface of the ATC equipment with Rolling stock.
5.5.4.11.3 RS Contractor shall be responsible for installing wiring and equipment, and its
testing on each car to the functioning standard agreed with S&TC Contractor.
5.5.4.11.4 Testing of each car shall comply with the accepted international standards agreed
between the Contractors as agreed with the Employer’s Engineer. Initial Integration
tests (static and dynamic) shall be done at the rolling stock factory and carried out
by the test personnel of the respective Contractors jointly. Further main line
integration tests will required to be carried out to ensure all train control and
telecom functions between OCC/BCC and Train which will be required to be done
jointly by the RS Contractor, Telecom Contractor and S&TC Contractor at project
site. Test certificate for the on-board equipment will be issued jointly by RS
Contractor, Telecom Contractor and S&TC Contractor. The certificates will pertain
to the respective areas of the contractor’s responsibility and shall be decided during
the interface.
5.5.4.11.5 The RS Contractor shall provide facilities for comprehensive static, dynamic, and
interface tests between the Rolling Stock and S&TC systems at his premises.
Dynamic interface tests may be done at RS Contractor’s premises or in depots.
S&TC Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of special test equipment
and instrumentation.
5.5.4.11.6 In case of ATO/UTO, the integration test between RS Contractor and S&TC
Contractor shall include tests on main line to confirm the realization of demanded
acceleration and deceleration rate by ATO under various conditions.
5.5.4.11.7 Should the need arise for modifications in the configurations of respective
equipment or systems as a result of the integration test or otherwise, the scope of
work and division of responsibility shall be jointly agreed amongst the two
contractors and detailed procedure shall be developed. RS contractor shall provide
the requisite manpower to monitor and/or implement the modifications on the rolling
stock for work as required.
5.5.4.11.8 The RS Contractor and S&TC Contractor shall fully associate and render all
necessary support during type testing of the respective systems. Rolling stock type
tests may require all out mode of operations in ATO / UTO mode as per the
approved test specifications, the RS Contractor and S&TC Contractor will jointly
Dec 2017 Page 95 of 161

finalize such test plans and schemes / operational modes and ensure the
satisfactory completion of the type tests.
5.5.4.12 EMC/EMI Interface
5.5.4.12.1 Regarding electromagnetic interference, the S&TC Contractor shall provide a list of
frequencies and other sensitive requirements to the RS Contractor, to enable him
to avoid such frequency bands in his design, and to provide devices to isolate the
source of emission wherever required. S&TC Contractor will have the first right of
use for radio frequency 2.4GHz/5.8 GHz for CBTC application.
5.5.4.12.2 RS and S&TC Contractors shall ensure that the emission and immunity level of
their respective equipment meet the requirements of EN50121-3-1, EN50121-3-2
and EN 50121-4.
5.5.4.12.3 RS Contractor shall ensure that the return current in the track at the specified
frequencies does not exceed the values specified by S&TC Contractor.
5.5.4.12.4 The Contractors shall also jointly develop a test plan detailing how the
electromagnetic compatibility of Traction, S&TC and Telecom systems including
Radio systems will be verified. The Contractors shall work together to assure that
all electronic and electrical equipment on the rolling stock works properly without
interfering with S&TC or Telecom sub-systems.
5.5.4.12.5 The cable layout of the S&TC systems in the cable ducts provided by the RS
Contractor shall be jointly agreed. The separation between S&TC cables and
power cables of Traction 25kV ac voltage, 415V three phase AC, 230V AC single
phase, 110V DC or any other similar high voltage rating shall be in accordance with
the international practice and jointly agreed.
5.5.4.12.6 The cable ducts should be earthed at notionally at every 2m and also at the ends
and should be in accordance with accepted international practices.
Dec 2017 Page 96 of 161

5.5.5 Scope of Interface
5.5.5.1 The S&TC and RS Contractors shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system. The roles
and activities of the two Contractors shall include minimum following but not limited to:
SN Item S&TC Contractor RS Contractor

1 On board ATP equipment To supply the equipment to the RS To provide space in the vehicle design for
2 On board ATO equipment Contractor’s Works fixing and installation at the manufacturers
3 Antennae for ATP, ATS and TWC facility by the RS Contractor under the
4 Speed measuring sensors and Speedometer supervision of S&TC Contractor to achieve
for non-ATC mode overall functionalities.
5 ATC Cab Displays (Train Operators MMI) Provide the speed measuring sensor and
including special cables etc. odometer for non-ATC mode
6 Antennae for CBTC, CCTV / multimedia To supply the equipment to the RS To provide in an agreed format as per the
including special cables etc. Contractor’s Works requirements of S&TC Contractor, space in
the vehicle design for fixing and installation
at the manufacturer’s facility, by the RS
Contractor, under the supervision of the
S&TC Contractor.
8 Train lines / Ethernet connection Furnish required format for this information To provide as per S&TC requirement.
9 Power supply and earthing for on-board Furnish required voltage values and earthing To provide the required voltages and
ATP/ATO equipments requirements to RS Contractor earthing
10 Logging of on-board information from To co-ordinate with RS Contractor for signal Provide the on-board data logger TCMS. All
ATP/ATO / UTO levels and protocols. to and fro signals shall be logged in TCMS.
11 Interface between ATP/ATO / UTO with train ZVR & redundant EBR relays to be supplied RS Contractor shall co-ordinate with the
braking and propulsion systems for by the S&TC Contractor. S&TC Contractor to agree on levels and
automatic braking, acceleration and protocols for interface signals. There shall be
deceleration. no delay in braking from RS during the
transition from ED to friction brake at slow
speed.
12 System master clock Signaling Contractor to provide necessary Rolling Stock Contractor to synchronize
inputs. TCMS clock with the system master clock.
All sub-systems clock in Rolling Stock shall
be synchronized with the TCMS clock.
13 On board next station information to the Shall provide necessary signals on-board to Shall provide for necessary hardware
passengers RS Contractor. interface, display for on-board PA system
inside the cars.
Dec 2017 Page 97 of 161

SN Item S&TC Contractor RS Contractor

15 Climatic requirements for on board ATP/ATO To specify at an early date, the total heat RS Contractor to provide Cab Air
equipments. load wattage, and maximum permitted Conditioning installation to maintain a
temperature nominal temperature of 25°C. Suitable
ventilation shall be provided by the
Contractor for the backside area of the
console.
RS Contractor to provide conditioning air
from the saloon to all relevant S&TC
installations to maintain a nominal
temperature of 25°C. Conditioned air
Contractor for the console.
17 EMI/EMC interface between the Rolling S&TC Contractor shall advise EMI/EMC plan RS Contractor shall ensure the compliance
Stock Contractor and S&TC Contractor. for ATP/ATO equipment to RS Contractor at of the requirements of S&TC Contractor for
early date. on board ATP/ATO
18 Train Integrity Information Shall coordinate for necessary interface Train integrity information will be provided by
Rolling Stock to ATC onboard.
19 On board equipment for CCTV image S&TC Contractor shall provide necessary RS Contractor shall provide for necessary
transmission to cab/OCC and BCC equipment on-board to RS Contractor for onboard cameras, display equipment and
image transmission to OCC. inter connections as well as space and
Provide necessary Hardware at OCC, DCC appropriate interface/protocols for S&TC
and BCC to display CCTV images equipment.
RS contractor will provide necessary
software to display on HMI
20 Neutral section Provide info to RS Contractor Information shall be used by RS Contractor
for TCMS data
21 TCMS data to OCC & BCC Radio network to transmit data log from train Provide software related to TCMS
to OCC & BCC transmission at maintenance terminal at
Hardware HMI and workstation at OCC and OCC, BCC and DCC
BCC for downloading log
5.5.6 Rolling Stock Characteristics
SN Description Parameter
1 Train composition (two types viz. 3-car and 6-car) DM-T-DM (3-car) &
Dec 2017 Page 98 of 161

SN Description Parameter
DM-T-DM+DM-T-DM (6-car) or other
configuration for 6-car
2 Average Acceleration rate for crush loaded train on level tangent track shall be as under:
 0 kmph to 30 kmph 1.0 m/s2
 0 to 60Kmph 0.60 m/s2.
 0 to 80Kmph 0.30 m/s2
3 Service braking rate from 85 kmph to 0 kmph for crush loaded train on level tangent track 1.0 m/s2
4 Emergency braking rate from 85 kmph to 0 kmph for fully loaded train on level tangent track 1.3 m/s2
5 The Emergency braking distance of 3- car train set with all bogie working under fully loaded 245m
condition
6 Jerk Limiting Range 0.75 m/s3
7 *Service Brake Response Time 2.0s
8 *Emergency Brake Response Time 1.5s max
9 *Service and Emergency Brake Release Time 2.5s
10 Resistance to motion (formula, curve, starting resistance) TR = 14.01 + 0.264V + 0.00191V2 N/t for
Elevated/At grade Section. (V in kmph)
11 Maximum Vehicle Overhang (in each end) 3625mm ± 125mm
12 Maximum wheel diameter 860mm
13 Minimum wheel diameter 780mm
14 Safe train speed 95 kmph
15 Never to exceed speed for train control system design Safe Train Speed (SN 14) with operating
speed not usually exceeding 85 kmph
16 Door opening and closing times Open 2.5 s (Max.)
Close 3.5 s (Max.)
17 Tare weight Cars 116T for 3-car unit with weight of any car
not exceeding 39T.
18 No of axles per Car 4
19 Maximum Axle Load 16 tonne
20 Train length – 3 Car unit 67 m approximately
Notes:
1. All of the data in the above table are notional and indicative, and should be confirmed between the Contractors. The above data is not exhaustive,
and full co-operation between Contractors is required.
2. For the four items marked *, the timings are for a brake application from full release to 90% of full brake cylinder pressure, and for brake release
from full brake cylinder pressure to 10%.
Dec 2017 Page 99 of 161

5.6 INTERFACES WITH TELECOM CONTRACTOR
5.6.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between S&TC and Telecom Contractors.
5.6.1.2 S&TC Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and TEL Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
5.6.3 Scope of Work
5.6.3.1 Interface of S&TC System with Public Information Display System (PIDS)
5.6.3.1.1 The Contractors shall interface for automatic display of train related information including train arrivals / departures and train length on pre-
designated display boards.
5.6.3.1.2 For each line, the Central ATS for a specific sector of the S&TC System shall send data to the PIDS to display train related information including
train arrivals and departures and train length on pre-designated display boards throughout the platforms and the concourse of all stations.
5.6.3.1.3 Based on the information received from the S&TC System, PIDS system will initiate and co-ordinate Train arrival / departure related PIDS message
with the Public Announcement System.
5.6.3.1.4 The PIDS will carry out time countdown based on the estimated real time data (minimum 3 train data) sent by the S&TC System and display the
estimated train arrival and / or departure particulars. The estimated time to arrive and / or depart of the train(s) as shown on any display board will
be updated automatically and will be corrected if necessary following a data update from the S&TC System.
5.6.3.1.5 The pre-defined message displays will be triggered by the data sent by the S&TC system including message displays of non-stopping trains
passing through the stations, train not in service and user defined message displays.
5.6.3.1.6 The S&TC equipment at each station shall invoke the station PIDS control equipment to clear the designated row of the train arrival / departure
information on the corresponding PIDS display boards subsequent to a train departure.
5.6.3.1.7 The Contractors shall develop detailed interface document covering the hardware interface, list of messages, type and format of message to be
displayed and the protocols to be followed for exchange of data between the two systems. Interface shall be designed for Central ATS and Local
ATS. The detailed interface document shall be submitted for review of the Employer.
Dec 2017 Page 100 of 161

5.6.3.2 Interface of S&TC System with Passenger Announcement System (PAS)
5.6.3.2.1 The Contractors shall interface for automatic announcement of train related information including train arrivals / departures and train length on the
designated station platforms.
5.6.3.2.2 Data shall be sent by the S&TC to the PAS System in a coordinated manner to broadcast predefined train information including train arrivals and
departures on pre-designated display boards throughout the platforms of all stations.
5.6.3.2.3 PAS announcements will be made to alert passengers of:
(a) time schedules and deviations thereof; and

(b) non-stopping trains based on the information received from the S&TC System.
5.6.3.2.4 The PAS will carry out the time countdown based on the estimated time data sent by the S&TC System. The estimated time to arrive and/or depart
of the train(s) will be stepped down automatically every minute and will be corrected, if necessary following a data update from the S&TC System.
Interface shall be designed for Central ATS and Local ATS.
5.6.3.2.5 The time countdown will be frozen when a train stops proceeding to the next stopping station, due to circumstance detectable by the S&TC System
and relayed to the PAS.
5.6.3.2.6 The pre-defined announcements will be triggered by the time countdown functions of the PAS or data sent by the S&TC System including
announcement of non-stopping trains passing through the station.
5.6.3.2.7 The Contractor shall develop detailed interface document covering the hardware interface, type and format of message to be displayed and the
protocols to be followed for exchange of data between the two systems. The detailed interface document shall be submitted for review of the
Employer.
5.6.3.3 Interface of S&TC System with Radio System
5.6.3.3.1 S&TC system shall interface with Train Radio for dynamic registration of Train identity numbers (TID) using the information provided by the ATS
system.
5.6.3.3.2 On-board ATP system shall interface with the Train radio to enable the Train radio automatically transmit alarm message to OCC, BCC & DCC
whenever the mainline revenue Train has switched to Restricted Mode (RM) operation. This detection shall, however, be disabled for Trains
operating in the depots.
5.6.3.3.3 As a minimum the RM operation indication shall appear on the Traffic Controller’s Radio Dispatcher Console and shall contain the Train Identity
Number (TID), Rake ID, location from which it is originated (in terms of which Radio Base Station the alarm message was originally routed). The
Dec 2017 Page 101 of 161

alarm message shall be time and date stamped. Radio Dispatcher Console shall be able to send an acknowledgement and initiate a call, both voice
and short data message to the Train. This service shall operate regardless of whether the Train Operator or the target user is engaged in a voice or
data call.
5.6.3.3.4 Failure of the radio equipment shall not interrupt the normal operation of the Train borne S&TC equipment.
5.6.3.3.5 The concerned contractors shall jointly develop detailed interface document covering the hardware interface, list of messages, type and format of
message to be displayed and the protocols to be followed for exchange of data between the two systems. The detailed interface document shall be
submitted for review of the Employer.
5.6.3.4 Interface of S&TC System with Fiber Optic Transmission System (FOTS)
5.6.3.4.1 FOTS system should provide the required dark fiber for the operation of S&TC system. The interface will be in Telecom Equipment Room at the
optical distribution frame (ODF). Further patch cord/connection is to be extended from TER.
5.6.3.4.2 The telecommunication contractor shall provide, for CBTC and CCTV, two different connections, from every station & depot to the OCC/BCC. The
Telecom (FOTS) contractor shall guarantee, for this connections, the Level of Service required in terms of bandwidth, security, redundancy and
QoS. The Telecom (FOTS) and S&TC contractor shall jointly agree on the Level of Service expected and his implementation at the interface level.
5.6.3.4.3 The network for Communication Based Train Control System (CBTC) shall be separate. The dark fiber requirement for S&TC system shall be
assessed and got allocated from the overall FOTS OFC network.
5.6.3.5 Interface of S&TC System with Master Clock System
5.6.3.5.1 Telecom Contractor shall provide NTP channels for synchronization of S&TC systems at OCC/ BCC and stations. Telecom Contractor shall provide
Ethernet ports at FOTS equipment in the TER / CER. Same shall be extended and terminated to S&TC equipment by S&TC Contractor.
5.6.3.6 Interface with Video Wall
5.6.3.6.1 The input to projection module of Video Wall will be DVI-D to have a flicker free image on the Large Screen Graphics Wall. Other Input ports -
HDMI, Analog RGBHV and Display port for multiple inputs connectivity. Telecom Contractor shall interface with S&TC Contractor to design and
implement all Video wall interfaces.
5.6.3.7 Interface with S&TC Contractor for UPS Power Supply
5.6.3.7.1 Three-Phase 415V AC supply from the UPS, to meet the requirement of Telecom, AFC, PSD and S&TC System shall be provided by S&TC
Contractor in UPS (S&T) Room. Telecom Contractor shall extend the AC Power supply from UPS Rooms to TER/CER.
Dec 2017 Page 102 of 161

5.6.3.7.2 Telecom Contractor shall work out actual load and circuit requirements for stations / Depot / OCC and shall submit the design of the AC power
distribution systems for each stations /depot /OCC.
5.6.3.7.3 Telecom Contractor to interface with S&TC Contractor for UPS power requirement for Telecom Racks and equipment at stations / OCC / BCC /
Depot and Metro Head Office.
Note: Above interface requirements are just indicative and not comprehensive. The contractors should follow the best practices of metro for the
interface / integration during project execution
5.6.3.8 Integrated testing and commissioning shall be jointly performed by RS Contractor, S&TC Contractor, Telecom Contractor and PSD/PSG Contractor
as per Para 5.5.4.1.19.
5.6.3.9 Refer to Para 5.4.4.1.20 regarding responsibility of Telecom Contractor for preparation of comprehensive System integration testing plan, protocol &
procedure and Operating Modes and Principle Document (OMPD).
5.6.3.10 Cyber Security
5.6.3.10.1 Telecom Contractor shall engage a Cyber Security Consultant, who will recommend Cyber Security Guidelines complying the requirements of
relevant standards. The S&TC Contractor shall be required to engage with designated Cyber Security Consultant at the early stage of design
development. The S&TC Contractor shall consider the inputs of Cyber Security Consultant into their design and develop their System Safety &
Cyber Security Assurance Plan and submit to MAHA-METRO for approval.
5.6.3.10.2 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for compliance with Cybersecurity standards and implementation of their System Safety & Cyber Security
Assurance Plan. Any cost associated with implementation of Cybersecurity guidelines are deemed to be included in the bid proposal.
5.7 INTERFACES WITH POWER SUPPLY CONTRACTOR
5.7.1 Definitions and Scope
5.7.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between S&TC Contract and Power Supply (PS) Contract(s).
5.7.1.2 S&TC Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and PS Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
Dec 2017 Page 103 of 161

5.7.3.1 The S&TC Contractor and PS Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system.
The roles and activities of the two Contractors shall include minimum following but not limited to:
Item Item Description PS Contractor S&TC Contractors

No.
1 EMI/EMC study Shall perform EMC/EMI study duly considering the Shall provide inputs
inputs provided by signaling contractor
2 Cable support on Shall provide cable support on viaduct for signaling and Shall provide requirements and coordinate
viaduct telecom cables
3 Return current cables Shall supply and install the negative current return Shall suitably coordinate to ensure the correct and safe
cables with track in coordination with Train Control connections.
Contractor.
4 Visual control panel Shall interface with Train Control Contractor to ensure Shall provide details of the OCC layout and VCP
visual and functional compatibility of the proposed Visual design to PST contractor.
Control Panel (VCP) of OCC SCADA has to be provided
by PST Contractor with VCP being installed in the OCC
by Train Control Contractor.
5 Centralized UPS in All wiring / cabling and E&M works related to extension Install Centralized UPS duly factoring in the
OCC/BCC of power supply from Centralized UPS to the SCADA requirements of power for SCADA purpose.
server room.
Design: To advise requirement of power from

Centralized UPS for SCADA purpose to Train Control
Contractor
6 SCADA / OCC / BCC / The SCADA for Power Distribution and Traction shall be Shall lead the ergonomic design of OCC, SCR, DCC
DCC design done by PS Contractor. The PS Contractor shall co- and BCC
ordinate with the S&TC Contractor for the finalizing the
ergonomic design of OCC.
5.8 INTERFACES WITH TRACTION (OHE) CONTRACTOR
5.8.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between S&TC Contract and OHE Contract(s).
5.8.1.2 S&TC Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and OHE Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
Dec 2017 Page 104 of 161

the Project.
5.8.3.1 The S&TC Contractor and OHE Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Item Description OHE Contractor S&TC Contractors

No.
1 EMI/EMC study Shall coordinate performance of EMC/EMI study Shall provide inputs
including considering the inputs provided by S&TC Shall develop EM Management Plan
contractor
2 Return current cables Shall supply and install the negative current return Shall suitably coordinate to ensure the correct and safe
cables with track in coordination with Train Control connections.
Contractor
3 Signals for insulated Shall provide the locations of insulated overlaps Shall install a signal to protect the insulated overlap to
overlaps, booster avoid entry of a train into the sub-sector ahead, when
transformer locations BT overlaps shall not be provided before a signal under shutdown.
Shall avoid signal ahead of BT

4 Signals for neutral Shall provide location plan of neutral section Shall adjust the positioning of stop signals in such a
section way that a train starting from stop at a stop signal is
able to achieve necessary speed to negotiate the
neutral section, with power off, under its own
momentum.
5 Track circuiting details Shall design bonding and earthing plan to suit the track Shall furnish details of track circuits along the track.
(if used as secondary circuiting details furnished by signaling contractor.
detection system)
Shall provide earthing and bonding.
6 Connection of return Shall prepare typical connection drawings showing Shall supply and install impedance bonds and make
conductor to rails connection between RC and rail through impedance connection of the cable to impedance bond if required.
through impedance bond.
bond or direct to rail
Shall supply and install cables and connect them to RC
Dec 2017 Page 105 of 161


No.
side.
In case direct connection to rail is required, OCS

Contractor shall provide the connection to rail with
exothermic welding.
7 Signaling cable details Shall model the signaling cables suitably for EMC study Shall furnish specifications of signaling cables and
their locations.
8 Normal and short Shall advise Shall consider in designs
circuit currents levels
in the OHE
9 Location of track Shall consider in the designs Shall provide details (if track circuits / axle counters are
circuits / axle counter used as fallback system)
10 Bonding and earthing Shall design bonding and earthing plan to suit track- Shall furnish requisite details
plan circuiting details furnished by Signaling contractor
11 Rail continuity bonds Shall provide rail continuity bonds, according to finalized Shall provide details
bonding plan and in coordination with signaling
contractor
12 Impedance bonds (if Shall provide cables for continuity Shall supply and install impedance bonds
required)
13 Cross bonds Shall provide cross bonds, according to finalized Shall provide details
bonding plan and in coordination with signaling
contractor
14 Insulated rail joints (if Shall consider the requirement in the earthing and Shall provide details regarding locations of insulated
required) bonding plan rail joints on the mainline and in depots
15 Signal locations Shall consider the details in the design Shall provide locations / chainages of signal posts
16 OHE mast / structure Shall provide layout plans of OHE showing mast Shall ensure that signals are mounted in locations
locations locations, wire staggers etc. where they are not hidden by OHE masts or other
hardware
17 Electrical clearances Shall provide layout plans of OHE system Shall coordinate to ensure minimum safe clearances
between any signaling field installation and the live
OHE part
18 Power supply Shall advise the protection relay settings Shall ensure train control and signaling systems are
protection system and designed suitably
trip settings
19 Operating Modes and The OHE Contractor will also assist the S&TC The S&TC Contractor as a Lead Contractor shall
Principle Document Contractor in preparation of the documents. prepare a comprehensive Operating Modes and
Dec 2017 Page 106 of 161


No.
(OMPD) Principle Document (OMPD). The document shall
establish the principles related to system and interface
design under normal, degraded and emergency modes
of operation. For each operating principle the
document shall describe the scenario, action to be
taken by operator and system in a structured process
flow chart.
20 DCS masts Shall share the LOP plan for coordination with S&TC S&TC Contractor will provide chainages of DCS Radio
Contractor’s wayside equipment Masts to Traction Contractor
The DCS antennae may be installed on OHE masts

depending on EMC
21 EMC The Contractors shall also jointly develop a test plan detailing how the electromagnetic compatibility of Traction,
S&TC and Telecom systems including Radio systems will be verified. The Contractors shall work together to
assure that all electronic and electrical equipment on the rolling stock works properly without interfering with S&TC
or Telecom sub-systems.
5.9 INTERFACES WITH PSD/PSG CONTRACTOR
5.9.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between S&TC Contract and PSD Contract(s).
5.9.1.2 S&TC Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and PSD Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
5.9.3.1 The S&TC Contractor and PSD Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
5.9.3.2 The train control system shall detect the status of PSD /PSG continuously and provide commands for the opening and closing of the PSDs/PSGs.
Dec 2017 Page 107 of 161

5.9.3.3 In the event of a platform screen becoming unlocked when no train is located within the platform, emergency braking (EB) shall be initiated for trains
within a predefined section approaching the station. A local manual reset by authorized personnel shall be required prior to the restoration of the
operation.
5.9.3.4 A train stationary at station platform shall not be permitted to move automatically until all platform screen doors relevant to the platform at which the
train is located are proven to be correctly closed and locked.
5.9.3.5 The ATP shall monitor the train and platform screen door in order to authorize their opening only if the following conditions are met:
 Train speed is zero

 Vehicle and platform screen doors are properly aligned within the allowable tolerances
 The brakes have been properly applied (service brake or emergency brake)
 The propulsion system is disabled
 PSD /PSG doors proven closed and locked
5.9.3.6 The S&TC and PSD/PSG contractors shall interface for the exchange of required signals in a failsafe manner. The level, duration and timing of the
signal shall be interfaced between the S&TC and PSD/PSG contractor and put up for approval of Employer’s Engineer.
5.9.3.7 The facilities for controlling an emergency opening of platform screen doors either from the OCC, from the track side or from the platform side shall
require, the minimum conditions to be fulfilled:
 Local command from station master control room

 Predefined track sections (covering, for both directions, approaching trains and trains which have started but not yet cleared the platform)
around the platform screen door have been blocked.
 Trains in predefined sections are at zero speed, and the service brake is applied.
5.9.3.8 The S&TC Contractor and PSD/PSG contractor shall perform a comprehensive interface hazard analysis in accordance with the relevant system
safety and assurance standards.
5.9.3.9 The PSD/PSG contractor shall forward all alarms and events regarding any defective status of the PSD/PSG to the Train Control system viz. door
failed to close or open before a preset time after door close or open command is issued, PSD/PSG power supply failure, PSD/PSG system failure,
manual override of the opening of the doors and any other alarms and events for troubleshooting & maintenance.
5.9.3.10 Both contractors shall ensure that the equipment and its associated devices are immune to EMI/RFI and do not cause EMI/RFI problems to
other systems.
Dec 2017 Page 108 of 161

Integrated testing and commissioning shall be jointly performed by RS Contractor, S&TC Contractor, Telecom Contractor and PSD/PSG Contractor
as per Para 5.5.4.1.19.
5.9.3.10.2 Refer to Para 5.4.4.1.20 regarding responsibility of PSD/PSG Contractor for preparation of comprehensive System integration testing plan, protocol
& procedure and Operating Modes and Principle Document (OMPD).
5.9.3.11 Interface with S&TC Contractor for UPS Power Supply
5.9.3.11.1 Three-Phase 415V AC supply from the UPS, to meet the requirement of Telecom, AFC, PSD and S&TC System shall be provided by S&TC
Contractor in UPS (S&T) Room. PSD Contractor shall extend the AC Power supply from UPS Rooms to PSD equipments.
5.9.3.11.2 PSD Contractor shall work out actual load and circuit requirements for stations and shall submit the design of the AC power distribution systems for
each station
5.9.3.11.3 PSD Contractor to interface with S&TC Contractor for UPS power requirement for PSD equipment at stations / OCC / BCC / Depot.
Note: Above interface requirements are just indicative and not comprehensive. The contractors should follow the best practices of metro for the
interface / integration during project execution
5.10 INTERFACES WITH TRACK CONTRACTOR
5.10.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between S&TC Contract and Track Contract(s).
5.10.1.2 S&TC Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and Track Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
stages of the Project. The interface between S&TC Contractor and Track Contractor(s) will be for both ballasted and ballastless tracks.
5.10.3.1 The S&TC Contractor and Track Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of
Dec 2017 Page 109 of 161

Item Subject Track Contractor(s) S&TC Contractor

no.
1. Electrical properties of Shall provide the same so as to meet electrical Shall furnish the electrical requirements for track circuits
track assemblies requirements of S&TC Contractor. / axle counters.
2 As planned and As Shall provide the same giving the details of curves & Shall incorporate the same in S&TC System design.
built track alignment & gradients and also civil speed restrictions.
profile plans There would be multiple iterations of alignment plan and
S&TC Contractor shall consider such eventualities and
shall be responsible for feeding partially developed
alignment plan including multiple iterations in line with
the actual progress of the project.
3. Turn out assemblies Shall supply and install the Turnout assemblies and Shall co-ordinate with Track Contractor(s) on design
and their mounting & provide for the mounting arrangements for point and mounting of the Turnout assemblies including point
driving arrangements machines including second drive arrangements. machines. Furnish and install the point machines
suitable to drive the turnouts.
Co-ordinate with Track Contractor(s) for design &

installation of second drive arrangements.
4. Insulated glued joints/ Shall supply and install the insulated glued joints/ Shall furnish the requirement and locations of all
Insulated fish Plated Insulated fish plated joint at the designated locations as insulated glued joints/ insulated fish plated joints to
joint per requirements of S&TC Contractor. Track Contractor(s).
5. Insulated Nylon joints Shall cut the rail and install the Insulated Nylon joints at Shall supply and identify the locations of Insulated
(In case the provision the designated locations as per requirements of S&TC Nylon joints to Track Contractor(s).
of glued joints is not Contractor.
feasible)
6. Scope of Supplies Shall supply & install all track assemblies & Track S&TC Contractor shall supply & install the point
fasteners, turnouts, all stretcher bars (except leading machines, leading (1st) stretcher bar & co-ordinate with
stretcher bar), second drive with all accessories, Track Contractor(s) for design and installation of second
wherever required, for second pull. The design of drive arrangement.
second drive arrangement shall be co-ordinated and
interfaced with S&TC Contractor to ensure full Shall supply locking arrangement for second drive, if
compatibility. required.
7. Testing of rail-to-rail, Shall arrange the testing of individual components Shall arrange testing after installation.
rail to sleeper and before installation, preferably at the supply stage.
insulated joints The track form/ structure (including the rail surface) as Shall co-ordinate closely with Track Contractor(s) during
installed shall be thoroughly cleaned to an acceptable installation.
standard as approved by the Employer’s Engineer
Dec 2017 Page 110 of 161


no.
immediately after installation and as required thereafter
to maintain the standard until the commencement of
“Service Trials”, so as to provide adequate levels of
electric insulation and rail surface quality for the correct
performance of S&TC equipment’s under the prevailing
climatic & environmental conditions.
8. Track crossing of Shall provide cut-outs in the track plinth on ballast less Shall provide all track crossings including pipes and
Cables track, at regular intervals. support and/ or drilling of holes in the plinth.
9. Installation of trackside Shall co-ordinate with S&TC Contractor to ensure the Shall furnish the final sizes of trackside equipment's and
equipments, signal compliance of schedule of dimensions. co-ordinate with Track Contractor(s) to ensure the
posts. compliance of schedule of dimensions.
10. Track connections Shall co-ordinate with S&TC Contractor for track circuit Shall supply and install track circuit bonding cables /
bonding cables / axle counter fixtures and point axle counter fixtures and point machine connections
machine connections with track. with track in co-ordination with Track Contractor(s).
Shall fix bonding cables on sleepers on the ballasted
track to prevent damage during tamping.
11. Installation of points Shall provide proper gauge, housing of points and Shall check the proper gauge, housing of points and
operation mechanism opening of switches and carry out all other works as operating of switches and all other items necessary
required to make the point suitable for installation of from signalling point of view, S&TC Contractor shall
point machine by S&TC Contractor. make necessary adjustment to points operating
mechanism as required by track contractor(s) at the
time of track parameters correction and tamping of
ballasted turnouts.
12. Testing of points and Jointly test with S&TC Contractor during installation and Jointly test with track contractor(s) during installation
crossings while commissioning of point machines and during and while commissioning of point machines and during
integrated testing & commissioning and rectify all integrated testing & commissioning.
defects pertaining to track, if any, identified during
testing and commissioning of points.
13 Track form Track installation methodology in terms of insulation Shall review the methodology and confirm the locations
reinforcement requirements for longitudinal / transverse reinforcement and extents where reinforcement insulation is required.
insulation bars and holding down bolts / dowels shall be proposed Further shall ensure that the same is provided before
and adhered to during track installation according to the track bed is cast.
S&TC Contractor’s requirements.
14 Overrun protection Provide sufficient track length for accommodating the Determine the track length required at all terminus,
trains as required by S&TC Contractor. sidings, turn back facilities and stabling tracks for
accommodating the trains
Dec 2017 Page 111 of 161


no.
15 Buffer Stop Signals Shall supply and install the buffer stops at terminal Shall co-ordinate with Track Contractors for installation
stations and other locations in co-ordination with S&TC of Buffer Stop Signals
Contractor
5.11 INTERFACES WITH AFC CONTRACTOR
5.11.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between S&TC Contract and AFC Contract(s).
5.11.1.2 S&TC Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and AFC Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
stages of the Project. The interface between S&TC Contractor and AFC Contractor(s) will be for both elevated and underground stations.
5.11.3.1 The S&TC Contractor and AFC Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of
Item Subject AFC Contractor (Lead) UG Stations Contractor Formatted Table

no.
1 Power supplies Provide the UPS Power estimate in the station for AFC Shall design the UPS power supply with suitable Formatted: Not Strikethrough
equipment protection devices for AFC equipment in station
Install the cables from distribution board onwards to the Provide dedicated feeders at the distribution board for
AFC equipment AFC system Formatted: Not Strikethrough
Formatted: Not Strikethrough
Dec 2017 Page 112 of 161

CHAPTER 6
6.0 ROLLING STOCK INTERFACES
Refer to Para 2.2
Refer to Para 3.2
Refer to Para 4.2
6.4 INTERFACES WITH S&TC CONTRACTOR
Refer to Para 5.5
6.5.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Telecom Contractor and Rolling Contractor.
6.5.1.2 For these interfaces, S&TC Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and both RS and Telecom Contractors shall be the Participating Contractors.
the Project.
6.5.3 Interface requirements between RS and Telecom Contractors
6.5.3.1 General
Dec 2017 Page 113 of 161

6.5.3.1.1 Telecom Contractor shall provide the Rolling Stock Contractor with the final list of equipments to be provided on the Rolling Stock. The sizes and
weights of the radio on-board cab equipment and antennae etc., to be mounted on the rolling stock shall also be provided as applicable. The
location of the on-board cab equipment shall be mutually agreed between the Contractors so as to optimize seating & standing space duly
considering maintainability and easy accessibility, however the on-board cab equipment shall not be placed in the under frame on account of
maintainability issues.
6.5.3.1.2 Telecom Contractor shall deliver to the Rolling Stock Contractor’s factories, all train borne radio equipment and other equipment to enable fitting
and testing. Connector fixing and cable harnessing shall be done by the RS Contractor. Further, Schedule of delivering the train borne radio
equipment shall be discussed between Telecom and Rolling Stock contractor prominently.
6.5.3.1.3 Telecom Contractor shall supply pre-wired train radio (Tetra) equipments with appropriate connectors for all wirings and the Train Radio Control
Panel at the RS Contractor’s factory. Telecom Contractor with the details provided by the RS Contractor shall ensure that the exterior finish and
colours of the respective equipment suitably harmonize with that of the cab and the vicinity.
6.5.3.1.4 Interfacing wiring for each module provided by Telecom Contractor including the interfacing wiring between S&TC and Telecom Contractors’
equipment (as per agreement between S&TC and Telecom contractor to meet the requisite onboard hardware interface requirements) shall
terminate in a quick disconnect robust plug connector suitable for traction applications, with direct cable connection as far as possible. All cable
connectors shall be identified within the cubicle using robust cable markers with distinctive colours for identification of e.g. safety function cables.
6.5.3.1.5 For all relay contact interfaces, Telecom Contractor shall provide auto-contact jam detection and contact bounce elimination function to ensure
proper operation of the system. Both Telecom and RS contractors shall have consent that relays used for vital functions shall comply with the
appropriate internationally accepted standard specification.
6.5.3.1.6 The Telecom Contractor shall provide the RS Contractor with the number of wires / Ethernet connections required between cars of a married pair
and between married pairs to transmit signals from one end of the rake to the other end. Provision of redundancy and spares shall be catered for by
RS Contractor for Train lines / Ethernet connections.
6.5.3.1.7 Vehicle Control Circuits (VCC) shall be developed by the RS Contractor. During design stage, all the vehicle control circuits incorporating the
identified interfaces shall be provided to the Telecom Contractor, as applicable. Telecom Contractor shall provide specific observations, if any, to
the RS Contractor. The RS Contractor shall suitably incorporate these observations in the design.
6.5.3.1.8 Screened cables for train borne telecom equipment shall be properly terminated so as to ensure that no return loops are formed to cause electrical
noise.
6.5.3.1.9 RS Contractor to ensure that all signal inputs received from telecom equipment and output signals exported to telecom system shall be recorded
and shall be available for retrieval for analysis / record. All signals (import/export between RS & Telecom) shall generally be routed through TCMS.
6.5.3.1.10 Telecom Contractor shall define, as a part of interface, the signals that will be provided by telecom train borne equipment.
Dec 2017 Page 114 of 161

6.5.3.1.11 Radio system (Tetra) for Train radio traffic shall be supplied by Telecom Contractor for providing train information, status, Train ID, Rake ID, alarm
(pertaining to train-radio interface), train to OCC communication (vice versa). However, the exchanged information shall not be hereby considered
as exhaustive, thus requisite interface requirement and protocols shall be agreed between RS and Telecom contractors.
Integrated testing and commissioning shall be jointly performed by RS Contractor, S&TC Contractor, Telecom Contractor and PSD/PSG Contractor
as per Para 5.5.4.1.19.
6.5.3.2 Train ID and Rolling Stock characteristics
6.5.3.2.1 Apart from Rake ID provided by TCMS to Train Radio, other requisite information such as train configuration / Car type / Active cab / Mode of
operation of ATC / Position of Mode Selector etc. shall also be interfaced. However, the exchanged information shall not be hereby considered as
exhaustive, thus requisite interface requirement and protocols shall be agreed between RS and Telecom contractors with provision of consolidating
UTO implementation in future.
6.5.3.2.2 S&TC Contractor shall also provide necessary inputs from the signaling system to the Telecom system identifying the required mode and status of
active cab etc. The levels and form of these inputs shall be coordinated among the S&TC, RS and Telecom Contractors.
6.5.3.2.3 Train Radio system shall receive the status of Train Integrity / Train divided from TCMS for configuring the respective hierarchy of both onboard
train radio system accordingly for the utility of OCC for rescuing the immobile train either Pull or Push mode with healthy train.
6.5.3.3 Telecom details to be used by RS Contractor
6.5.3.3.1 The following data shall be provided:
(i) The maximum power consumed by the Telecom Contractor’s equipment from the 110V DC supply under all specified operating conditions.
(ii) The number of train wires / Ethernet connections required, and the function of each.
(iii) All control logic outputs.
(iv) Electrical characteristics of the interconnection cabling and wiring.
(v) Sensitivity levels, and frequencies, which must be avoided.
(vi) The specific heat load for air conditioning purposes.
(vii) The EMC / EMI requirements including the limiting value of psophometric current, to obviate interference in the operation of telecom
equipment
(viii) Details of the provisions required to enable the bidirectional transference of data from the train to the wayside.
6.5.3.4 Radio Equipment Cubicles
Dec 2017 Page 115 of 161

6.5.3.4.1 The RS Contractor shall supply the Train Radio equipment cubicle enclosure(s). All supports, braces, mounting holes, cabling apertures, etc.
required for mounting the cubicle and its equipment shall be properly coordinated between Telecom Contractor and RS Contractor to ensure secure
mounting, and access. The cubicle(s) shall be resiliently mounted and suitably protected to the requisite IP level.
6.5.3.4.2 Telecom contractor shall identify any interfacing circuits specifically required for Train Radio operation and liaise with RS contractor. These include
but not be limited to the status of active and rear cab, Deadman activation, Driver desk cover open/close (in UTO only) etc. However, the
exchanged information shall not be hereby considered as exhaustive, thus requisite interface requirement and protocols shall be agreed between
RS and Telecom contractors with provision of consolidating UTO implementation in future.
6.5.3.4.3 Telecom Contractor shall identify the voltage free contacts to be provided by the RS Contractor, including the number and type of electrical signals
required between the telecom equipment and the equipment provided by the RS Contractor. The Contractors shall co-ordinate to agree on levels
and protocols for each such signal.
6.5.3.4.4 As a minimum, all electronic equipment to be mounted on rolling stock, including those provided by TEL Contractor shall comply with IEC 60571:
Electronic Equipment used on Rail Vehicles, for design, manufacture and testing, and shall use components purchased against an internationally
recognized quality assurance and reliability certification procedure.
6.5.3.5 Antennae
6.5.3.5.1 Telecom Contractor shall identify roof, bogie and under frame-mounted antennae, and associated disconnection box mounting brackets and
location requirements to identify cable and conduit routes required to antennae as applicable.
6.5.3.5.2 Telecom Contractor shall supply the necessary disconnection boxes, terminal blocks, cables and adaptation mounting brackets, flexible conduit
assemblies complete with connectors and cables from antennae to the junction boxes.
6.5.3.5.3 The RS Contractor will provide the antenna mounting brackets, conduits, support or clamping arrangements to ensure security and reliability.
6.5.3.5.4 The antenna system shall not contravene the kinematic envelope and fully meet the radio coverage requirements both for normal and reverse
directions of train working.
6.5.3.6 Power Supply and Earthing Arrangements
6.5.3.6.1 Independent 110V dc power supply circuits, including positive and negative poles for Train Radio Equipment shall be provided by RS Contractor
and there shall be no physical or electrical links between these power supply circuits.
6.5.3.6.2 The RS Contractor shall provide dedicated earthing arrangements for the train borne radio equipment. Telecom Contractor shall specify the earth
impedance required.
Dec 2017 Page 116 of 161

6.5.3.6.3 The power supply cable between the train power supply and the radio train borne equipment power equipment shall be segregated, as short as
possible and directly connected to the supply without any intermediate connection.
6.5.3.7 Train Radio and TCMS Interfaces
6.5.3.7.1 The RS Contractor shall provide an on-board Train Control Management System (TCMS), to log the information from the Train Radio equipments
supplied by Telecom Contractor, in addition to the information shown in the Rolling Stock specification.
6.5.3.7.2 The signals to be supplied from the TCMS to the equipment of Telecom Contractor shall be decided jointly between the Contractors.
6.5.3.7.3 Telecom Contractor shall furnish RS Contractor with the interface required between the train radio system and the on-train public address system to
allow on-board announcements to be made from the OCC. The interface shall provide the necessary means to enable OCC to initiate triggering of
pre-recorded messages in the on-train public address system.
6.5.3.7.4 The complete on-train public address system, and interface hardware, including the transmission link, and a communication panel shall be
furnished by RS Contractor. Levels and protocols shall be agreed between RS and Telecom contractors.
6.5.3.7.5 The RS contractors shall provide an On-Board TCMS to provide Rake ID to the Radio Equipment and also log the information from the Radio
Equipment. RS Contractor shall provide Train ID to train radio through TCMS - Train Radio interface.
6.5.3.7.6 The Telecom Contractor shall furnish the RS Contractor with the interface required between the train radio system and the on-board TCMS for
recording the initiation, termination, and success or failure of emergency calls initiated by the train driver and / or OCC on the radio. The hardware
interface shall be furnished and installed by the RS Contractor. Levels and protocols shall be agreed between the two Contractors.
6.5.3.7.7 Telecom contractor and RS contractor shall interface required between the train radio system and the on-board TCMS for recording the initiation,
termination and success or failure of emergency calls initiated by passengers to OCC / Train operator. The initiation of this passenger call shall
automatically focus a CCTV camera on the passenger and raise concern alarm along with a prompt on a suitable terminal of OCC / SCC / Train
operator (TCMS / HMI). The hardware interface shall be furnished and installed by RS contractor.
6.5.3.8 Factory Installation and Testing
6.5.3.8.1 All the special equipment associated with the train borne radio system including the interface cables / wires between the Train Radio shall be
designed and supplied by Telecom Contractor to the RS Contractor’s factory. Each contractor shall be aware of the locations of manufacturing
plants, which could concurrently be manufacturing cars.
6.5.3.8.2 Telecom Contractor shall be responsible for providing all data and training of RS Contractor’s staff in all aspects of Train Radio installation and
testing where applicable. The first set of Train Radio equipment shall be installed by the RS Contractor, under the supervision of the Telecom
Contractor’s Engineer, including the wiring for the interface of the radio equipment with Rolling stock.
Dec 2017 Page 117 of 161

6.5.3.8.3 RS Contractor will be responsible for installing wiring and equipment, and its testing on each car to the functioning standard agreed with Telecom
Contractor.
6.5.3.8.4 Testing of each car shall comply with the accepted international standards agreed between the Contractors as agreed with the Employer’s
Engineer. Initial Integration tests (static and dynamic) shall be done at the rolling stock factory and carried out by the test personnel of the
respective Contractors jointly. Further main line integration tests will be required to be carried out to ensure all train control functions and
telecommunications between OCC and Train, which will be required to be done jointly by the RS Contractor, Telecom Contractor and S&TC
Contractor at project site. Test certificate for the on-board equipment will be issued jointly by RS Contractor, Telecom Contractor and S&TC
Contractor. The certificates will pertain to the respective areas of the contractor’s responsibility and shall be decided during the interface.
6.5.3.8.5 The RS Contractor shall provide facilities for comprehensive static, dynamic, and interface tests between the Rolling Stock, S&TC and Telecom
systems at his premises. Dynamic interface tests may be done at RS Contractor’s premises or in depots. Telecom Contractor shall be responsible
for the provision of special test equipment and instrumentation for his part.
6.5.3.8.6 Should the need arise for modifications in the configurations of respective equipment or systems as a result of the integration test or otherwise, the
scope of work and division of responsibility shall be jointly agreed amongst the two contractors and detailed procedure shall be developed. RS
contractor shall provide the requisite manpower to monitor and/or implement the modifications on the rolling stock as required.
6.5.3.8.7 The RS Contractor and Telecom Contractor shall fully associate and render all necessary support during testing of the respective systems. RS
contractor and Telecom contractor will jointly finalize test plans and schemes / operational modes and ensure the satisfactory completion of all
requisite interface tests.
6.5.3.9 EMC/EMI Interface
6.5.3.9.1 RS and Telecom Contractors shall ensure that the emission and immunity level of their respective equipment meet the requirements of EN50121-3-
1, EN50121-3-2 and EN 50121-4.
6.5.3.9.2 The Contractors shall also jointly develop a test plan detailing how the electromagnetic compatibility of Traction and Telecom systems including
Radio systems will be verified. The Contractors shall work together to assure that all electronic and electrical equipment on the rolling stock works
properly without interfering with Telecom sub-systems.
6.5.3.9.3 The cable layout of the Telecom systems in the cable ducts provided by the RS Contractor shall be jointly agreed. The separation between
Telecom cables and power cables of Traction 25kV ac voltage, 415V three phase AC, 230V AC single phase, 110V DC or any other similar high
voltage rating shall be in accordance with the international practice and jointly agreed.
6.5.3.9.4 The cable ducts should be earthed at notionally at every 2m and also at the ends and should be in accordance with accepted international
practices.
Dec 2017 Page 118 of 161

6.5.3.9.5 Telecommunications contractor shall provide a list of frequencies and other sensitive requirements to the Rolling Stock contractor to enable him to
avoid such frequency bands in his design, and to provide devices to isolate the source of emission wherever required
6.5.4 Scope of Interface
6.5.4.1 The Telecom and RS Contractors shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system. The
roles and activities of the two Contractors shall include minimum following but not limited to:
SN Item TEL Contractor RS Contractor

1 On board radio equipment To supply the equipment to the RS Contractor’s To provide in an agreed format as per the
2 Antennae for train radio including Works requirements of Telecom Contractors,
special cables etc. space in the vehicle design for fixing and
installation at the manufacturer’s facility, by
the RS Contractor, under the supervision of
the Telecom Contractor.
3 Train lines / Ethernet connection Furnish required format for this information To provide as per Telceom requirement.
4 Power supply and earthing for train Furnish required voltage values and earthing To provide the required voltages and
radio equipments requirements to RS Contractor earthing
5 Logging of on-board information from To co-ordinate with RS Contractor for signal levels Provide the on-board data logger TCMS. All
Train Radio and protocols. to and fro signals shall be logged in TCMS.
6 System master clock Telecom Contractor to provide necessary inputs. Rolling Stock Contractor to synchronize
TCMS clock with the system master clock.
All sub-systems clock in Rolling Stock shall
be synchronized with the TCMS clock.
7 On board next station information to Shall provide necessary signals on-board to RS Shall provide for necessary hardware
the passengers Contractor. interface, display for on-board PA system
8 On board announcement from OCC inside the cars.
including triggering of pre-recorded
messages
9 Climatic requirements for on board To specify at an early date, the total heat load RS Contractor to provide Cab Air
Train Radio cab equipments wattage, and maximum permitted temperature Conditioning installation to maintain a
nominal temperature of 25°C. Suitable
Contractor for the backside area of the
console.
RS Contractor to provide conditioning air
from the saloon to all relevant telecom
installations to maintain a nominal
Dec 2017 Page 119 of 161

SN Item TEL Contractor RS Contractor

temperature of 25°C. Conditioned air
Contractor for the console.
10 EMI/EMC interface between the Telecom Contractor shall advise EMI/EMC plan for RS Contractor shall ensure the compliance
Rolling Stock Contractor and radio and other telecom equipment to RS of the requirements of Telecom Contractor
Telecom Contractor. Contractor at early date. for radio equipments.
11 On board equipment for CCTV image Telecom Contractor shall facilitate automatically RS Contractor shall provide for necessary
transmission to cab/OCC focus a CCTV camera on the passenger and raise on board cameras, display equipment and
concern alarm along with a prompt on a suitable inter connections as well as space and
terminal of OCC / SCC / Train operator (TCMS / appropriate interface/protocols for CCTV
HMI) in case of emergency calls initiated by equipment. The hardware interface shall be
passengers. furnished and installed by RS contractor in
Train/OCC for the storage of automatically
transferred CCTV recording.
12 Train simulator Shall furnish necessary information Shall lead information exchanges for
commissioning of Train Simulator
13 Train parting To configure the respective hierarchy of both RS contractor to provide train parting
onboard train radio system accordingly for the information to train radio
utility of OCC for rescuing the immobile train either
Pull or Push mode with healthy train
14 Cyber Security The Telecom Contractor shall engage a Cyber The RS Contractor shall be required to
Security Consultant, who will recommend Cyber engage with designated Cyber Security
Security Guidelines complying the requirements of Consultant at the early stage of design
related standards. development. The Contractor shall consider
the inputs of Cyber Security Consultant into
their design and develop their System
Safety & Cyber Security Assurance Plan
and submit to MAHA-METRO for approval.
6.6 INTERFACES WITH POWER SUPPLY (PS) CONTRACTOR
6.6.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between RS Contract and Power Supply (PS) Contract(s).
6.6.1.2 RS Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and PS Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
Dec 2017 Page 120 of 161

the Project.
6.6.3.1 The RS Contractor and PS Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system.
Item Purpose / Subject of interface Rolling Stock (RS) Contractor PS Contractor

no.
1 Supply of Basic data and information Shall supply information to PS Shall incorporate details in the designs and
regarding Contractor. performing the simulation studies
 Speed/current characteristics
 Speed/Tractive Effort curves
 Auxiliary power requirement
 Motor kW and specifications
 Acceleration and braking
 Regeneration
 Harmonics
 Power factor correction
 Current Collection equipment details
6.7.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between RS Contract and Traction (OHE) Contract(s).
6.7.1.2 RS Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and OHE Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
Dec 2017 Page 121 of 161

6.7.3.1 The RS Contractor and OHE Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system.
Item
Purpose / Subject of interface Rolling Stock (RS) Contractor Traction Contractor
No.
1 Supply of Basic data and information Shall supply information to Traction Shall incorporate details in verification of
regarding Contractor. design
 Speed/current characteristics
 Speed/Tractive Effort curves
 Auxiliary power requirement
 Motor kW and specifications
 Acceleration and braking
 Regeneration
 Harmonics
 Power factor correction
 Current Collection equipment details
2 Size and types of conductor wires To incorporate into the designs of the Shall provide information to RS Contractor
pantograph
3 Contact wire tension To incorporate into the design of the Shall provide information to RS Contractor
Pantograph
4 Arrangement of the Overhead Line System To incorporate into the design of the Shall provide information to RS Contractor
and sectioning Pantograph
5 Detailed drawings of pantograph and Shall provide information to designated To incorporate into the design of the OCS
pantograph head contractor system
6 Material of pantograph contact strip Shall provide information to designated To incorporate into the design of the OCS
contractor system
7 Detailed masses, springing and damping of Shall provide information to designated To incorporate into the design of the OCS
pantograph contractor system
8 Pantograph sway calculations Shall provide information to designated To incorporate into the design of the OCS
contractor system
9 Details of harmonic contents of rolling stock Shall provide information to designated To incorporate into the design of the OCS
power supply contractor system
10 Maximum traction return Shall provide information to designated To incorporate into the design of the OCS
contractor system
Dec 2017 Page 122 of 161

Item
Purpose / Subject of interface Rolling Stock (RS) Contractor Traction Contractor
No.
11 Harmonic limitations of power supply To incorporate into the design of the Shall provide information to RS Contractor
pantograph
12 Location of Warning Boards and visual Shall confirm the suitability Shall supply and install the Boards and
indications indications
13 Testing Shall provide the maximum number of trains Shall request the maximum number of
and Drivers to participate in the testing trains and drivers to run according to its test
program (Schedule). program (Schedule).
14 Testing and commissioning Shall request 25kV ac power supply in the Shall provide 25kV ac power supply and co-
OCS for testing and commissioning of Metro ordinate with RS Contractor to conduct
Cars; testing and commissioning of Metro Cars.
Shall co-operate and ensure that the Shall jointly check the electrical loads,
harmonics generated are within the agreed harmonic levels and return current coming
levels on Traction sub-station from Rolling stock
15 Neutral sections Shall check and confirm suitability Shall supply information about location,
arrangement etc.
Shall supply trackside equipment to Traction
Contractor along with necessary designs and Shall install trackside equipment as per RS
drawings for installation. designs.
6.8 INTERFACES WITH PSD CONTRACTOR
6.8.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between RS Contract and PSD Contract(s).
6.8.1.2 RS Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and PSD Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
6.8.3.1 The RS Contractor and PSD Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system.
Dec 2017 Page 123 of 161

6.8.3.2 Passenger doors shall be of bi-parting, power operated sliding doors. The two door panels at each passenger doorway shall be synchronously
controlled and shall provide a door clear opening width of 1400mm.The passenger door pitch shall be approximately equally spaced to provide the
smooth passenger flow. The passenger door pitch shall be compatible with that of passenger pitch of the PSG being installed in the stations.
6.8.3.3 The design of the passenger door control system shall ensure that the passenger doors open before the PSGs open. The operation of the “Door
Close” pushbutton shall broadcast an audible warning in each saloon, signifying that both the passenger doors and PSGs shall subsequently close.
6.8.3.4 After the pre-set time, adjustable between 0 and 5 seconds, following the finish of the audible warning, the control system shall synchronously “Close
and Latch” all the passenger doors and PSGs on the corresponding side. The design of the passenger door control system shall ensure that the
passenger doors close before the PSGs close.
6.8.3.5 Integrated testing and commissioning shall be jointly performed by RS Contractor, S&TC Contractor, Telecom Contractor and PSD/PSG Contractor
as per Para 5.5.4.1.19.
6.8.3.6 The Rolling Stock Contractor is responsible for interfacing with the PSG Contractor with determining the integral functionality for PSG‘s. The roles and
activities of the two Contractors shall include minimum following but not limited to:
Item
Purpose / Subject of interface Rolling Stock (RS) Contractor PSD Contractor
No.
1 Door position alignment Shall provide train drawing / GAD, Shall incorporate Centre line of the PSD align with
mentioning related dimensions of door, door the RS door centerline
pitch etc. to PSD contractor.
2 EED (of PSD) to align position of Shall provide location and operation details Shall align (also considering unaligned position of
ERD (Emergency Release Device) of ERD (Emergency Release Device) to PSD any ERD with respect to EED due to the stopping of
of RS door contractor. the train at abnormal location on the platform)
Emergency Escape doors (EED) or PSD to avoid any
kind of hindrance while accessing ERD so that at
least one ERD shall be operated on platform.
3 No obstruction to driver Shall provide cabin door distance from the Shall provide last and first PED (Platform End Door)
nearest saloon door to PSD contractor dimension to RS contractor.
Shall avoid obstruction to driver access through cab
door when PED open.
Shall look for the possibility to access to PSD
operating panel (PSL) through driving cab side
window in case of manual operation/handling of PSD
by driver (specifically, short female train operator).
4 Synchronization of PSD and train Minimize the time of transmission to onboard Minimize the time lag of operating PSD on receipt of
doors S&TC and provide the time delay (adjustable) door open / close command from wayside S&TC.
Dec 2017 Page 124 of 161

Item
Purpose / Subject of interface Rolling Stock (RS) Contractor PSD Contractor
No.
for adjusting the train door opening.
5 Access of Parking brake cock / Shall provide location parking brake cock / Shall consider the feasible/safe passage to access
lever in under frame lever with respect to kinematic envelope / parking brake cock/lever to be operated at platform.
Note – This is applicable only for structure gauge.
UTO
6.9.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between RS Contract and Track Contract(s).
6.9.1.2 RS Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and Track Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
6.9.3.1 The RS Contractor and Track Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system.
Item Purpose / Subject of

Rolling stock (RS) contractor Track Contractor (TRW)
no. interface
1 Track alignment drawings Rolling Stock Contractor shall use the information Track Contractor shall provide the RS Contractor with
for his design and train running simulation the detailed track alignment drawings
2 Kinematic Envelope / Shall provide kinematic envelope / structure gauge Take into account for checking the infringement at
structure gauge information to Track Contractor construction stages
3 Track design / drawings The Rolling Stock Contractor shall provide the Shall provide information regarding track parameters
wheel profile details and other train parameters to including the track form and trackwork component
the Track Contractor. The wheel and rail static and stiffness, track gauge, rail type, curve radius, cant and
dynamic interface shall be optimized to achieve a all the parameters together with the tolerance and limits
good operational, maintenance and riding comfort of each parameter
Dec 2017 Page 125 of 161

Item Purpose / Subject of

Rolling stock (RS) contractor Track Contractor (TRW)
no. interface
performance.
Track Contractor shall consider RS parameters in track
RS Contractor shall incorporate in its design the design
track parameters
4 Gauge widening RS Contractor shall provide necessary information The Track Contractor shall liaise with RS Contractor for
the requirement and extent of Gauge widening on very
sharp curves.
5 Flange way clearances RS Contractor shall provide necessary information The Track Contractor shall liaise with RS Contractor for
determining the requirement (including the required
flange way clearances) for the provision of check /
restraining rails, if considered, on very sharp curves.
6 Simulation Studies Shall carry out simulation studies & provide results The values of cant to be provided on every curve shall
with respect to attainable speed along the be fine-tuned based on the attainable speeds. The Track
alignment. contractor shall provide the cant accordingly during
construction stage.
7 Buffer stops design Shall provide details of Rolling Stock The Track Contractor shall liaise with the Rolling Stock
Contractor to design the buffer stop and shall consider
Shall liaise with Track contractor to verify the design such details for supply and installation of buffer stops
of friction buffer stops is interfaced satisfactorily
with the car design
8 Integrated testing & Shall provide results of test runs including those Shall associate during integrated testing &
commissioning pertaining to track conditions. commissioning and carryout necessary rectification of
track.
6.10 INTERFACE WITH ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (AMS) CONTRACTOR
6.10.1 General
6.10.1.1 MAHA-METRO has plans to implement state-of-the-art IT-based Enterprise Asset Management System (AMS), which shall enable MAHA-
METRO to manage and optimize various processes (viz. maintenance management, engineering management, O&M relationship management,
supply chain management, reporting etc.)
6.10.1.2 The RS Contractor shall be required to coordinate and interface with AMS Contractor for successful integration of Rolling Stock Assets and
TCMS into the Asset Management System.
6.10.1.3 The rolling stock components / equipment to the required levels of breakdown shall be entered into the AMS.
Dec 2017 Page 126 of 161

6.10.1.4 The rolling stock data shall be fed into the AMS broadly in three forms:
(a) Predetermined set of active failures shall be transmitted in real time to OCC via radio network. AMS shall be able take in this data for processing.
(b) Data shall be downloaded from TCMS through GPRS or WLAN at predetermined intervals or locations. AMS shall be capable of interfacing with
the concerned database and take in filtered data as per design.
(c) Other data will be fed manually in the AMS.
6.10.1.5 Preventive and corrective maintenance data generated by the TCMS to raise the work request /work orders, and to update the equipment pm
meter reading
6.10.1.6 The point of interface to the AMS will be the AMS depot (or other location) rack via Ethernet LAN connectivity.
6.10.2 Responsibilities of Interfacing Parties
Below table provides the Responsibility Matrix for seamless integration between AMS to TCMS:
SN Description Responsibility
1 Analyzing Train Diagnostic Data for Critical Faults and converting them to Work Requests in AMS Contractor
AMS for immediate attention to Maintenance staff to take appropriate action.
2 Automatic download of the TCMS fault Data to Real Time Database or RTD (Centralized RS Contractor (TCMS Vendor)
Database). From Here data would be picked by AMS for Analysis. This is the connectivity
point between AMS and TCMS.
3 Filtering of only Required (Criticality 1 and 2) to be pushed to AMS via agreed protocol for RS Contractor (TCMS Vendor)
data exchange.
4 Categorizing the Total fault list for TCMS on criticality basis. RS Contractor (TCMS Vendor)
5 Finalizing the Meter/ counters (Operation counts of equipment) to be captured in AMS. This RS Contractor (TCMS Vendor)
data would be used by AMS to trigger preventive maintenance and condition based
maintenance in AMS
6 Provide the agreed Meter/ counter details to AMS for processing along with fault data RS Contractor (TCMS Vendor)
7 Finalizing the fault / meter parameters to be exchanged between AMS and TCMS systems Both Contractors
8 Creating a final fault List that will be part of AMS diagnosis from the overall fault List RS Contractor (TCMS Vendor)
9 Filtered fault / Meter list approval MAHA-METRO / Engineer
10 Creating a fault/ Meter database in AMS AMS Contractor
11 Creating an Interface Design for Data exchange Both Contractors
12 Interface design document signoff Both Contractors / MAHA-METRO
13 Developing interface to push data to AMS RS Contractor (TCMS Vendor)
14 Receiving and processing data to create work requests in AMS AMS Vendor
Dec 2017 Page 127 of 161

SN Description Responsibility
15 Preparing test data for test cases Both Contractors
16 Preparing test Cases for interface Test Both Contractors
17 Testing Interface for required functionality Both Contractors
18 Test Report Sign Off Both Contractors / MAHA-METRO
19 Deploying the interface on Test/ Production Environments Both Contractors
20 Technical Design Document submission and Sign Off Both Contractors / MAHA-METRO
6.11 INTERFACE / COORDINATION WITH BRANDING CONSULTANT / AGENCY
Branding is a specialized task and MAHA-METRO intends to on-board a specialized agency for branding exercise of entire project. The scope of
work of that agency would include rolling stock branding also among other things (such as station branding, uniforms, themes etc.). The rolling stock
branding exercise may include finishes, seating arrangement including for special class, colouring scheme and many more softer issues. The Rolling
Stock Contractor shall interface / coordinate with branding agency of MAHA-METRO in these regards.
Dec 2017 Page 128 of 161

CHAPTER 7
7.0 TELECOM SYSTEM INTERFACES
Refer to Para 2.3
Refer to Para 3.3
Refer to Para 4.3
Refer to Para 5.6
7.5 INTERFACES WITH RS CONTRACTOR
Refer to Para 6.5
7.6 INTERFACES WITH PS CONTRACTOR
7.6.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Telecom Contract and PS Contract(s).
7.6.1.2 PS Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and Telecom Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
Dec 2017 Page 129 of 161

7.6.3.1 The PS Contractor and Telecom Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Item Description PS Contractor Telecom Contractors

No.
1 Telecom Cables and Shall jointly prepare a plan for compatibility of the Train Will furnish the locations of telecom cables and
exchange locations Control & Telecom system. Telephone exchanges, in sufficient details for enabling
'modeling' of cables and for performing simulation
Shall perform EMC simulation study study on Electro-magnetic compatibility.
2 Control & Monitoring Will supply and install suitable copper / optical fiber Will provide fiber optic port or Ethernet Port on FOTS
data exchange cables including convertor for connection from RTU to network in TER Room, for the channels required for
fiber optic port of Telecom equipment at: C&M data exchange and for interlinking the OCC’s.
 Each station telecom equipment room (from ASS, Telecom Contractor shall plan interconnection in the
Traction Switching Station) CER/TER between copper cable network (FOTS) and
provide the required bandwidth on FOTS system.
 The station TER nearest to RSS, for connection
from RSS including details of the cable termination
at the interface points of the Traction SCADA
location.
3 Telephone Furnish the requirements Provide a connected telephone at each ASS room,
connections to the RSS Control Rooms, ECC desks, PSI depot, PSA
internal telecom Substations.
network
4 Laying of C&M cables Supply and install C&M cables in the Train Control / Provide space (approx. 10cm2) in the Train Control /
telecom cable trough between each substation and the telecom cable trough
nearest Station Control Room
5 SCADA requirements Shall advise section wise SCADA requirements to Shall allocate suitable channels. Shall ensure smooth
Telecom Contractor data flow.
Shall interface with Telecom Contractor for channel

allocations.
6 Electromagnetic Shall give details of the EMC study carried out Shall coordinate jointly to ensure compatibility.
Compatibility
7 Cyber Security The PS Contractor shall be required to engage with The Telecom Contractor shall engage a Cyber Security
Dec 2017 Page 130 of 161

Item Item Description PS Contractor Telecom Contractors

No.
designated Cyber Security Consultant at the early stage Consultant, who will recommend Cyber Security
of design development. The Contractor shall consider Guidelines complying the requirements of related
the inputs of Cyber Security Consultant into their design standards.
and develop their System Safety & Cyber Security
Assurance Plan and submit to MAHA-METRO for
approval.
7.7.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Telecom Contract and OHE Contract(s).
7.7.1.2 OHE Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and Telecom Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
7.7.3.1 The Telecom Contractor and OHE Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Item Description Traction Contractor Telecom Contractors

No.
1 Telecom Cables and Shall jointly prepare a plan for compatibility of the Train Will furnish the locations of telecom cables and
exchange locations Control & Telecom system. Telephone exchanges, in sufficient details for enabling
'modeling' of cables and for performing simulation
Shall coordinate performance of EMC simulation study study on Electro-magnetic compatibility.
by PST Contractor
2 Telephone Furnish the requirements Provide a connected telephone at each SSP/SS/SP
connections to the room, OHE depot etc.
internal telecom
network
Dec 2017 Page 131 of 161

Item Item Description Traction Contractor Telecom Contractors

No.
3 Laying of C&M cables Supply and install C&M cables in the Train Control / Provide space (approx. 10cm2) in the Train Control /
telecom cable trough between each switching station telecom cable trough
and the nearest Station Control Room
4 Electromagnetic Shall give details of the EMC study carried out Shall coordinate jointly to ensure compatibility.
Compatibility
5 Radio mast locations Shall share the LOP plan for coordination with Telecom Telecom Contractor will provide chainages of Radio
Contractor’s wayside equipment Masts to Traction Contractor
6 Electrical Clearances Traction Contractor will provide Layout Plans of OHE to Telecom Contractor shall co-ordinate with Traction
Telecom Contractor Contractor to ensure minimum safe clearances
between any telecom field installations and the live
OHE part.
7 Earthing Shall cooperate The Traction & Telecom Contractors shall interface
and coordinate for connection of the Telecom field
equipment on the viaduct, in the Tunnel and on the
platform to the Buried Earth Conductor / Earth
Conductor. The connecting jumper cable for this shall
be provided and installed by the Telecom contractor.
8 Cyber Security The OHE Contractor shall be required to engage with The Telecom Contractor shall engage a Cyber Security
designated Cyber Security Consultant at the early stage Consultant, who will recommend Cyber Security
of design development. The Contractor shall consider Guidelines complying the requirements of related
the inputs of Cyber Security Consultant into their design standards.
and develop their System Safety & Cyber Security
Assurance Plan and submit to MAHA-METRO for
approval.
7.8 INTERFACES WITH AFC CONTRACTOR
7.8.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Telecom Contract and AFC Contract(s).
7.8.1.2 Telecom Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and AFC Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
Dec 2017 Page 132 of 161

the Project.
7.8.3.1 The Telecom Contractor and AFC Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the
Item Item Telecom Contractor AFC Contractor

No.
1 Provision of Provision of Communication channel for implementing Propose and confirm the channel requirements.
Communication WAN for AFC System. Cable connectivity and termination between AFC
channel for To provide the communication for AFC equipment switch/router to Patch Panel in TER/CER.
Implementing WAN for between station & OCC and OCC & DCC.
AFC System Provide reserved Ethernet Port in patch panel for
AFC.
2 Master Clock Pulse Provide Patch panel, cables with cable identification Provide connectivity and termination from AFC Layer-3
(NTP) Channels for and termination from Clock to patch panel. switch/router to the Patch Panel inside the Telecom Rack
synchronization in TER
Provide a timeserver and interface inputs. Integration
will be at Central Server at OCC/BCC for clock
synchronization by using NTP protocol
Integration will be at Central Server at OCC/BCC for

clock synchronization by using NTP protocol
Integration will be at Central Server at OCC/BCC for

clock synchronization by using NTP protocol
3 Master clock Configure in data switch port clock equipment to Receive the clock signal from Clock System via FOTS and
enable the connection of AFC equipment as clients to ensure the system clock of AFC is synchronized with the
the Master Clock server. clock system.
To provide details of connector required for the patch AFC Contractor will extend and terminate the cable in
cord to AFC patch panel.
4 To alarm the station or Provision of CCTV monitoring system (HMI) for Triggering signal (potential free contacts or TCP/IP) for
the security staff when TVM/AVM Access Door which shall point out to the CCTV Central or Stations Server camera to provide
the TVM/AVM camera view from specific camera along with alarms coverage of tampered TVM/AVM.
machine(s) is being when it receives triggering signal for that particular
Dec 2017 Page 133 of 161


No.
tampered or view. All physical wiring for CCTV interface will be Shall provide and connect cables from TVM/AVM till
unauthorized access done by Telecom Contractor. termination points provided by Telecom Contractor. AFC-
Shall provide arrangement of termination point for CCTV interface shall be hard wired or TCP/IP based.
receiving triggering signal from AFC system.
5 To control access in Provide at stations, depot, RSS and OCC access Provision of contactless cards (CSC) to authorized
controlled areas control system compatible with the contactless smart personnel as required by the Employer.
cards supplied by the AFC contractor. Provide technical inputs of CSC to Access Control system
provider as per Technical specification.
Technical inputs of contactless smart cards provided
for access control system. Technical specifications of the contactless smart cards
Access control readers to accept the employee cards

with EMV specifications.
Should provide contactless readers ISO 14443 A&B,

ISO 18092 EMV level-1 certified and Level-2 as per
the employee cards issued by AFC Contractor. AFC
Contractor would provide the specification for the
terminal card integration at design phase.
6 High Level Alarms Telecom Contractor should integrate High Level AFC Alarms from AFC Central Computer should have the
alarms to T-SCADA system. provision of connectivity to T SCADA. AFC to provide and
Telecom Contractor should coordinate for matching connect cable from AFC servers to T-SCADA server in
communication protocol (preferably NTP traps) TER/CER.
AFC Contractor should coordinate for matching
communication protocol (preferably SNMP traps)
7 Access Control system Shall provide and install access control on Manual Shall supply and install manual swing gate with physical
on Manual Swing Gate swing gate provisions for installing Access control system (by COM)
and provide required technical inputs for using CSC as
access card
8 Detailed Interface Responsible for furnishing and get approval of the Support and coordinate with Telecom Contractor for the
Document & document document and tests
Integrated Test Plan
9 CCTV coverage of all Number and locations of TVMs/AVMs installed at TVM/AVM Installation details; relevant drawings and
TVMs/AVMs and each station; Alarms and status messages generated design information. To share protocol on which alarm shall
interface with by TVM/AVM be transferred to CCTV System locally or centrally
TVM/AVM Alarm
Dec 2017 Page 134 of 161


No.
Handling
10 Cyber Security The AFC Contractor shall be required to engage with The Telecom Contractor shall engage a Cyber Security
designated Cyber Security Consultant at the early Consultant, who will recommend Cyber Security
stage of design development. The Contractor shall Guidelines complying the requirements of related
consider the inputs of Cyber Security Consultant into standards.
their design and develop their System Safety & Cyber
Security Assurance Plan and submit to MAHA-
METRO for approval.
7.9 INTERFACES WITH LIFT & ESCALATOR CONTRACTORS
7.9.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Telecom Contract and Lift / Escalator Contract(s).
7.9.1.2 Telecom Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and Lift / Escalator Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
7.9.3.1 The Telecom Contractor and Lift / Escalator Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements
Item Item Telecom Contractor Lifts / Escalator Contractor

no.
1 Physical Interface with Shall install CCTV Camera, PA Speaker with Shall provide enclosure, cut out, mounting plates, power
Lift mounting brackets as space coordinated with Lift supply socket outlet for CCTV Camera & PA Speaker for lift.
Contractor.
Secondary containment shall be laid by Telecom Contractor
Terminal Equipment and accessories to be whereas space provisioning for trays/ conduits to be done by
installed at roof of the Lift Car. Lift Contractor.
Dec 2017 Page 135 of 161

Item Item Telecom Contractor Lifts / Escalator Contractor

no.
To advise on cutout requirement, space for Location of trays / conduits / cables / Camera to be
secondary cable containment. coordinated with Telecom Contractor
Detailed Power and Data Termination and

associated equipment to be provided. Space for
the same to be coordinated with Lift Contractor
2 CCTV Monitoring and Installation and Termination of suitable Tailable Space for Tailable Power and Data Cable. Cable to be laid
Emergency Power & Data Cable to feed CCTV Camera and and terminated by Telecom Contractor
announcement PA Speaker
3 CCTV Monitoring and Shall furnish Detailed Interface Document and Shall coordinate with Telecom Contractor for furnishing
Emergency Integrated Tests Plans Detailed Interface Document and Integrated Tests Plans.
announcement
Shall coordinate and support Telecom for installation &
commissioning of Lift equipment such as CCTV Camera, PA
Speaker.
4 Radio Coverage inside Shall install LCX cable, in case required to provide Space for Tailable LCX Cable
the Lift to provide Radio Coverage in the lifts
5 To provide Shall coordinate with Lift Contractor and Shall provide Lift help point equipment and shall extend cable
communication incorporate Lift Help Point in Telephone till IDF at TER of the station / OCC / Depot with suitable
between Station Network so that in case of usage Lift Help Point cable.
Controller’s desk and call shall be generated as of Station’s platform
Lift passengers in case Help Points calls. These Calls shall be landed at
of Emergency SCR Analalogue / Digital extension.
6 Test Fitting of Telecom After interface design, shall provide samples for Shall receive sample equipment from Telecom Contractor
equipment in lift Car PA Speaker, CCTV Camera for lift fitting and OEMs incorporation in mock up for approval prior to
approval. Samples shall be delivered at lift OEM production.
premises.
7 Cyber Security The Telecom Contractor shall engage a Cyber The Lift / Escalator Contractor shall be required to engage
Security Consultant, who will recommend Cyber with designated Cyber Security Consultant at the early stage
Security Guidelines complying the requirements of of design development. The Contractor shall consider the
related standards. inputs of Cyber Security Consultant into their design and
develop their System Safety & Cyber Security Assurance
Plan and submit to MAHA-METRO for approval.
7.10 INTERFACES WITH TRACK CONTRACTORS
Dec 2017 Page 136 of 161

7.10.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Telecom Contract and Track Contract(s).
7.10.1.2 Track Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and Telecom Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
7.10.3.1 The Telecom Contractor and Track Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements
Item Item Track Contractor Telecom Contractor

no.
1 Track crossing of Shall provide cut-outs in the track plinth on ballastless Shall provide all track crossings details including pipes and
cables tracks, at regular intervals support and/or drilling of holes in the plinth
2 Installation of Shall co-ordinate with Telecom Contractor to ensure Shall furnish the final size of trackside equipment’s and co-
trackside equipments the compliance of schedule of dimensions. ordinate with Track Contractor(s) to ensure the compliance
(radio masts) All mechanical fixtures, fitting arrangement etc. for of schedule of dimensions.
trackside equipment shall be provisioned by Telecom
Contractor.
3 Cyber Security The Track Contractor shall be required to engage with The Telecom Contractor shall engage a Cyber Security
designated Cyber Security Consultant at the early Consultant, who will recommend Cyber Security Guidelines
stage of design development. The Contractor shall complying the requirements of related standards.
consider the inputs of Cyber Security Consultant into
their design and develop their System Safety & Cyber
Security Assurance Plan and submit to MAHA-METRO
for approval.
7.11 INTERFACES WITH UNDERGROUND CIVIL / E&M CONTRACTORS
7.11.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between Telecom Contract and UG Civil / E&M Contract(s).
Dec 2017 Page 137 of 161

7.11.1.2 Telecom Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and UG Civil / E&M Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
7.11.3.1 The Telecom Contractor and UG Civil / E&M Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational
Item Item Telecom Contractor UG Contractor Formatted Table

no.
UG Civil Formatted: Font: Bold
Shall furnish the size, space and mechanical load Shall provide station layout and drawings showing the
requirements of the Communication Equipment Room rooms and vertical cable risers etc.
(CER), Station Control Room (SCR), Telecom closets Shall Update the Station drawings to accommodate the
and lighting, flooring, false flooring, cable duct and requirements of Telecom Contractor
vertical cable risers in the above mentioned rooms Shall collect the data & integrate with other users and
provide it to all the Interfacing / Project Contractors.
All corridors and doors shall be sized to enable equipment
to be delivered to TER, CER, SCR and Telecom Closets for
installation and replacements
Line side equipment Shall furnish the detailed drawings of line side Shall suitably incorporate the detailed drawings /
equipment to be installed like telephones, antennas, requirements prepared by UG Station Contractor
and location boxes etc.
Cable routing Shall furnish the routing of the cables for Telecom Shall establish the synthesis layout for cable routing
equipment in whole Station according to all the Sub-systems layouts
Shall validate the synthesis cable routing layout

proposed by UG Station Contractor
Shall furnish the detailed drawings of main cable Shall design the cable routing and cable containments in
routing arrangements in respect of Telecom cables in the station
the station (including requirements of minimum 1
meter separation between Telecom cables and HV For heavy equipment like CCTV monitors, display boards,
cables). Shall furnish the details of Telecommunication analogue clocks etc., to be mounted on walls / suspended
Dec 2017 Page 138 of 161


no.
cables like dimensions, weight, minimum bending from the roof, UG Station Contractor shall integrate the
radius and supporting & mounting details. fixing arrangements with the structural design.
Shall provide detailed drawings with the locations of all

equipment and cables to be installed on the track.
Shall provide detailed drawings of locations, loads,
type of fixing / mounting arrangements for
Telecommunication equipment to be installed on the
platform, Mezzanine (where applicable), concourse
and entrance levels like PA system, PID’s, CCTV
cameras, clocks, CCTV monitors, emergency stop
plungers and staff protection keys etc.
Emergency Shall furnish the locations and space requirements of Shall validate the locations of passenger emergency
communication passenger emergency communication and help point communication system and help point system
equipment to be installed
ACID System Shall furnish the locations and details of access control Shall validate the locations of access control system and
system and Intrusion detection system intrusion detection system
EMC/EMI Shall furnish the EMI / EMC levels of Telecom Shall incorporate in station design and prepare a common
equipment to be installed in stations EMI / EMC plan
Shall conduct the joint testing and confirm that there Shall attend the joint testing with S&T, RS and OHE
are no EMI / EMC impacts on Telecom equipment contractors
installed in stations
PAS/PIDS system Shall furnish the acoustic intelligibility and lighting Shall accommodate the requirements of Telecom Formatted: Normal
visibility criteria to ensure that the performance of PA Contractor and furnish the architectural design details of the
and PID systems are as per laid down standards stations
Temporary power Shall furnish the requirements of temporary power Shall plan the power supply system accordingly
supply for preliminary testing of S&T equipment
PAS interface with Shall validate the interface document and relevant Shall design the interfacing of fire system with PA system
Fire System portion of technical specifications of fire protection etc. and provide the relevant technical specifications of fire
system protection system
Shall verify the interfacing of fire system with PA Shall install the fire alarm and control system and provide
system the necessary interfaces with PA system
Equipment room Shall verify that the requirements of lighting, false Shall provide the lighting, false flooring (for prescribed load
Dec 2017 Page 139 of 161


no.
handover flooring (for prescribed load levels) and vertical cable levels) and vertical cable risers in TER, Telecom Closets
risers in TER, Telecom Closets and SCR are as per and SCR
the requirement
Cable laying Shall install all communication cables and provide the Shall ensure provision of cable ducts, main cable crossing
connections to individual devices arrangements, including openings required for entry / exit
arrangements for main Telecom cables in the station
Line side equipment Shall install the line side Telecom equipment like Shall provide the necessary arrangements to install line
installation antennas, location boxes, telephones etc. side telecom equipment
Emergency Shall install the emergency communication and help Shall provide necessary arrangements to install emergency
communication point equipment communication and help point equipment
Equipment mounting Shall arrange the mounting and fixing accessories to Shall install the mounting and fixing arrangements for
and fixing UG Station Contractor heavy equipment like CCTV monitors, display boards,
accessories analogue clocks etc., during the construction as per the
Shall install the equipment at stations like PIDs, PA Telecom requirements Formatted: Not Highlight
system, clocks, CCTV cameras and Television system
equipment etc.
ACID System Shall install the access control system and intrusion Shall provide necessary arrangements to install access
Installation detection system control and intrusion detection systems
Earthing system Shall verify that the requirements of earthing system Shall install earths and earth bars for Telecom equipment
installation are met for various systems and terminate inside the main
equipment rooms, SCR and telecom closets and on the
tunnel side (if required) for earthing of line side
Telecommunication systems (if required).
LAN cable to cross Shall run the LAN cable from station to all cross Shall provide the cable tray/ladders for LAN cable routing
passages passage and permanent access egress location
UG E&M Formatted: Font: Bold
Earthing Shall furnish the requirements of earthing arrangement Shall provide the earthing arrangement for different Formatted Table
arrangement including earth impedance value for different Telecom systems and extend it up to TER, CER and SCR and
systems to be installed in TER, CER, Telecom closets Telecom Closets accordingly; Shall also extend the earth Formatted: Font: Bold
and SCR and line side equipment for earthing of line side equipment, if required
UG E&M SCADA Shall design the T-SCADA system to suit the UG Station Contractor shall define the control / monitoring Formatted: Not Highlight
and T-SCADA requirements of controlled / monitored Non-traction requirements and parameter measurement requirements Formatted: Not Highlight
Interface SCADA systems to be installed by UG Station (zone/ group). UG Station Contractor shall install the local
Contractor. control panel (LCP) and wire it to control all controlled
devices. UG Station Contractor shall provide the interface
Shall validate the interface design. Design the devices with M&E SCADA.
Dec 2017 Page 140 of 161


no.
connectivity requirements from the interface devices
up to the CER and to the SCR / OCC. Shall design the interface device for each monitored /
controlled equipment, Local control panel (where
Shall design the HMI of T-SCADA at the SCR and applicable) for the station E&M equipment, LV power
OCC to meet the control and monitoring requirements distribution, UPS, DG, lighting systems and building
of equipment installed by UG Station Contractor management systems installed under the UG Station
Contractor.
Shall advise the locations and connectivity requirements of

interface devices associated with E&M equipment to be
monitored / controlled by non-traction SCADA
Dec 2017 Page 141 of 161

CHAPTER 8
8.0 POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM INTERFACES
Refer to Para 2.4
Refer to Para 3.4
Refer to Para 4.4
Refer to Para 5.7
Refer to Para 6.6
Refer to Para 7.6
8.7 INTERFACES WITH TRACTION CONTRACTOR
8.7.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between PS Contract and OHE Contract(s).
8.7.1.2 PS Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and OHE Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
Dec 2017 Page 142 of 161

the Project.
8.7.3.1 The PS Contractor and OHE Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system.
Item Purpose of Interface By PS Contractor By OCS Contractor

no.
1 Traction simulation Shall perform the traction simulation study duly Shall verify the traction simulation study and also perform
study and locations of keeping the design criteria in view and propose the independent simulation study using a different simulation
SP / SSP / SS numbers, locations and sizing of OHE and SP / tool. Shall coordinate with PS Contractor for finalizing the
SSP / SS equipment OHE and SP / SSP / SS equipment sizing
2 EMC / EMI study for Shall perform the EMC/EMI simulation study duly Shall verify the EMC/EMI study and also perform
assessing the keeping the design criteria in view and determine independent EMC/EMI study using a different simulation
requirement of BT and the requirement, locations and sizing of BT and RC tool. Shall coordinate with PS Contractor for finalizing the
RC system BT and RC system.
3 SCADA system Shall provide the SCADA equipment including Shall coordinate with PS Contractor and make provisions of
SP / SSP / SS at battery control supply at SP / SSP / SS for adequate number of potential free contacts on equipment
Mainline and depot mainlines and depots and connection arrangement
Shall supply and provide connection between SP /

SSP / SS and SCADA RTU
4 25kV and return cables Shall coordinate with cooperate with OCS Shall supply and install 25kV and return cables between
connections at FP/SP Contractor and make appropriate arrangement of Feeding Posts and OCS (both NS and EW corridors)
cable termination arrangement at FP (GIS type)
end to enable OCS contractor to connect cables at
25kV GIS switchgears
5 Protection system (at Shall coordinate and cooperate with OCS Shall coordinate and cooperate with PS Contractor for
FP) Contractor for protection setting and perform protection setting
setting in relays at FP
6 Battery control supply Shall supply and provide control supply Shall provide load details of SP / SSP / SS for sizing of
for traction posts’ arrangement (i.e. battery, charger, AC & DC battery & charger and supply and lay control power cables
equipment (SP / SSP / distribution boards etc.); common equipment with from AC & DC Distribution Boards to SP / SSP / SS
SS at Mainline and ASS, wherever feasible, shall be acceptable including connection at AC/DCDB ends
depot)
Dec 2017 Page 143 of 161

Item Purpose of Interface By PS Contractor By OCS Contractor

no.
7 Cable support Shall provide the cable support brackets or other Shall coordinate and provide requisite details
arrangement for BEC at appropriate arrangement
mainlines
8.8.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between PS Contract and Track Contract(s).
8.8.1.2 Track Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and PS Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
8.8.3.1 The PS Contractor and Track Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system.
Item Purpose of Interface PS Contractor Track Contractor

no.
1 Cables and connections Shall provide designs / drawings and coordinate Shall accommodate requirements of PS Contractor for
(at viaduct, tunnels, depots with the Track Contractor for availability of suitable appropriate means for track crossings and interface with
etc.) track crossings at the desired locations. PS PS Contractor for finalizing location of pipe crossings.
Contractor shall supply and provide the pipes over
viaduct and pipes over parapet walls and interface
with Track Contractor for correct location of pipes
and verify before track plinth / slab casting.
8.9 INTERFACES WITH UG CIVIL / E&M CONTRACTOR
Dec 2017 Page 144 of 161

8.9.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between PS Contract and UG Civil / E&M Contract(s).
8.9.1.2 PS Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and UG Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
8.9.3.1 The PS Contractor and UG Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system.
Item Purpose of Interface PS Contractor UG Contractor Formatted: Centered

no.
A UG Civil Formatted: Font: Bold
1 Cable routing (tunnel) PS Contractor shall specify the cable routing and Shall design the section accordingly in the Tunnel Formatted Table
section needed at the interface between Tunnel
and station. Shall provide the quality tunnel lining and co-ordinate
with PS Contractor
Shall check the PST cable routing / cable
containment / brackets / trunking provided by UG
Contractor
2 Space availability (tunnel) PS Contractor shall specify Size and space in the UG Contractor shall study the alignment with chainage
Tunnel for the PST and PS SCADA cable and space availability in the Tunnel and design PST and
containments / brackets / trunking / trench PS SCADA cable containments / brackets / trunking /
trench in tunnel
3 Cable installation program PS Contractor shall give the cable installation / Shall plan accordingly to meet the requirement
(tunnel) Laying program Including starting and finishing
chainage
4 Structure gauge clearance Shall study and agree Structural gauge clearance Shall provide the Structural gauge clearance
(tunnel)
5 Cable route in station area PS Contractor shall request the structural openings Shall design the structural openings and provide the
for cable entries / exit in regard of the chainage and combined service drawings and agree jointly
agree jointly
6 Cable containments / PS Contractor shall request cable containments / UG Contractor shall install cable Containment / brackets
Dec 2017 Page 145 of 161


no.
brackets (stations) trunking / brackets for PST cable routing / trays / trunking required for all cable routings
7 Combined services Shall provide inputs to combined services drawings Shall prepare the combined services drawings (CSD) in
drawings (CSD) for detailed cable (for duct bank / cable trays time required for the cable layout / routing / Laying within
/ Cable troughs / Cable shafts and etc.) layout / the Station and cable crossing at stations
routing / Laying [HV and LV cables crossing to be
avoided] within the Station and cable crossing at
stations
8 Technical room layout PS Contractor shall design the technical room Shall incorporate PS Contractor requirements in UG
layout including builders works requirement in station design and shall co-operate and co-ordinate with
accordance with the finalized space provision. PS PS Contractor
Contractor shall furnish room layout with equipment
foot prints and equipment static and dynamic load
and shall co-operate and co-ordinate with UG
Station Contractor
9 Signages PS Contractor shall request for signage boards for UG Station Contractor shall design the signage as per
all HV equipment and technical rooms requirement of PS Contractor
10 Equipment access PS Contractor shall co-ordinate with UG Station UG Station Contractor shall consider in the station
Contractor to design best access for lifting facilities design the requirements pertaining to access for lifting
for electrical machineries / plants / equipment for facilities and easy maintenance for Electrical equipment
installation and easy maintenance wherever in close Co-ordination with PS Contractor
required
11 Cable laying work Shall check the cable laying works requirements Shall co-ordinate with PS Contractor
like routing, Sections, cross passages and confirm
Shall check the total space in the tunnel for cable

laying works and confirm
Shall check the structural openings for cable

entries/exit in regard of the chainage
12 Cable laying program Shall provide the cable laying works program and Shall co-operate and agree with PS Contractor
schedule
13 Site access Space should be free of obstacles at the time of Site will be cleared free from obstacles and handed over
cable laying Works for cable laying works
14 Equipment foundation PS Contractor Shall install the rated capacity Shall construct the suitable solid foundation / Platform
Transformer sufficiently at “out of reach of flood”, and co-ordinate
accordingly for civil and structural works
Dec 2017 Page 146 of 161


no.
15 Equipment room handover Shall jointly check the technical rooms made ready Technical rooms shall be made ready with lighting, small
by PS Contractor and the same shall be confirmed power, ventilation, fire Detection and Fire Fighting
systems, Cable Trays / Supports / trenches / Troughs
etc. and shall be co-operated / coordinated with PS
Contractor
16 Cable routing / support Shall jointly check the arrangements made ready All the necessary arrangements shall be made ready for
work for cable routing / Laying [HV and LV cables the cable routing / Laying and shall be co-operated /
crossing to be avoided] within the Station and cable coordinated with PS Contractor
crossing at stations and to be confirmed
17 Signages Shall jointly check the signage provided for all the Signage for all technical rooms should be made ready
technical rooms and to be confirmed and shall be Co-operated / coordinated with PS
Contractor
18 Equipment access / lifting Shall jointly check the access provided for lifting Access for lifting facilities and easy maintenance for
arrangement facilities for electrical machineries for installation Electrical equipment shall be made ready as per the
and easy maintenance and to be confirmed. requirements and shall be co- operated / coordinated
with PS Contractor
19 Temporary power Shall Request the Temporary power requirement Shall provide the temporary power requirement at one
place
20 Temporary storage Shall request the temporary storage area in the Shall study the space availability in the station and
station building provide accordingly
21 Working space Shall request Space free from human interference Shall arrange Space free from human interference and
and materials materials
22 Joint procedure Prepare joint maintenance procedures in Validate and accept joint Maintenance procedure with
consultation with UG Contractor and shall jointly PS Contractor
agree and accept
B UG E&M Formatted: Font: Bold
1 Auxiliary power load PS Contractor shall request the total power load in UG Station Contractor shall give the details of total Formatted Table
the underground Station (including tunnels and power load of the Station (including tunnels and
subways etc.) from UG Station Contractor and subways etc.) by collecting the load requirements from
accordingly design the transformer capacity all other sub-contractors (interfacing and project
Contractors) and submit to PS Contractor
2 Lighting and ventilation in PS Contractor shall specify the operating UG Station Contractor shall design illumination (lux
technical rooms temperature (ventilation), illumination parameters level) according to electrical technical rooms
affiliated to electrical technical rooms specification requirements
3 Earthing system design Shall Design the earthing for HV and LV power UG Contractor shall co-ordinate with the PS Contractor
supply systems including building structures and and design the station earthing pits and earthing bus in
Dec 2017 Page 147 of 161


no.
request for appropriate earth bus routing in the the technical / plant rooms
technical / plant rooms
4 Protection coordination PS Contractor shall be in the up-stream and UG Station Contractor shall co-ordinate with all other
request the type of tripping and protections required contractors (Interfacing / Project Contractors) and
for the station equipment and design the equipment collect the data of type of tripping and protection they
accordingly to meet the requirements have in their equipment and handing over to PS
Contractor
5 Earthing work Shall jointly check the earthing works and earth bus All the earthing works shall be made ready and handed
in the Technical rooms required for High Voltage over to PS Contractor
and Low Voltage power supply systems including
the building structures and to be confirmed
6 Equipment room Shall jointly check the parameters of ventilation and Shall jointly co-ordinate to check the parameters of
ventilation Air conditioning within the Station rooms and to be ventilation and Air conditioning with PS Contractor
confirmed
7 Earth resistance checking Shall jointly check the resistance of all earthing Shall jointly check the resistance of all earthing works
works at station required for High Voltage and Low made at station and shall be co-operated / coordinated
Voltage power supply systems including the with PS Contractor
building structures and to be confirmed
Dec 2017 Page 148 of 161

CHAPTER 9
9.0 TRACTION (OHE/OCS) SYSTEM INTERFACES
Refer to Para 2.5
Refer to Para 3.5
Refer to Para 4.5
Refer to Para 5.8
Refer to Para 6.7
Refer to Para 7.7
Refer to Para 8.7
Dec 2017 Page 149 of 161

9.8.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between PS Contract and Track Contract(s).
9.8.1.2 Track Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and PS Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
9.8.3.1 The PS Contractor and Track Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system.
Item Purpose of Interface OCS Contractor Track Contractor

no.
1 Information regarding track Shall consider the information for progressing OCS Provide track alignment, track slab layout and final
alignment, curves, levels layout plans / designs. alignment of tracks in depot showing all the sleepers
etc.
2 Return cable connections Shall provide details of holes required in rails for Shall drill holes in rails as per requirement of OCS
connection of return cables contractor.
Shall connect return cables to rails including all

hardware and accessories required for the
connections
3 Rails and Track cross Shall supply and install cross bonds and other bonds Shall allow OCS contractor to install track cross bonds
bonds and bonding at on track and other bonds
turnouts, points and
crossings Shall provide details of holes required in tracks for Shall drill holes in the rails as per requirement of OCS
connecting the bonds contractor
4 Earthing and bonding Shall provide schematics and For-construction Supply and install GI plates on every deck end. Ensure
measures drawings of earthing, bonding measures. the electrical continuity of plinth reinforcement on every
span by providing earth terminals at each end of the
Shall witness the track construction to be built as per plinth duly connected with cable. The material details
design / drawings in respect of earthing and bonding and specifications of connecting cables shall be
measures. interfaced with OCS Contractor.
Supply and connect plinth reinforcement to the
Dec 2017 Page 150 of 161

Item Purpose of Interface OCS Contractor Track Contractor

no.
Structure Earth Cable (or buried earth conductor i.e.
BEC) from MS strip / cable on track plinth / slab at
girder ends (pier locations)
5 Insulated Rail Joints (IRJ) Shall provide details of locations where IRJs are Shall supply and install the IRJs to the requirement of
between main line and the required to be installed for traction power OCS Contractor.
depot line requirements.
6 Electrical and physical Shall provide necessary designs and drawings Shall respect the required clearances
clearances
9.9.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between OHE Contract and UG Civil / E&M Contract(s).
9.9.1.2 OHE Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and UG Contractor shall be the Participating Contractor.
the Project.
9.9.3.1 The OHE Contractor and UG Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system.
Item Purpose of Interface OHE Contractor UG Contractor

no.
A UG Tunnel Formatted: Font: Bold
1 ROCS support design Shall design all the required fixings to support rigid Shall provide segment & tunnel lining details and limit of
overhead contact system according to UG Tunnel fixing penetrations
Contractor constraints
Shall provide notice of no objection once the fixing
Shall transmit his fixing design details to the UG details are agreed
Tunnel Contractor and the Engineer for notice of no
Dec 2017 Page 151 of 161


no.
objection
2 Contact wire height Shall furnish the details of height of contact wire Shall design the structures accordingly
and the minimum electrical clearances needed
3 OHE design Shall design the OHE according to the gradients Shall furnish the gradients and curve details
and curves
4 Neutral Section Neutral section to be located on straight track and Shall provide the gradient chart and curve details. Shall
having negligible gradient. Shall provide the adjust / modify the vertical alignment of the tunnels at
requirements / details and location of the Neutral the Neutral Section location as may be required to suit
Section to UG Tunnel Contractor the requirements of OHE Contractor for installation of
Neutral Section
5 ROCS design in TBM Shall design and fix all required fixings of the beam Shall provide segment, RCC structure & tunnel lining
launching area to support rigid overhead contact system for tunnel details and limit of fixing penetrations. Shall provide
launching area (TBM launching area) according to notice of no objection once fixing details are agreed
Tunnel Contractor constraints. Shall transmit his
fixing design details to the Tunnel Contractor and
the Engineer for notice of no objection
6 Drop arm and its base Shall design the type of drop arm and shall fix in Shall provide notice of no objection to Tunnel
fixing arrangement accordance with the agreed fixing details Contractor, once fixing details are agreed
Shall design and furnish the span of drop arms of Shall furnish the details of curves / alignment
OHE
Shall provide the details of the location of points and
Obligatory drop arm to be furnished (if any). crossings
Loading on drop arm to be provided Collect the details of drop arm loading
KM no. / Drop arm no. of drop arm location to be Shall furnish the KM details of tunnel
prepared
7 Earthing of OHE Shall design and provide necessary details of Shall coordinate and fulfill the requirements of provision
earthing (Buried Earth conductor and Overhead in civil works for earthing as per the design provided by
protection cable). Contractor-A
Shall provide the drawing of conduit carrying the Shall coordinate and fulfill the requirements for carrying
buried earth conductor the buried earth conductor
Shall provide the details of structure bonds Shall coordinate and fulfill the requirements
including locations
8 Construction stage Shall cross check the programme / planning of Shall coordinate
Dec 2017 Page 152 of 161


no.
interfaces implementation
Shall cross check and keep records (jointly signed) Shall report progress of construction at mutually agreed
of all Requirements as the Work progresses intervals
Shall tackle the notified changes if any Shall furnish the changes in design / plan if any
9 ROCS support bracket Shall Test the brackets Shall agree and accept the bracket testing
testing Shall provide testing procedure Shall agree and accept
10 Earth resistance Shall measure the earth resistance values of all Shall co-operate
locations and display and keep the records
Shall measure and record earth resistance values

jointly at suitable interval
B UG Stations
1 ROCS support design Shall design Rigid catenary system and furnish Shall design and construct the base support fixtures on
details including locations, Loads etc. soffit of Concourse level (or as required) to support the
rigid catenary system
2 Contact wire height Shall furnish the details of height of contact wire Shall design the soffit of Concourse structures
and the minimum electrical clearances needed accordingly
3 Track cabin space Shall furnish the space requirement of traction Shall provide size of cabin as required by OHE
cabin for provision of equipment of sub-sectioning Contractor
and paralleling post, sectioning post, sub-
sectioning post if needed
4 Cable routes Shall provide drawings showing the locations, Shall provide combined builders drawings/CSDs and
Cable ducts and sizes of Openings for passage of agree jointly and provide cable route openings as per
cables including routing drawing
5 Obligatory support location Shall design obligatory catenary / OCS location Provide the details of crossovers, turnout etc. if any
6 Earthing of OHE Shall design and provide necessary details of Shall coordinate and implement the earthing system of
earthing (Buried Earth Conductor and Overhead building structures, platform, over/under pass/shelters
Protection Cable). Shall furnish the drawings etc. to be ultimately connected to buried earth conductor
and Arial earth cable
Shall provide the details of connecting link terminal
locations Shall coordinate and implement the locations of
connecting links
7 ROCS Installation Shall check the load of supporting fixtures of To assist and cross check the load requirements
catenary/OCS system
Shall review the progress at suitable interval Shall report progress of construction at mutually agreed
intervals
Dec 2017 Page 153 of 161


no.
Shall seek access to work Shall provide the access to work area in underground
stations
8 ROCS loading Cross check the loading by OHE and agree Test the base supporting fixture load carrying capacity
jointly
9 Earth resistance value Measure the earth resistance values of all locations Shall coordinate and put joint efforts to bring earth
and display and keep the records (i.e., Combined values to below maximum prescribed/required values
Earth resistance value: 0.5 ohms, Individual Earth
resistance value: 10 ohms)
Measure and record earth resistance values jointly

at suitable interval
Dec 2017 Page 154 of 161

CHAPTER 10
10.0 AFC SYSTEM INTERFACES
Refer to Para 2.7
Refer to Para 4.7
Refer to Para 5.11
10.310.4 INTERFACES WITH TELECOM CONTRACTOR
Refer to Para 7.8
Dec 2017 Page 155 of 161

CHAPTER 11
11.0 PSD SYSTEM INTERFACES
Refer to Para 2.6
Refer to Para 4.6
Refer to Para 5.9
Refer to Para 6.8
11.5.1.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between PSD Contract and
UG Civil / E&M Contract(s).
11.5.1.2 PSD Contractor shall be the Lead Contractor and UG Contractor shall be the
Participating Contractor.
11.5.2.1 This specification outlines the Contractors’ interface requirements, which are based
on the Technical Studies carried out during the early stages of the Project.
11.5.3.1 The PSD Contractor and UG Contractor shall co-ordinate interactively in order to
achieve the functional and operational requirements of the system. The roles and activities of
the two Contractors shall include minimum following but not limited to:
Dec 2017 Page 156 of 161

Item Purpose of Interface PSD Contractor UG Contractor

no.
1 Design / information Shall furnish the specification of Platform Screen Shall validate and find the locations of Platform Screen
sharing Doors (PSD) like dimensions, weight and Doors (PSD) and design space, hanger walls / beams &
supporting & mounting details throughout stations. necessary supports, structural and platform slab by
considering the Dimensions, weight and mounting
Shall furnish the maximum load of PSD on platform details of PSD.
edge
Shall collect details from PSD Contractor and design the
platform to accommodate PSD load requirement
2 Emergency escape doors Shall furnish the requirements of passenger Shall validate and find the locations of passenger
emergency escape doors and track access doors emergency escape doors and track access doors
3 PSD installation location Shall furnish the installation location and method of Shall validate and find the locations of Platform screen
Platform Screen Doors Local Control Panel on doors local control panel
platform level
4 Earthing for PSD Shall furnish the requirement of earthing system Shall fulfill the requirements of earthing and earth bars
including earth impedance value and earth bars for
the PSD equipment
5 EMC/EMI Shall furnish the EMI / EMC levels of PSD Shall incorporate in station design and prepare a
equipment to be installed in stations common EMI / EMC plan
6 Interfaces with fire Shall furnish the interfacing details with fire Shall plan and take signal from PSD and integrate with
detection system detection and firefighting systems fire detection and firefighting systems
7 Cable routing Shall furnish the cable routing plan to UG Station Shall design cable duct/containment for PSD cable
Contractor routing
8 Installation of PSDs Shall install the Platform Screen Doors, Emergency Shall provide necessary supports to install the platform
Escape Doors, Track access doors and Platform screen doors and local control panels
screen doors local control panels
9 Earthing system Shall verify the requirements of earths and earth Shall install earths and earth bars for Platform screen
bars doors and its equipment to be installed in Stations
10 Installation cables Shall install control panel, power and control cable Shall install cable containment/ducts to install control
according to plan layout panel, power and control cable according to plan layout
11 System testing Shall conduct a joint test with UG Station Shall attend the joint testing of earth impedance with
Contractor for testing of earth impedance of all PSD Contractor
earths provided for the PSD Equipment
Shall attend the joint testing with S&T (PSD) and OHE
Shall conduct the joint testing and confirm that contractors
there are no EMI / EMC impacts on PSD equipment
Dec 2017 Page 157 of 161

Item Purpose of Interface PSD Contractor UG Contractor

no.
Dec 2017 Page 158 of 161

CHAPTER 12
12.0 LIFTS INTERFACES
Refer to Para 2.8
Refer to Para 7.9
Dec 2017 Page 159 of 161

CHAPTER 13
13.0 ESCALATORS INTERFACES
Refer to Para 2.9
Refer to Para 7.9
Dec 2017 Page 160 of 161

CHAPTER 14
14.0 TRACK SYSTEM INTERFACES
Refer to Para 2.10
Refer to Para 3.6
Refer to Para 4.8
Refer to Para 5.10
Refer to Para 6.9
Refer to Para 7.10
Refer to Para 8.8
14.8 INTERFACES WITH TRACTION CONTRACTOR
Refer to Para 9.8
Dec 2017 Page 161 of 161

Maha Metro
Tender Documents
Design and Build contract for underground works for Pune metro
(Package 2 – Budhwar Peth to Swargate)
PART II – EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS
Section VI – Employer’s Requirements

Appendix 19 – Design and Construction Interface Management
General Consultants
August 2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
1. DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS............................................................................ 1

2. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................... 2
3. CO-ORDINATION ....................................................................................................... 4
3.1 Contractor’s Co-Ordination Responsibilities ............................................................... 4
3.2 Site Co-Ordination & Attendance............................................................................... 4
4. INTERFACE ................................................................................................................ 6
4.1 Co-Ordination of Contractor’s Scope of Work ............................................................ 6
4.2 Interfacing Contractors .............................................................................................. 6
4.3 Interfacing Contractors - Communications and Information Exchange ........................ 7
4.4 Resolution of Co-ordination Difficulties ..................................................................... 9
4.5 Interface Performance ............................................................................................... 9
5. CONTRACTOR’S INTERFACE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ................................................ 10
5.1 Interface Management System ................................................................................ 10
5.2 Interface Management Team .................................................................................. 11
6. INTERFACE MANAGEMENT PLAN & INTERFACE MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME ......... 11
6.1 General ................................................................................................................... 11
6.2 Interface Management Programme (IMPG) ............................................................. 12
6.3 Interface Management Plan (IMP) ........................................................................... 12
6.4 Requirements For The Interface Management Programme & Interface Management
Plan......................................................................................................................... 12
6.5 Interface Specification. ............................................................................................ 13
7. INTERFACE COORDINATION SHEET (ICS) .................................................................. 14
8. COORDINATION DRAWINGS .................................................................................... 15
8.1 General ................................................................................................................... 15
8.2 Combined Services Drawing (CSDs) And Structural E&M Drawings (SEMs) ................ 15
8.3 Interface Drawings .................................................................................................. 16
8.4 As Constructed Drawings ......................................................................................... 16
9. ATTACHMENTS. ....................................................................................................... 16
TOC
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION INTERFACE MANAGEMENT

1. DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
1.1 Chief Interface Coordinator means a suitably qualified person, assigned by the
Contractor, who is the Team Leader responsible for administrating, monitoring,
managing, supervising, coordinating and resolving all interface issues between
Interfacing Contractors for the Pune Metro Project.
1.2 Combined Services Drawings (CSD) means those drawings produced by the Contractor,
showing the locations, layouts, sizes and details of all services, including those of
Interfacing Contractors (All Project Contractors), such as equipment, cables, other
services, cable containment, pipes, etc. complete, co-ordinated so as to eliminate all
clashes. These drawings are to be used to enable all equipment, pipes, cables, etc. to
be installed without conflict and to enable future changes or modifications to be
performed without impacting the existing installation.
1.3 Interface means the region of interaction across the common boundary between two
adjacent but separately managed and controlled parts (or Contracts) of the Project.
The coordination and management of the interaction regions is necessary to ensure
that the overall scope and definition of the Project works is complete and seamless
across all such boundaries.
1.4 Interfacing Contractors means any of the following whose activities or the works they
are engaged to carry out in any way or at any time affect or are affected by the Works:
(a) Project Contractors and design or specialist consultants engaged on the Project
from time to time by the Employer, the Government of Republic of India, the
Government of Maharashtra or the utility providers;
(b) utility providers;
(c) developers or franchisees appointed on the Project from time to time by the
Employer;
(d) subcontractors of any tier of the contractors within category (a) above, and
contractors and subcontractors of any tier of utility providers, developers and
franchisees within categories (b) and (c) above;
Provided that the definition shall exclude the Contractor and his subcontractors of any
tier in relation to the Works and in any other capacity which would otherwise fall
within categories (a) to (d) above in relation to other works.
1.5 Interface Coordination Sheet (ICS) means a document produced by the Contractor
which defines the integration and interfaces between his Contract and the Interfacing
Contractors employed on the Project.
1.6 Interface Management Programme (IMPG) means the programme produced by the
Contractor, developed and updated on a quarterly basis, which describes the
sequence and timing of each of the Interfacing Contractors’ scope of work, and clearly
describes dependencies between his Works and the work of the Interfacing
Contractors.
1.7 Interface Management Plan (IMP) means the Report prepared by the Contractor,
P a g e |1
developed and updated on a quarterly basis that provides a clear description of his
interfaces both sequentially and technically as specified in the Contract or as
additionally identified by the Contractor/Interfacing Contractors. The report will be
reviewed in accordance with this procedure and is a pre-requisite to the Engineer’s
Notice of No Objection.
1.8 Interface Specification (IS) means the specification document developed by the Lead
Contractor for the interfacing part of his Project/Contract on the basis of, and by
integrating into his design, the information provided by the Interfacing Contractor(s),
in accordance with the interface agreements as contained in the ICS. The Interface
specification needs to be agreed upon by both the Lead Contractor and the Interfacing
Contractor(s), before it is submitted to the Engineer for Notice of No Objection
(NONO).
1.9 Master Interface Matrix (MIM) means the document developed by the Engineer,
which may be updated, and/or expanded to include additional Interfacing Contractors,
by the Engineer as the Project progresses. The purpose of the Master Interface Matrix
is to allocate which Interfacing Contractors are the lead party(s) for each contract.
1.10 Structural, Electrical and Mechanical Drawings (SEM) means those drawings produced
by the Contractor, showing the locations, sizes and details for all structural openings,
plinths, embedments, sumps, floor chases, etc. required for the installation of all
equipment, cable trays, pipes, etc...
1.11 Zone of Interface means where two or more components of the railway (Metro
System) provided by two or more Interfacing Contractors combine to provide a single
element.
2. INTRODUCTION
2.1 Interface and co-ordination of the Works will include the co-ordination of all design,
technical and programming matters with the various Interfacing Contractors to
achieve fully co-ordinated construction and installation of the facilities.
2.2 This Appendix 19 describes the Contractor’s responsibilities with regard to interface
management and coordination with those Interfacing Contractors who are responsible
for undertaking work, which interfaces with the Contract. The Contractor’s
responsibility for interface coordination shall include currently defined Interfacing
Contractors and those who may be identified in the future. This responsibility is not
limited to a particular number of Interfacing Contractors.
2.3 The Contractor’s responsibility for interface co-ordination shall include identification
of Interfacing Contractors and those who may be subsequently identified during the
course of the Contract with whom the Contractor will need to interface and
coordinate the Works. This in no way detracts from the fact that the Contractor
remains solely responsible for identifying, liaising, and co-ordinating with all
Interfacing Contractors in relation to the Works.
2.4 The Engineer will monitor and oversee the interface Management activities by the
Contractor and will specifically provide direction or information in the following
P a g e |2
circumstances.
(a) When the interfacing contract has not yet been awarded
(b) When common agreement cannot be reached between the interfacing parties
(c) When it is in the interest of the project programme, quality or safety to issue
direction.
Direction or information provided by the Engineer wherever necessary, shall not in
any way relieve the Contractor of his full responsibility to ensure the correctness,
accuracy and suitability of the interface implementation and the required
specification.
2.5 The Contractor shall at all times, use his best endeavours to resolve all interfaces
applicable to the Contract and shall be proactive in seeking out interface issues and
their solutions.
2.6 The Contractor shall ensure that all of the above Interface requirements are included
in his Interface Management Plan, refer to Clause 6 of this Appendix 19. Flow charts
illustrating the process of entering into an Interface agreement and Monitoring its
progress with the help of the Interface Coordination Sheet are provided as
Attachments A & B of this Appendix. Figure 1 gives a schematic presentation of the
Interface Communication and Coordination processes between the various role-
players in the Project.
2.7 The Contractor’s internal sub-contractors’ and suppliers’ interfaces are the sole
responsibility of the Contractor and are not covered in this Appendix. However, the
Contractor shall co-ordinate and manage these interfaces in such a way as to identify
and cater for the requirements of the Interfacing Contractors and domestic interfaces,
including but not limited to, the avoidance of clashes and sequencing of Works. The
Contractor shall compile an internal IMP for his own use, a copy of which shall be
furnished to the Engineer on request at any time.
P a g e |3
3. CO-ORDINATION
3.1 Contractor’s Co-Ordination Responsibilities

The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Engineer and may be required to attend
meetings on issues appertaining to Government authorities and utility agencies
regarding the services/facilities to be provided by them for the project.
The Contractor shall ensure that the work of all Interfacing Contractors can be carried
out in accordance with the Interface Management Plan prepared by the Contractor.
3.2 Site Co-Ordination & Attendance

3.2.1 The Contractor shall, at his own cost, provide all attendance on and co-ordination
with Interfacing Contractors. The following items are not a comprehensive or
exhaustive list of the co-ordination or interface attendance items to be provided for
the Interfacing Contractors’ use, but are intended to provide an outline of the
content of amenities, services and facilities for which the Contractor is responsible:
a) Single point of contact for meetings, actions, planning, scheduling and co-
ordinating.
b) Site access
The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Interfacing Contractors and provide
access and use of temporary access roads to and from and within the Site. The
Contractor shall co-ordinate all vehicle movements, deliveries and other
activities with the Interfacing Contractors so as to ensure that conflicts of use are
controlled on and around the Site.
c) Storage and Accommodation area
The Interfacing Contractors will require limited temporary site accommodation
and storage areas. The Contractor shall agree with the Interfacing Contractors
access and areas for storage and temporary site accommodation prior to their
commencing work on Site.
d) Work space requirement and sequence of Works
e) Shared use of Contractor’s scaffold
The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Interfacing Contractors and provide
free use and shared access of his erected scaffolding, ladders and hoists should
they be available at the time the Interfacing Contractor requires to use them.
Notwithstanding this requirement, the Contractor shall at all times remain
responsible for the management of safety and the maintenance of such
scaffolding, ladders and landings. The Contractor will not be required to adapt or
erect access scaffolds specifically for the use of Interfacing Contractors.
If the Interfacing Contractor erects and uses his own scaffold he will be required
to adhere to the Contractor’s safety rules and access routing for equipment and
materials. The Contractor shall ensure that all scaffolds of Interfacing
Contractors are erected in a safe manner and are subject to permits for use
issued by the Contractor.
f) Setting out control points
g) Access Openings
The Contractor will form all penetrations and delivery openings and
subsequently close them (either temporary or permanent) for access to rooms
or areas for the delivery of equipment and materials.
P a g e |4
h) Temporary lighting requirement will be 100 lux minimum.

i) Temporary power and water supplies shall have to be provided at agreed
locations around the Site for the Interfacing Contractors’ use.
j) Water tightness. All rooms and areas handed over to Interfacing Contractors shall
be in a watertight condition and maintained as such.
k) Ensure all electrical supplies both temporary and permanent have the correct
testing and commissioning certification.
l) Waste management and disposal
m) Appropriate protection to finishes, walls, floors, ceilings and equipment using
polythene, hardboard, steel plates etc.
n) Programme agreement for mobilizing and demobilizing
o) Firefighting and supply and maintenance of fire extinguishing equipment and
devices pursuant to the Contractor’s obligations.
p) Construction interface co-ordination management of penetrations in structures,
embedded and cast-in items, etc.
q) Temporary Drainage
The Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain all necessary temporary
drainage, sumps, silt traps and sump pumps to collect and dispose of wastewater
from Interfacing Contractors construction processes including installation, testing
and commissioning activities.
r) Sanitation facilities
The Contractor shall provide all sanitation facilities and the disposal of waste. No
unauthorised sanitation facility will be allowed on the Site.
s) Making good and fire stopping, of penetrations
t) Lifting apparatus and hoists
The Contractor will be required to install all temporary and permanent lifting
hooks and beams shown on the drawings and the Specification, required for
installation and/or maintenance purposes. The Contractor will be responsible for
the testing and labeling of all apparatus. The Contractor will be required to make
available any lifting or hoist apparatus on Site as required by the Interfacing
Contractor at agreed times and duration for their use. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the maintenance testing and operational management of hoists.
The Contractor shall make available his cranes for lifting equipment or materials
for Interfacing Contractors.
u) Health and Welfare Facilities
The Contractor shall allow Interfacing Contractors use of his health, welfare and
mess facilities, and temporary background lighting. He shall liaise with the
Interfacing Contractors to determine their planned and actual manning levels
and ensure that sufficient facilities are provided prior to them commencing work
on Site. The facilities shall be maintained on Site until the Interfacing Contractors
have completed their Works and demobilised or such earlier time as the Engineer
may direct.
3.2.2 The Contractor is deemed to have ascertained for himself the full scope of his
responsibilities and obligations under the Contract in terms of attendance on and co-
ordination with Interfacing Contractors and shall not be entitled to any additional
payment, Cost or extension of time for completion should he have failed to do so.
P a g e |5
3.2.3 The Contractor shall make due allowance for providing Attendance, including power
and other utilities’ supplies, throughout all phases of the Interfacing Contractors
work including testing and commissioning and where supplies to various Interfacing
Contractors need special consideration during testing and performance trials under
peak load conditions.
4. INTERFACE
4.1 Co-Ordination of Contractor’s Scope of Work

In accordance with the requirements of the Conditions of Contract and other
specified requirements, the Contractor shall co-ordinate his own work with that of all
Interfacing Contractors and ensure that the design, construction, installation and
testing requirements of the Interfacing Contractors are incorporated into the
Contractor’s coordinated plans, programmes and Works. The Contractor shall
proactively seek out interface issues and solutions.
In addition to the Contractor’s obligations to the Interfacing Contractors contained
elsewhere in the Contract, the Contractor shall provide / handover occupation or
access as required, to the Interfacing Contractors to those parts of the Works which
are subject to Key Dates by the required Key Dates.
The Contractor shall complete those parts of the Works, which are subject to Key
Dates, by the required Key Dates that may be specified in the Appendix to Tender
and/or Appendix 2 of Section-VI – Employer’s Requirements of this Contract. Those
parts of the Works subject to Key Dates shall be completed to a state whereby any
Interfacing Contractor can immediately commence his works without the need to
make any change, addition or modification to the Contractor’s Works.
4.2 Interfacing Contractors

4.2.1 The Interfacing Contractors will require interface and co-ordination for information,
programming, drawings acceptance, handover, etc. as shown on the Interface
Coordination Sheet enclosed in Attachment F of this Appendix.
However, the Contractor should note that the Interface Coordination Sheet shown
herein has been compiled by the Engineer, and is therefore given as example only.
The Contractor’s responsibilities in this respect are in no means restricted by the
details listed in such sheets and no warranty is given by the Employer or the Engineer
that all interfaces and Interfacing Contractors have been included in such sheets. The
Contractor is to confirm and verify all of the details included in the Interface
Coordination Sheets, and his review should ensure that all interfaces have been
included.
The Contractor shall take overall responsibility for the Interface Coordination Sheets,
which must be submitted to the Engineer for a notice of no objection.
4.2.2 The Master Interface Matrix (MIM), enclosed in Attachment E, assigns the
Contractors which have been designated as the Lead party(s) for each interfacing
contractor. The MIM has been developed by the Employer/Engineer, which he may
update and/or expand at any time to include additional Interfacing Contractors, and
the Contractor’s Contract price shall be deemed to include any such additional works
related to interfacing or Interface Management. The leading Interfacing Contractor
shall be responsible for administrating, monitoring, managing, supervising and
P a g e |6
resolving all interface issues between all Interfacing Contractors.

4.2.3 In a situation when the Lead Contract has not yet been awarded and the Interfacing
contractor has commenced work, the Engineer will perform the coordination
activities including preparation of tentative ICS / Interface Specification, with the
express understanding that they may undergo changes as and when the Lead
Contractor commences his work on being awarded the Contract.
4.2.4 Where an interfacing contract has yet to be awarded, the Lead Contractor shall
proceed with the coordination activities (including preparation of ICS and Interface
specification) as instructed by the Engineer until such time when the Interfacing
Contractor is available.
4.3 Interfacing Contractors - Communications and Information Exchange

4.3.1 GENERAL
a) The Contractor shall communicate, co-ordinate and exchange information directly
with the Interfacing Contractors and the Contractor shall keep the Engineer advised
at all times. Information necessary to fulfil the Contractor’s interface obligations shall
be directly requested and obtained from the Interfacing Parties, and receipt
acknowledged. Conversely, the Contractor shall provide directly to the Interfacing
Contractors information within the Contractor’s scope that is required by them.
b) All requests for information, acknowledgement of receipt of information, and any
official communication between the Contractor and the Interfacing Contractors shall
be made in writing, with a copy to the Engineer for his information. The Engineer
shall be invited to attend all interface meetings between the Contractor and the
Interfacing Contractors. Irrespective of whether these meetings were attended by
the Engineer or not, the Contractor’s monthly progress report to Engineer shall
invariably include the details of all interface meetings held and decisions arrived.
c) The Contractor’s programme shall allow time for the availability of necessary
interface information from the Interfacing Contractors and in this regard the
Contractor shall, where required, proceed on a late start basis to allow adequate
time for others to provide required information and thereby achieve design process
compatibility.
d) The Contractor shall allow for the fact that many of the design and construction
activities for the different contracts will be proceeding concurrently. In the event
that certain interface information is not forthcoming at the time targeted, the
Contractor shall be responsible to resolve the matter with the relevant Interfacing
Contractor without recourse to the Engineer, and where necessary develop
alternative interim arrangements such that the interface information may be
accommodated at a later date.
e) Definitive dates for transfer of information and particular interface actions shall be
confirmed between the Contractor and the Interfacing Contractors.
4.3.2 INTERFACING FUNCTIONS

The Interfacing Contractors are responsible for, but not limited to, the following;
 the management of Contract to Contract Interfaces as required;
 preparing the Interface Management Plan and subsequent procedures;
 preparing their Interface Management Programmes in accordance with this
procedure and submitting these to the Interfacing Contractors for concurrence;
P a g e |7
 preparing the Interface Management Programmes and submitting these to the

Engineer for a Notice of No Objection;
 preparing their Interface Coordination Sheets and Interface Specifications and
issuing same to the relevant Interface Contractors and Engineer;
 co-ordinating with the relevant Interface Contractors to establish coordinated
CSD & SEM Drawings;
 maintaining their ICS updated continuously and attaching it to their Monthly
Progress Report submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract and this Appendix.
4.3.3 DOCUMENTATION REVIEW
The Contractor shall, as a minimum:
 review those portions of the Specification and Drawings relevant to the
interface and transmit such information to the Interfacing Contractors;
 co-ordinate and co-operate with Interfacing Contractors on all Site related
matters including, but not limited to, Site access and occupation, attendance,
safety, verification of work compatibility, survey control, etc...;
 review the interface information received and agree in writing with the
Interfacing Contractors that the interface information is adequate for that stage
of that activity.
4.3.4 DESIGN STAGE
The design interface is an iterative process, thus throughout the design process, the
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating his own design with Interfacing
Contractors to develop interface designs in conjunction and co-operation with the
designers of Interfacing Contractors. These interface designs will be monitored and
have to be given Notice of no objection by the Engineer, but the Contractor shall
work directly with the Interfacing Contractors to develop designs which are mutually
acceptable to all parties.
The Contractor shall, immediately upon Contract Award, gather all necessary
information and develop his design to a level where meaningful interaction can take
place as soon as the Interfacing Contractors are available.
4.3.5 INTERFACE DESIGN CHANGE PROCESS
The Contractor shall establish an interface design change process to ensure that:
 All proposed changes for a specific interface are reported, recorded and
resolved;
 Proposed changes are fully evaluated; and
 Internal/External communications and distribution paths are properly defined
4.3.6 CONSTRUCTION PHASE
During construction the Contractor shall, when a construction item is ready for field
inspection, advise the Interfacing Contractor in advance to verify compatibility with
the Interfacing Contractor’s needs.
The Contractor shall:
 advise the Interfacing Contractors in writing when the as-constructed interface-
related work can be inspected, and provide the necessary Site access and
occupation;
P a g e |8
 request in writing and obtain from the Interfacing Contractors, interface

information required for that stage of the Contract;
 agree in writing with the Interfacing Contractors on the adoption of any
applicable comments on the constructed work;
 agree that any testing and commissioning for works can be carried out in
accordance with the Interface Management Plan;
 conduct on-Site inspections of the work elements, and give comments in
writing to the Interfacing Contractors;
 agree in writing with the Interfacing Contractors that the as-constructed work
meets the interface requirements.
 Where the execution of work by Interfacing Contractors depends upon the
Contractor’s site management or upon information to be given by the
Contractor, the Contractor shall provide the Interfacing Contractors with the
required services or the correct and accurate information required to enable
the Interfacing Contractors to meet their programme for the construction or
installation of their works.
4.3.7 INTERFACE COMMISSIONING

The Contractor shall co-ordinate all of his testing and commissioning activities with
the Interfacing Contractors. Interface commissioning shall demonstrate that the
delivered interface, part A of the interface, is ready and meets the interface
requirements of the interface part B, and vice versa.
Successful completion of all interface commissioning shall prove its readiness for
commissioning of the overall Contract scope and completion of the overall Metro-rail
Project, prior to handover to the Employer for their commercial operation.
4.4 Resolution of Co-ordination Difficulties

When the Contractor identifies interface co-ordination difficulties, the Contractor
shall review the pertinent points of each Interfacing Contractor to determine possible
compatible solutions in terms of sequence, timing and technical details. The
Contractor shall then meet with the relevant Interfacing Contractor(s) to determine
solutions, which are mutually acceptable to each Interfacing Contractor and advise
the Engineer.
Where an acceptable solution has not been identified, the Contractor shall advise the
Engineer in writing of the problems encountered. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, an
interface is not proceeding satisfactorily, then the Engineer will review the matter,
and establish a co-ordinated plan directing the Contractor and the Interfacing
Contractor(s) on the required action. In the event that no agreement can be made
between the Contractor and the Interfacing Contractor(s), the Engineer shall
determine the requirements to the best of his knowledge, and his determination shall
be final and binding on the Contractor and the Interfacing Contractor(s).
4.5 Interface Performance

The Contractor’s performance in relation to his compliance with the interface
requirements under the Contract shall be assessed by the Engineer 3 months after
the Commencement Date and thereafter at three monthly intervals. The assessment
will be in the form of an audit of the Contractor’s interface management system. This
audit will assess the Contractor’s compliance with the responsibilities delineated in
P a g e |9
this Appendix and elsewhere as related to interface management and the preparation
of the Interface Management Plan and Programme and other documentation and
procedures associated with Interface Management and Coordination.
The Contractor will be notified of non-conformances from the audit, which will
require rectification. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor has failed
to rectify a non-conformance within a reasonable period from the date of
notification, this may lead to non-payment of any lump sums, until such time as the
non-conformance has been rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer, refer sub-
clause below.
The Contract allows for continuous audits of the Contractor’s compliance with his
Interface Management Plan and the requirements of this Appendix 19 of Section-VI
Employer’s Requirements, and any extreme or continuing failures shall result in a
negative audit report, which may lead to non-payment of the relevant payment item
in the Preliminaries section of the Pricing Document. The decision of the Engineer in
this regard shall be final.
5. CONTRACTOR’S INTERFACE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
5.1 Interface Management System

The Contractor shall establish and maintain an Interface Management System to
identify, control and monitor the interfaces of the Contract, which shall include, but
not be restricted to, the following:
 Establishment and maintenance of an Interface Management Team suitably
qualified and experienced in co-ordination and interface management.
 Provision, as one of his Key Personnel, of a Chief Interface Co-ordinator, to
head the Interface Management Team, suitably qualified and experienced as
noted in Sub-division A of this Section-VI, Employer’s Requirements, with the
responsibility, experience and authority to resolve interface matters in
accordance with the Contract. The Chief Interface Co-ordinator will develop a
monitoring and reporting procedure to be implemented by his team for the
duration of the Contract.
 Implement and maintain a strict monitored control of information transfer to
the Interfacing Contractors, the Employer and the Engineer utilising the official
channels of communication.
 Provide a comprehensive interface schedule of Interfacing Contractors,
including specialist domestic interfaces (i.e. specialist testing and
commissioning engineers) identifying all interfacing activities and timetables of
events.
 Arrange all internal and external interface meetings. The Engineer may arrange
regular meetings to monitor the status of interfaces, and may require special
meetings as may be necessary to resolve specific issues. The Contractor’s
Interface Management Team will be required to attend such meetings. The
Contractor may request assistance from the Engineer to arrange meetings on
particular subjects.
 Providing the Engineer with all information and/or details of interfaces,
including copies of all correspondence and material.
 Providing the Engineer with access to information for the purpose of
P a g e | 10
conducting audits on the interface system and for confirming that interface co-
ordination is proceeding consistently with the Project requirements.
 Establish interface dates for information, documentation, access or works
completion requirements.
5.2 Interface Management Team

The Contractor’s Interface Management Team will undertake and fulfil the following
tasks:
 Provide timely interface information when requested, anticipating the
information needs of the Interfacing Contractors and transmitting such
information as soon as it is available.
 Pro-actively keep the Interfacing Contractors informed of any development of
the Works related to the interfaces. Communicating and co-operating with the
Interfacing Contractors to identify and resolve potential interface problems.
 Advice the Interfacing Contractors on potential problems related to the
interfaces, together with proposed solutions likely to be acceptable to
Interfacing Contractors and which meet the needs of the Project.
 Arrange and/or attend meetings with the Interfacing Contractors as necessary
to resolve interface issues.
 During each stage of the Contract, the Contractor shall directly communicate
and co-ordinate with Interfacing Contractors as necessary to achieve a fully co-
ordinated design / construction / installation.
 Contractor shall issue true records of all interface meetings, with appropriate
actions and attendance lists, to all Interfacing Contractors, whether in
attendance or not, and to the Engineer, within 3 days of the meeting. Minutes
of meetings shall be signed by all parties in attendance, signifying their
agreement to the contents thereof, before being formally issued by the
Contractor.
The authority and responsibilities of all personnel involved in the Interface
Management Team must be clearly defined in the IMP.
6. INTERFACE MANAGEMENT PLAN & INTERFACE MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
6.1 General
The Contractor shall prepare the proposed Interface Management Plan and proposed
Interface Management Programme, in accordance with the Contract stipulations and
based on the formats noted in Attachments H and I, to which the Engineer issues a
notice of no objection. The Interface Management Plan and Interface Management
Programme shall completely define the Contractor’s programme and methodology
for interface co-ordination and management, whilst complying with all Key Dates
stated in Appendix 2B of this Section-VI Employer’s Requirements.
Subsequently they shall be kept up to date and submitted on a quarterly basis to the
Engineer for scrutiny and notice of no objection, and a summary of the principal
issues shall be included in each Monthly Progress Report. The Contractor shall note
that each submission of these documents is subject to regular audits and the issue of
a notice of no objection by the Engineer.
P a g e | 11
6.2 Interface Management Programme (IMPG)

The Interface Management Programme describes the sequencing and timing of each
of the Interfacing Contractors’ scope of work, clearly describing the
interdependencies for all stages of the work between the Contractor's works and that
of the Interfacing Contractors and complementing the Interface Management Plan,
whilst complying with all Key Dates stated in the Appendix 2B of this Section-VI
Employer’s Requirements.
The programme shall be structured to detail each of the primary zones of interface
and the principal elements of the design and of the works requiring interfacing
contribution from others. This Interface Management Programme shall also be
related to the Contractor’s Works Programme and shall show the sequences and
timing agreed with the Interfacing Contractors to the necessary degree of detail to
clearly illustrate each of the interfaces to be undertaken.
Targets to receive or supply information shall also be shown, with due allowance
being given for the design process of others. Information relating to Contractual Key
Dates and information exchange dates shall be shown for both the Contractor and the
Interfacing Contractors to demonstrate a matching of design processes.
A record of these interfaces, with current status and agreed dates for information
transfer, site inspections, access, occupation, handover, etc. shall be maintained and
also identified on the ICS, refer Clause 7 below.
Refer to Attachment H - Guidance Notes for the Preparation of IMPG.
6.3 Interface Management Plan (IMP)

The Interface Management Plan is that document which describes the Contractor’s
interface management in terms of providing a clear description of each of the
interfaces, both technically and sequentially, and represents an account of how the
Contractor proposes to achieve co-ordination of the Works. The description shall
completely detail the Contractor's work scope and interface with each of the
Interfacing Contractors in terms of technical description, sequence and timing for
each of the elements required to achieve a coordinated design. The Contractor shall
demonstrate how potential interface conflicts can be eliminated by design
simplification. This document is also required to demonstrate that the co-ordinated
design and construction details described therein fully comply with the needs of
others, and agreement in writing of these details by the Interfacing Contractors will
be a pre-requisite to the Engineer issuing a notice of no objection.
Refer to Attachment I – Guidance Notes for the Preparation of IMP.
6.4 Requirements For The Interface Management Programme & Interface Management
Plan
The Interface Management Programme (IMPG) shall be a process-driven programme
in a format to be agreed with the Engineer. The IMPG shall incorporate the key
activities from both the Interfacing Contractors’ and Contractor’s Works programmes
that will enable the Contractor to demonstrate that any Interface is being correctly
managed and will result in fully co-ordinated design / construction / installation of
works.
The Interface Management Plan and Interface Management Programme shall:
 Follow the outline structure, numbering system, and related procedures in a
format to be agreed with the Engineer.
P a g e | 12
 Be co-ordinated with the Interfacing Contractors to ensure compatibility of

interface identification and definition.
 Comply with the Key Dates stated in the Appendix 2B of this Section-VI
Employer’s Requirements.
 Be transmitted to the Interfacing Contractors concurrently with submittals to
the Engineer.
 Support the Works Programme to which the Engineer has given a notice of no-
objection.
 Address each zone of interface, i.e., ancillary buildings, train stabling, trackwork
external, trackwork internal, substations, signalling and telecommunications
facilities, operation and control rooms, staff accommodation, external works
etc. related to each design submission and stage of design / construction /
installation.
 List all relevant interfaces in detail, their status, and the corresponding
source(s) of information.
 Include interface information transfer dates which have been agreed by the
 Accommodate comments and input required by the Engineer.
 Include an account of how the interfaces are being managed.
 Identify the latest information regarding agreements with the Interfacing
Contractors and transfers of information.
 Review and address the design, supply, installation, testing & commissioning
programme of the Interfacing Contractors to ensure that the Key Dates of each
contract can be achieved, and highlight any programme risks requiring
management attention.
 Identify any problems related to co-ordination with Interfacing Contractors.
6.5 Interface Specification.

6.5.1 The Interface Specification, proforma enclosed in Attachment C, and associated
drawings shall specify the proposed method and schedule for verifying the interface
integrity, the individual equipment / system performance and the combined system
performance.
The Interface Specification shall include a programme of tests to demonstrate the
performance and integrity of the integrated system. The interface sheets developed
by the Employer / Engineer are enclosed in Attachment D. The attached interface
sheets are not final and do not relieve the Contractor’s obligation to identify any new
interface to meet contract requirements. The interface sheets, which the Contractor
shall develop, shall be used as a basis to establish the Interface Specification. Any
revision to the Interface Specification shall be mutually agreed between the
Contractor and Interfacing Contractors, with submission to the Engineer, and shall
specifically -
 Understand the design requirements of each party and associated constraints;
 Determine the detailed interface works to be performed during the various
stages; and
 Agree on the interface works in reference to respective scope, with any
agreements reached to be formally documented in Interface Meeting Minutes,
including an actions item list.
P a g e | 13
6.5.2 The Interface Contractors shall mutually identify and agree the Interfaces that will
exist between them using the Interface Coordination Sheets, the format of which is
contained in Attachment F. These interfaces may be expanded to include all, and any
other, interfaces that develop during the execution of the Project.
6.5.3 The Interfacing Contractors shall mutually agree upon the information to be
exchanged and shall develop a unique Interface Specification for each interface
identified. A sample Interface Specification proforma is provided in Attachment C.
The ICSs will be tracked and monitored using an ICS Register to be compiled by the
Contractor. This register will track the progress of the ICS from inception through to
closure and final processing by the Contractor, prior to transmittal to the Engineer as
a complete Integrated Design.
Each interface shall have a unique reference number to enable the Interface to be
readily identified, tracked and monitored.
7. INTERFACE COORDINATION SHEET (ICS)

7.1 The Contractor’s Interface Coordination sheet, the format of which is shown in
Attachment F – Part 1, is required to be used by each of the Interfacing Contractors
to record all of the Contract Interfaces. The Contractor shall ensure that each
Interfacing Contractor provides input and maintains the ICS continually updated as
required in this Appendix.
7.2 The Contractor shall ensure that the Interfacing Contractors demonstrate their co-
ordination efforts as required by the Contract. To achieve this, the Contractor and
the Interfacing Contractors shall identify their interface requirements which shall be
input into the interface documents, i.e., IMP, IMPG, ICS, etc., by the Contractor.
7.3 The Contractor shall monitor the ICS to ensure that, as the Interface progresses, the
records show the appropriate Status (refer status codes indicated in Part 3 of
Attachment F) as agreed with the Interfacing Contractors. The Contractor will be
responsible for confirming the “Closing Out” of each ICS record, whilst ensuring that
throughout the interface process all Interfacing Contractors have agreed to the
following:
a) The receiving Interfacing Contractor has received and accepted the Interface
being recorded.
b) All Interfacing Contractors have recorded the interface record as “Proposed
Close Out”.
c) The Confirmation of Co-ordination form in Attachment G has been updated
and signed by the relevant Interfacing Contractors, refer clause 7.4 below.
7.4 When documents are exchanged for review/comment with Interfacing Contractors,
the originator preparing these documents should ensure that they are accompanied
by the Confirmation of Coordination form in Attachment G. When the Interfacing
Contractor returns these documents with comments to the originator, they should
be returned with the Confirmation of Coordination form duly completed, confirming
coordination and agreement or comment as appropriate, as a record of them having
coordinated the interface item. This Confirmation of Co-ordination is to be
transmitted to the Engineer upon signing by the Interfacing Contractor(s).
P a g e | 14
8. COORDINATION DRAWINGS
8.1 General
For the purpose of achieving a Project which is fully co-ordinated with respect to civil,
structural, architectural, building services, electrical, mechanical works and interface
elements, and to ensure compatibility between different facilities and services, and
adequate space requirements, all drawings are to be reviewed and co-ordinated by
the Contractor.
The Contractor will provide and issue detailed Interface Working Drawings in terms of
items such as; special arrangements, space allocation, cast in items, primary and
secondary fixings, grouting of equipment/plinths, drill and fix brackets, embedded
and cast-in items and the like.
The drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor and shall also include composite
cross-sections and layouts, which show the spatial requirements of all Interfacing
Contractors and identify items to be finalised, defined, or resolved.
8.2 Combined Services Drawing (CSDs) And Structural E&M Drawings (SEMs)
The Contractor’s CSDs and SEMs must be clear and sufficiently detailed to
unambiguously show the intent of the subject services and the corresponding
structure / facility allowances. While these drawings do not have to duplicate all of
the details of the Drawings, they must include plans, sections and elevations as
required to clearly illustrate the compatible relationship between the different
disciplines. Specifically, the drawings will include wall elevation drawings at 1:50 scale
(or larger where required) indicating all openings, access panels, reinforcement
zones, embedded and cast-in items and the like, and shall be submitted to the
Engineer for a notice of no objection.
The CSDs shall show the intended locations, routes and spatial relationships of the
individual E&M services, Building Services systems, and installations, Depot
Equipment (where applicable), Core Systems installations and other installations, fully
co-ordinated with each other and the civil structural and architectural work. The CSDs
shall also clearly indicate that effective cable co-ordination has been achieved in
terms of cable location or cable trays and the trunking and cable routing.
The SEMs shall show all civil, structural, and architectural requirements for the E&M
services, Building Services systems and installations, Builder’s works and the Core
Systems and other installations.
Where Builder’s works are required by the Interfacing Contractors, the drawings,
details, specification notes and catalogue information and the like shall be obtained
by the Contractor from these Interfacing Contractors indicating the builder’s work to
be incorporated into the Works. The Contractor shall include details of such Builder’s
works in the SEMs and Method Statements as appropriate.
Builder’s work comprises, but is not limited to, the following:
 Construction of plinths, bases, builders bund walls and the like.
 placing and fixing of holding down bolts, lifting beams and hooks and other
supporting items;
 supply, fabrication installation, protection, fixing and finishing of supporting
steelwork, for equipment and associated accessories;
 casting in of edgings, angles in recesses, ducts, conduit, pipes etc.;
P a g e | 15
 fixing equipment and associated, brackets, cable containment and fixtures;

 forming of penetrations, sleeves, access panels, holes, chases, recesses,
openings;
 All in accordance with the Contract.
The CSD/SEMs shall also be used for the purpose of co-ordinating with the
Interfacing Contractors and shall be continuously updated to reflect the latest
interface co-ordination. Copies of the CSD/SEM drawings shall be included in
submittals to the Engineer.
Where the CSDs or SEMs do not fully co-ordinate with the Site conditions the
Contractor shall co-ordinate and propose a solution to the problem. All proposed
solutions shall be issued to the Engineer.
8.3 Interface Drawings

For the Interface Drawings, the Contractor shall prepare in diagrammatic format for
each interface the demarcation of scope of responsibilities between the Contractor
and each of the Interfacing Contractors. The Contractor shall submit all Drawings with
interface requirements for a notice of no objection from the Engineer. Any proposed
deviation to the Construction Specification or noticed drawings shall be identified and
justified with design documentation, details and drawings. The submission shall also
identify all interface requirements. The contractor shall develop interface drawings
with detailed design and dimensions and submit the same to other interfacing
contractors.
8.4 As Constructed Drawings

Upon completion of the Works the Contractor shall submit all Combined Services
Drawings, Structural E&M Drawings, and Interface Demarcation Drawings showing
the final “As Constructed” status of the Works related to these drawings.
9. ATTACHMENTS.
Attachment A - Flow Chart for creation / elaboration of Interface Coordination Sheet

Attachment B – Flow Chart for Progress Monitoring of Interface Agreements
Attachment C – Interface Specification Form.
Attachment D – Indicative Interface sheets
Attachment E – Master Interface Matrix
Attachment F – Interface Coordination Sheet
Attachment G – Confirmation of Co-ordination Form
Attachment H - Guidance Notes for the Preparation of IMPG
Attachment I – Guidance Notes for the Preparation of IMP
P a g e | 16
Attachment A Flow Chart for creation / elaboration of Interface Coordination Sheet
Interface Identified
by Lead Contractor From either Interface Sheet
/Matrix given in the Contract
or additional as identified by
the Contractor / Interfacing
Contractors or through other
sources
New or Existing
Revision of
Existing?
New
Record S&P1 Interface Coordination Sheet (ICS) Create new

created / revised and issued by Revision
Chief Interface Coordinator (CIC)
of the Lead Contractor
Address
Objections
Record S&P1 Other Party

consented
to Interface
Agreement?
No
ICS containing mutually agreed

Interface agreement sent to
Engineer for NONO
Record S&P1 NONO

Issued?
Recording in Master Interface

Register and reporting status
to Maha Metro periodically by
Interface Management team in Note: All activities in the chain of
Engineer’s organization shaded boxes are performed
by Contractors, duly overseen
by Engineer.
P a g e | 17
Attachment B Flow Chart for Progress Monitoring of Interface Agreements
Interface meeting held by CIC to

confirm status of Interface
Agreement contained in ICS (that
forms the basis of all further
activities in this Flow Chart)
Monitor through
Interface Meetings
Required info
Record S&P Provided by
interfacing
contractor? No
Record S&P No
Info
Accepted?
Yes
Interface
Specification
developed by
Lead contractor
Rework by
Lead Contractor
Record S&P Agreed by
Interfacing
Contractor?
Yes
Submitted
to Engineer
for NONO
NONO
issued?
Record S&P No
Recording in Master
Interface Register and
reporting status to Maha Close Interface
Metro periodically by Agreement
Interface Management team
of Engineer’s Organization
Note: All activities in the chain of

shaded boxes are performed by
Contractors, duly overseen by
Engineer.
P a g e | 18
Attachment C - Interface Specification Form
INTERFACE SPECIFICATION Ref:
Contractors
Contract Sequence Date of Issue
Designation Number
Initiating Interface
Contracto Manager
r Interface
Signature
Responding
Contractor Manager
Interface Response
Signature
Specification Required by;
Required
for;
Reviewed by;
Station Arch. /
Design Sections Civil Work Track work Core Systems
Building Services
Description of the Interface
Specific Details of the Interface Location
Drawings / Specifications Attached

Title Drawing / Specification Ref. Drg. Issue
Document Name Date Document References (if any)

Prepared by:
P a g e | 19
Attachment D – Indicative Interface Sheets
List of Interface sheet for MM3-CBS-UGC-01
SL NO Description
1 UGC-01 (Station) vs. UGC-02 StationTunnel (Station – C.S.T. Metro Station)
2 TVS&VAC(ECS) vs. Civil UG Stations & Tunnel (UGC-01)
3 Lifts & Escalators vs. Civil UG Stations (UGC-01)
4 Rolling Stock vs. Civil UG Stations & Tunnel (UGC-01)
5 Track vs. Civil UG Stations (UGC-01)
6 Track vs. Civil UG Tunnel (UGC-01)
7 Power Supply System vs. Civil UG Stations & Tunnel (UGC-01)
8 OHE vs. Civil UG Stations (UGC-01)
9 OHE vs. Civil UG Tunnel (UGC-01)
10 S&T vs. Civil UG Stations (UGC-01)
11 S&T vs. Civil UG Tunnel (UGC-01)
12 PSD vs. Civil UG Stations (UGC-01)
13 AFC vs. Civil UG Stations (UGC-01)
P a g e | 20
1. UG Tunnel (UGC-01) and UG Station (UGC-02)

Contract A : UG Tunnel (UGC-02) Contract B : UG Station (UGC-01)
Sheet # : 1/3
(Interface Lead) (Interface follower)
Contract A ( UGC-02 - Tunnel) DESIGN STAGE Contract-B (UGC-02 –Station)
Case (I) In case the Contractor (UGC-02) chooses to launch the Tunnel Boring Case (I) In case the Contractor (UGC-02)chooses to launch the Tunnel Boring
Machines from Civil Court station’s south end (from within Machines from Civil Court station’s south end ( from within Formatted: Not Highlight
Contractor’s package limit) Contractor’s package limit)

UT(I)/US-01: The UGC-02 Contractor shall interface the design and scheme of UT(I)/US-01: The UGC-01 Contractor shall ensure that the design and
his TBM launching shaft( abutting the Diaphragm wall/secant arrangements of TBM launching shaft are fully catered to and
pile wall of Civil Court station to be designed and constructed by accounted for in the design of Civil Court station such that the Formatted: Not Highlight
the UGC-01 Contractor) with the UGC-01 Contractor to ensure design of launching shaft and Civil Court station are fully Formatted: Not Highlight
design and arrangements compatibility of the launching shaft coordinated and interfaced to attain full compatibility between
and the Civil Court station. the two structures/arrangements.
Case (II) In case the Contractor (UGC-02) chooses to retrieve the Tunnel Case (II) In case the Contractor (UGC-02) chooses to retrieve the Tunnel
Boring Machines from Civil Court station. Boring Machines from Civil Court station. Formatted: Not Highlight
UT(II)/US-01: Contractor-A shall provide to the Contractor-B all the details UT(II)/US-01: Contractor-B shall provide the required soft-eye in the
and parameters necessary for the provision of soft-eye in the Diaphragm wall of Civil Court station duly ensuring the overall Formatted: Not Highlight
Diaphragm wall/secant pile wall of Civil Court station. compatibility with the Station design.
Common Interface applicable to both Case (I) and Case(II) Common Interface applicable to both Case (I) and Case(II)
UT/US-02: Contractor-A shall design any ground improvement/ treatment UT/US-02: Contract-B shall Design station walls to be compatible with the
required outside the station wall depending upon his chosen tunneling scheme and arrangements including any ground
tunneling scheme in consultation with Contractor-B duly treatment of the Contractor-A. In Case (II) the station walls shall
interfacing and sharing the required information/details with be designed by the Contractor-B to accept the break-in of the
him. Contractor-A TBMs in the Civil Court station . Formatted: Not Highlight
UT/US-03: Contractor-B shall agree Survey and Alignment with Contractor-A
UT/US-03: Contractor-A shall agree Survey and Alignment with Contractor-B
P a g e | 21

Sheet # : 2/3
UT/US-04: Contractor-A shall design temporary and permanent drainage UT/US-04: Contractor-B shall plan and design drainage system in consultation
system in consultation with contractor-B with contractor-A
UT/US-05: (a)Contractor-A shall design and install electrical services like UT/US-05:(a)Contractor-B shall provide cable tray for Contractor-A
emergency light, fire detection linear cable etc., from half of requirements from the common contract boundary point upto the
tunnel and extend them up to the termination points inside the termination points and design the electrical system for emergency
Civil Court station, light and fire detection etc., Formatted: Not Highlight
(b)Contractor-A shall design and install fire hydrant, plumbing (b)Contractor-B shall design and install fire hydrant, plumbing
services, etc., upto the boundary line of the two Contracts. services, etc., to suit the contractor-A design and tap it from the
Contract boundary line.
Contract A ( UGC-02 - Tunnel) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE Contract-B (UGC-01 –Station)
UT/US-06: Contractor-A shall Provide TBM programme/Access Schedule, land UT/US-06: Contractor-B shall Review & follow TBM programme and prepare
sharing schedule , construction programme and actual Physical base for shaft for TBM Retrieval process [Case (II)]. Contractor-B
progress shall provide space for TBM break-through and retrieval and
drainage systems [Case (II)].
UT/US-07: Contractor-A shall carry out any ground improvement/ treatment UT/US-07: Contractor-B shall Provide space and access to Contractor-A
work required outside the station wall depending upon his chosen (tunnel Contractor), inside/outside the station, as required, for
tunneling scheme in consultation with Contractor-B duly carrying out the ground treatment works.
interfacing and sharing the required information/details with him.
UT/US-08: (a) Contractor-A shall install tunnel electrical systems/services UT/US-08: (a) Contractor-B shall install/provide cable tray meeting the
cables up to the Distribution boards/terminal points inside the requirements of Contractor-A, from Contract boundary point upto
Civil Court Station the termination points and provide proper terminal points to Formatted: Not Highlight
connect tunnel side electrical cables
(b) Contractor-A shall terminate fire hydrant system, drainage (b) Contract-B shall tap fire hydrant system, drainage system etc.
system etc. at Contract boundary point from the Contract boundary point
UT/US-09: Contractor-A shall construct temporary and permanent drainage UT/US-09 : Contractor-B shall construct temporary and permanent drainage
system and interlink with Contractor–B drainage system system and interlink with Contractor-A drainage system
P a g e | 22

(Interface Lead) (Interface follower) Sheet # : 3/3
UT/US-10: Contractor-A shall Install cradle for receiving the TBMs [Case(II)] UT/US-10: Contractor-B shall clear the area and provide the space for cradle
[Case(II)]
UT/US-11: Contractor-A shall Breakthrough soft-eyes with TBMs [Case(II)] UT/US-11: Contractor-B shall Construct soft-eyes in Station wall to accept two
TBMs [Case (II)].
UT/US-12: Contractor-A shall Dismantle and remove TBMs from the station UT/US-12: Contractor-B shall Allow Contractor-A for the breakthrough &
[Case(II)] removal of TBMs [Case(II)]
UT/US-13: Contractor-A shall provide proper sealing in the tunnel eye UT/US-13: Contractor-B shall Jointly inspect and accept the sealing [Case(II)]
[Case(II)]
UT/US-14:Contractor-A shall Request water stoppage barrier to prevent UT/US-14:Contractor-B shall Install water stoppage barrier to prevent water
water entry from UGC-02 to UGC-01 area entry from UGC-02 to UGC-01 area
Contract A ( UGC-02 - Tunnel) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract-B (UGC-01 –Station)
UT/US-15: Alignment of the tunnels and 1st stage concrete in the tunnels to UT/US-15: Agree and accept
match the arrangement/level with respect to the station base slab
UT/US-16: Stop water leakage between the station wall & tunnels UT/US-16: Joint inspection and accept
Tunnel
1st Stage
P a g e | 23
2. Tunnel Ventilation & UG Station Air Conditioning System (TVS and ECS) and UG Stations & Tunnel (UGC-01)
Contract A : Tunnel Ventilation & UG Station Air Conditioning System Contract B : UG Stations & Tunnel (UGC-01) (Interface
(Interface Lead) Sheet # : 1/7
follower)
Contract A (TVS and ECS) DESIGN STAGE Contract B (UG-Stations & Tunnel)
Interface related to Architectural:
TV/UG-01: Contractor A shall collect station Architectural/Structural drawings, TV/UG-01: Contractor B shall provide the same as requested by contractor A.
false ceiling details including room names, location of rooms and
sectional views in the concourse level, mezzanine level (where
applicable), platform level and street level including subways and
shafts etc., TV/UG-02: Shall incorporate the same in the station design.
TV/UG-02: Shall provide the room size, door size, shaft & Plenum size and
finish details for all VAC (ECS) and Tunnel ventilation (TVS) TV/UG-03: Shall provide all corridor and door details as requested by
equipment systems. contractor A and incorporate the changes as per the
TV/UG-03: Shall collect all corridor and door details to facilitate equipment requirements of Contractor-A.
delivery in the station ancillary areas, VAC(ECS) and Tunnel
ventilation (TVS) equipment rooms etc. and request for any TV/UG-04: Shall provide the same as requested by contractor A.
changes/modifications, if required,
TV/UG-04: Shall collect the details of walls, ceiling, floor, windows and finish TV/UG-05: Shall incorporate the same in the station design and provide the
details to design VAC (ECS) system. suitable shaft locations.
TV/UG-05: Shall provide size to get space and location of VAC concrete shaft TV/UG-05(A): Shall Design/provide the External Intake and Outlet Louvers for
and Tunnel ventilation concrete shaft as well as adjust the location the TVS and ECS shafts and incorporate the same in the station
of shaft. design duly considering the site- specific architectural and
TV/UG-05(A): Shall provide the required design details (such as spacing, free finishing requirements and fulfilling the design requirements
area required, material, various dimensions and clearances etc.) provided by Contractor A.
of the External Intake and Outlet Louvers for the TVS and ECS
shafts to Contractor B. TV/UG-06: Shall incorporate the same in the station design and provide the
TV/UG-06: Shall provide size to get space and location of concrete shaft for suitable shaft location.
condensed water pipes from cooling tower to chiller plant room as
well as adjust the location of shaft. TV/UG-07: Shall incorporate the same in the station design and provide
suitable shaft location.
TV/UG-07: Shall provide size to get space and location of concrete shaft for
chilled water pipes from chiller plant room to Air handling units as
well as adjust the location of shaft. P a g e | 24
Contract A : Tunnel Ventilation & UG Station Air Conditioning System Contract B : UG Stations & Tunnel (MM3-CBS-UGC-01)
Sheet # : 2/7
TV/UG-08: Shall collect opening size, location details, and cross sectional TV/UG-08: Shall provide the same to design VAC (ECS) system.
views of all staircases including emergency staircase to design
staircase pressurisation system.
TV/UG-09: Shall collect details of smoke protection zone to design smoke TV/UG-09: Shall provide the detailed drawing to design VAC (ECS) system.
extract fan and fire limit zone for evacuation of people.
TV/UG-10: Shall provide size to get space and location of concrete duct for TV/UG-10: Shall incorporate the same in the station design.
under platform exhaust and over track way exhaust system.
TV/UG-10A:Shall provide details of fire rated door size and location in the TV/UG-10A:Shall incorporate contractor-A requirements in TVS equipment
tunnel ventilation concrete shaft in the TVS equipment room room
Interface related to Civil:

TV/UG-11: Shall provide size and location details to make pedestal for TV/UG-11: Shall design the pedestal for VAC (ECS) equipment and Tunnel
VAC(ECS) equipment and Tunnel ventilation equipment (TVS); ventilation (TVS) equipment to accommodate the details by
such as Air handling units, Fans and Outdoor units for Split air Contractor-A.
conditioning etc.,
TV/UG-12: Shall provide size and location details to make pedestal for chiller TV/UG-12: Shall design the pedestal for chiller plant room equipment to
plant room equipment. accommodate the details by Contractor-A.
TV/UG-13: Shall provide size and location details to make pedestal for cooling TV/UG-13: Shall design pedestal or foundation for cooling tower plant
tower plant equipment. equipment to accommodate the details by Contractor-A.
TV/UG-14: Shall provide size and location details to make pedestal for TV/UG-14: Shall design the pedestal for condensed water and chilled water
condenser water and chilled water pipes. pipes to accommodate the details by Contractor-A.
TV/UG-15: Shall provide duct size and duct routing to make opening in the TV/UG-15: Shall provide coordinated combined builders work drawing agree
wall/ceiling/slabs as well as get the space for ducting. jointly and provide opening in wall/ ceilings/slabs for duct route.
TV/UG-16: Shall provide pipe size and pipe routing to make opening in the TV/UG-16: Shall provide coordinated combined builders work drawing agree
wall/ceiling/slabs as well as get the space for piping. jointly and provide opening in wall/ ceilings/slabs for pipe route.
P a g e | 25
(Interface Lead) follower) Sheet # : 3/7
TV/UG-17: Shall provide cabling size and cable routing to make opening in the TV/UG-17: Shall provide coordinated combined builders work drawing agree
wall/ceiling/slabs and get the space for cabling including cable tray jointly and provide opening in wall/ ceilings/slabs for cable route
and brackets etc. and provide the space for cabling including cable tray and
brackets etc.
TV/UG-18: Shall give opening size and location in the false ceiling to mount TV/UG-18: Shall provide openings in false ceiling to mount grilles and dampers
grille and dampers.
TV/UG-19: Shall give size and location to make concrete shaft for chilled water TV/UG-19: Shall accommodate the details given by contractor-A in making
pipe line from chiller plant room to Air handling unit. concrete shaft.
TV/UG-20: Shall give size and location to make concrete shaft for condensed TV/UG-20: Shall accommodate the details given by contractor-A in making
water pipe line from cooling tower to chiller plant rooms. concrete shaft.
TV/UG-21: Shall give size and location to make concrete shaft for VAC system TV/UG-21: Shall accommodate the details given by contractor-A in making
(ECS) and Tunnel ventilation system (TVS). Water proofing concrete shaft.
required in the concrete shaft.
TV/UG-21(A): Shall give the requirements and details of the External Intake TV/UG-21(A): Shall provide/construct the External Intake and Outlet Louvers
and Outlet Louvers for the TVS and ECS shafts to Contractor B. for the TVS and ECS shafts as per the requirements and details
provided by Contractor A.
TV/UG-22: Shall provide size and location of pipe/cable to fix sleeves. TV/UG-22: Shall provide coordinated combined builders work drawing agree
jointly and accommodate the sleeves for pipe/cable
TV/UG-23: Shall provide size and location to make opening in the TV/UG-23: Shall accommodate the size and location of opening in the
wall/ceiling/slabs to carry VAC system equipment and Tunnel wall/ceiling/slabs to carry VAC system equipment and Tunnel
ventilation system equipment from one level to another level. ventilation system equipment from one level to another level.
TV/UG-24: Shall give size and location details to get space for mounting fan TV/UG-24: Shall provide space to accommodate them in station
coil units and split air conditioning units in the station
ancillary/plant rooms. ancillary/plant rooms.
TV/UG-25: Shall provide size and location to make opening in the wall to TV/UG-25: Shall make opening in the wall to accommodate them in station
provide air louver and ventilation fans in the station ancillary/plant ancillary/plant rooms and electrical rooms.
rooms and electrical rooms.
P a g e | 26
Sheet # : 4/7
(Interface Lead) follower)
TV/UG-26: Shall provide number of openings, opening size and location details TV/UG-26: Shall accommodate them.
in the concrete duct for under platform exhaust and over track
way exhaust system.
TV/UG-27: Shall get the space to fix air curtains in the station entrances TV/UG-27: Shall provide the space to fix air curtains in the station entrances
(including subways entrances) to prevent conditioned air loss (including subways entrances) to pPrevent conditioned air loss
from concourse public areas. from concourse public areas
Interface related to Plumbing:

TV/UG-28: Shall providecollect drain point information in the VAC (ECS)
equipment rooms, chiller plant room, Cooling tower plant and TV/UG-28: Shall provide through plant room floor drains.
Tunnel ventilation equipment rooms etc.,
TV/UG-29: Shall collect provide drain point information for all fan coil units TV/UG-29: Shall provide through floor drains in the nearby wet area. (Janitors
and its associated pipes in the station ancillary areas and closet / Refuse room / Cleaners room / Lunch room / Toilet /
terminate condensate drain pipe to the nearest drain point. Mechanical equipment room, etc.)
TV/UG-30: Shall provide one point of connection up to cooling tower Make up
TV/UG-30: Shall collect water supply pipe line connection and other water tank.
accessories from plumbing centre to the makeup water tank.
Shall provide water requirements for cooling tower system. TV/UG-31: Shall provide Water supply through one point of connection and
TV/UG-31: Shall collect water supply pipe line connection(where required), floor drain through plant room floor drains.
floor drain with grating for VAC equipment rooms, chiller plant
room and Tunnel ventilation equipment rooms etc.,
Interface related to Electrical (Low Voltage Distribution):

TV/UG-32: Shall provide the details as requested by contractor A.
TV/UG-32: Shall collect the details of equipment heat generation load,
number of persons and operating temperature details in the
electrical rooms such as low voltage switch gear room,
transformer rooms and UPS room etc. to design VAC system. TV/UG-33: Shall provide the details of lighting heat generation load.
TV/UG-33: Shall collect the details of lighting heat generation load in the
station (public and non-public areas including subways etc.) to
design VAC system.
P a g e | 27
TV/UG-34: Shall provide power requirements (Normal ,DG, & UPS) to take TV/UG-34: Shall provide (Normal, DG & UPS) the three phase and single phase
three phase and single phase incoming power supply for all VAC incoming power supply up to the incomer of the relevant
and Tunnel ventilation system equipment for normal, congested distribution board / MCC. Shall also provide the location of
and emergency operation mode. Shall get the location of the Incoming source main distribution board.
Incoming source main distribution board and provide the location
of TVS and VAC electric panels.
TV/UG-35(A): Shall provide the cable containment for VAC and tunnel
TV/UG-35(A): Shall get the cable containment for VAC and tunnel ventilation ventilation system upto inner wall of VAC and TVS panel
system upto inner wall of VAC and TVS panel rooms. rooms.
TV/UG-35(B): Shall get the earth bus in the VAC and tunnel ventilation system TV/UG-35(B): Shall provide the earth bus in the VAC and tunnel ventilation
equipment rooms. system equipment rooms.
Interface related to Fire Detection System:
TV/UG-36: Shall collect the details of fire heat generation capacity (Fire load) TV/UG-36: Shall provide the details as requested by contractor A.
in the station areas (and subways’ etc.) to design smoke exhaust
fan capacity.
TV/UG-37: Shall provide cabling up to Interface terminal board/Interface unit TV/UG-37: Shall provide the Provision signal from Fire alarm panel and linear
heat detection system through Interface terminal
to get control signal from fire alarm main panel to Smoke Control
board/Interface unit/Control module/Monitor module etc.
Panel/Motor control centre via SCADA for the operation of smoke
extract fan, Track way exhaust system and Tunnel ventilation
system during a fire in station, tunnel and cross over. Shall provide
VAC system and Tunnel ventilation system functions for fire in
station, tunnel and crossover in the operation mode table for
comply with compatibility.
P a g e | 28
Interface related to Tunnel:

TV/UG-37(A): Shall provide the details of pressure effects on cross passage TV/UG-37(A): Shall get the details of pressure effects on cross passage doors
doors and the wayside equipmentin the tunnel induced by train and the wayside equipment in the tunnel induced by train
piston effect. piston effect.
Contract A(Tunnel Ventilation & Station VAC) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE Contract B(UG-Station&Tunnel)
cross passage
Interface related to Architectural:
TV/UG-38: Contractor A shall check room sizes, stair case sizes, door sizes and
TV/UG-38: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor –A
finishes for VAC and Tunnel ventilation system as provided by
contractor B.
Interface related to Civil:
TV/UG-39: Shall check all pedestals for VAC and Tunnel ventilation system TV/UG-39: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor –A
equipment as provided by contractor B.
TV/UG-40: Shall check all concrete shafts (including Intake and Outlet TV/UG-40: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor –A
external Louvers) for VAC and Tunnel ventilation system.
TV/UG-41: Shall check all concrete ducts for VAC and Tunnel ventilation system. TV/UG-41: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor –A
TV/UG-42: Shall check the space and all opening dimensions in the
Wall/ceiling/slabs to run ducting, piping and cabling. TV/UG-42: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor -A
TV/UG-43: Shall check all opening dimensions in the false ceiling to mount
grilles and dampers. TV/UG-43: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor –A
TV/UG-44: Shall check opening dimensions in the wall/ceiling/slabs to carry

VAC and Tunnel ventilation equipment. TV/UG-44: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor -A
P a g e | 29
TV/UG-45: Shall check the space to mount fan coil units and split air TV/UG-45: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor -A
conditioning units.
TV/UG-46: Shall check the sleeves for pipe/cables. TV/UG-46: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor -A
TV/UG-47: Shall check opening sizes in the wall to provide air louver and TV/UG-47: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor –A
ventilation fans in the station ancillary/plant areas and electrical
rooms.
TV/UG-48: Shall check number of openings, opening size in the concrete duct TV/UG-48: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor –A
for under platform exhaust and over track way exhaust system.
Sheet # : 7/7
Interface related to plumbing:
TV/UG-49: Shall check all the drain point, grating for the floor drain and TV/UG-49: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor –A
connection for water supply for VAC and Tunnel ventilation
system as provided by contractor B.

TV/UG-50: Shall check three phase and single phase incoming power supply for TV/UG-50: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor –A
normal, congested and emergency operation and location of main
distribution board for all VAC and Tunnel ventilation system
equipment.
TV/UG-50(A): Shall check the cable containment works. TV/UG-50(A): Shall Co-ordinate with contractor –A
Interface related to Fire Detection system:

TV/UG-51: Shall check cabling in the Interface terminal board/Interface unit to TV/UG-51: Shall Co-ordinate with contractor -A
get control signal from fire alarm main panel to Smoke Control
Panel/Motor control centre via SCADA for the operation of smoke
extract fan, Track way exhaust system and Tunnel ventilation
system during a fire in station, tunnel and cross over.
P a g e | 30
Contract A(TVS and ECS ) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B(UGC-01--Station&Tunnel)

TV/UG-52: Shall conduct joint testing on the electrical inputs and outputs TV/UG-52: Shall agree and do the needful.
operation required for VAC (ECS) and TV system (TVS).
Contract A(TVS AND ECS ) MAINTENANCE STAGE Contract B(UGC-01--Station&Tunnel)
TV/UG-53:Shall jointly agree and accept as per the maintenance specification TV/UG-53: Shall do the needful as per the maintenance specification of the
station and tunnel.
P a g e | 31
3. Lifts and Escalators and UG Stations & Tunnel (UGC-01)

Contract A : Lifts and Escalators Contract B : UG Stations (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 1/2
Contract A (Lifts & Escalators) DESIGN STAGE Contract B (UG station)
LE/US-01: Shall provide the requirements of total Electrical Power (Normal, LE/US-01: Shall collect the load details and give input to power supply (PST)
DG and UPS), Earthing, Cable Routing & location of the power point contractor to select the capacity of Transformer (ASS). Shall design
(Isolator) for Lifts and Escalators in the station. the power supply, earthing (from earth pit to respective
equipment room), Cable routing and isolators locations as per
LE/ES-02: (a) Shall provide the interface details of Fire alarm system inside the the requirements.
lift & firefighting system inside the escalator to Contractor-B. LE/ES-02: (a) Shall collect the details from Contractor-A and utilize the input
(b) Shall implement functional requirements in software for fire protection/Alarm system
(b) Shall provide functional requirements under various emergency
LE/US-03: Shall provide the requirement of mounting and structural details conditions
like head room space, lift shaft spacing, lift pit (water resistant),
Escalator pits (water resistant), with notches and gravitational LE/US-03: Shall incorporate Contractor-A’s requirements in his station design.
drainage system to Contractor-B
LE/US-04: Shall request access (to site) and delivery space for Lifts and
Escalators LE/US-04: Shall incorporate Contractor-A’s requirement in his station design.
LE/US-05: Shall request the station architectural/structural drawings
LE/US-06: Shall provide the architectural/structural/fixing ‘general LE/US-05: Shall provide the station architectural/structural drawings.
arrangement drawing’ of Lifts and Escalators for installation with
load details. LE/US-06: Shall incorporate Contractor-A’s requirement in his station design.
LE/ES-06A: Shall provide interface details of sprinkler system inside Escalator
to Contractor-B LE/ES-06A: Shall collect details from Contractor-A to provide water tap at
suitable location and design his system accordingly
Contract A (Lifts & Escalators) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE Contract B (UG station)
LE/US-07: Shall jointly check the availability of requirement (shaft/site, LE/US-07: Shall provide ‘Contractor A’ requirements in station.
readiness) for Lifts and Escalators installation, like Power Supply, Earthing
Cable routing, power supply Isolator points, mounting facility, water resistant
pits, access and delivery space as per the drawing (provided by Lift &
Escalator Contractor) suitable for lifts & Escalators erection and confirm.
P a g e | 32
Contract A : Lifts and Escalators Contract B : UG Stations (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 2/2

LE/US-08: Shall request free space for temporary storage in the Station LE/US-08: Shall provide free space for the temporary storage for
building. limited period.
LE/US-09: Space should be free from human interference materials. LE/US-09: Will ensure the space is free from human interference
materials
LE/US-10: Shall request Contractor-B for Lift entrance cladding (Architrave). LE/US-10: Shall provide Lift entrance cladding (Architrave).
LE/US-11: Shall provide the safety working atmosphere at work site. LE/US-11: Shall request the safety working atmosphere at work site.
LE/US-12: Shall provide the micro schedule of erection. LE/US-12: Shall request the micro schedule of erection before erection starts.
LE/US-13: Shall request water connection to Escalator sprinkler system. LE/US-13: Shall provide the water connection as per the requirements of
Contractor-A.
Contract A (Lifts & Escalators) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B (UG station)
LE/US-14: Contract-A Shall Conduct test run jointly with Contractor-B LE/US-14: Contractor-B shall co-ordinate with Contractor - A.
Contract A (Lifts & Escalators) MAINTENANCE STAGE Contract B (UG station)
LE/US-15: As per the maintenance manual supplied by supplier and agreed by LE/US-15: As per the maintenance manual supplied by supplier and agreed by
all the parties. all the parties
P a g e | 33
4. UG Stations & Tunnel (UGC-01) and Rolling Stock
Contract A: UG Stations and Tunnel (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Contract B : Rolling Stock Sheet # : 1/2
Contract A(UG Station & Tunnel (UGC-01)) DESIGN STAGE Contract B (Rolling stock)
Tunnel:
TL/RS-01: (a) Contractor-A shall give the details of Tunnel Design Drawings TL/RS-01: (a)Contractor-B shall obtain the details of Tunnel Design Drawings
showing the indicative curves, dimensional clearances, gradients, chainages, showing the indicative curves, dimensional clearances, gradients, chainages,
levels to rolling stock contractor(Contractor-B) levels to design rolling stock suitably
(b) Shall obtain from the Contractor-B, the values of maximum
attainable speed on each curve in normal and all-out modes (based on (b) Shall provide the required details to Contractor-A
simulation studies to be done by the Contractor-B) so as to determine the
values of cant to be provided on each curve to determine the
design/theoretical coordinates of tunnel center on each curve.
(c) Shall obtain from the Contractor-B the Rolling Stock details
such as length of train cars, height and location of doors, loading (c) Shall provide the required details to Contractor-A
configuration (axle loads and configurations) etc. for tunnel and walkway
design.
TL/RS-02: Contractor-A Shall give details of the emergency escape provision TL/RS-02: Contractor-B shall design the rolling stock with suitable
in tunnels to Contractor-B emergency escape provision to match tunnel provision
TL/RS-03: In tunnel, maximum flood level (water height) will be 100 mm –car TL/RS-03: Contractor-B shall design under slung equipment suitably
must still operate
UG-Station:
TL/RS-04: Contractor-A shall obtain the details of Rolling stock including TL/RS-04: Contractor-B shall give the required details to Contractor-A
length of train cars, height , throws on curves, platform clearances to be
maintained on straight and curved tracks, loading configuration(axle loads
and configurations) etc. for station design.
P a g e | 34
Contract A: UG Stations and Tunnel (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Contract B : Rolling Stock Sheet # : 2/2
TL/RS-05: Contractor-A shall require the details of kinematic, structural TL/RS-05: Contractor-B shall give the details of kinematic, structural gauges
gauges and swept envelope on straight and curved tracks and swept envelope for straight and curved tracks.
Contract A(UG Station & Tunnel (UGC-01) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE Contract B (Rolling stock)
TL/RS-06: Shall jointly check and confirm the curves, dimensional clearances, TL/RS-06: Shall co-ordinate and confirm with contractor-A
gradients, chainages, levels and emergency escape provision
TL/RS-07: Contractor-A shall participate/attend test run and do TL/RS-07: Contract-B shall be required to conduct test run with the train at
modifications, if required. low speed.
Contract A(UG Station & Tunnel (UGC-01) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B (Rolling stock)
TL/RS-08: Shall jointly check and confirm the maximum noise/echo level with
TL/RS-08: Shall co-ordinate and confirm with contractor-A
Respect to various operating speeds of rolling stock.
TL/RS-09: Contractor-A shall coordinate with contractor-B to complete TL/RS-09: Contractor-B shall be required to conduct integrated tests with all
testing and commissioning work systems
Contract A(UG Station & Tunnel (UGC-01) MAINTENANCE STAGE Contract B (Rolling stock)
NIL NIL
P a g e | 35
5. Track and UG Stations (UGC-01)
Contract A: Track Contract B : UG Stations (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 1/2

Contract A(TRACK) DESIGN STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
Formatted Table
TK/UG-01: Shall fix chainages of the Turnouts / Cross over based on the TK/UG-01: Shall furnish correct chainage of Station centre line to Contractor-
chainage of Station Centre Line furnished by the Contractor-B. A.
TK/UG-02: Shall ensure at design stage. TK/UG-02: Shall ensure that the pillars / columns supporting the station
structure and all other structures are located clear of the
minimum infringement clearances from centre of track as
stipulated in the approved S.O.D.
TK/UG-03: Shall provide Track drainage consistent with the General Drainage TK/UG-03: Shall design the General drainage system (overall drainage
arrangement in Station area and agree & provide the Point of system) in the Station area taking into account Track Drainage
interface and accept the Point of Interface in the Station/Platform Area.
TK/UG-04: Shall provide required no. of HDPE cross-track ducts/sleeves of TK/UG-04: Shall provide details related to cross-track ducts/sleeves
the required size at required locations. required for crossing of services such as cables, pipes below the
track.
Contract A(TRACK) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
P a g e | 36
TK/UG-04: Shall arrange for taking over after joint verification with TK/UG-04: Shall hand over to the Track contractor(Contractor-A) the
Contractor-B concrete base ( duly providing 1st pour concrete, if required,
and the shear connectors for track laying within the permitted
tolerances) for track structure and the station platform to
designated levels / clearances with in the tolerances permitted.
TK/UG-05: Shall ensure before taking up track installation work. TK/UG-05: Shall hand over the track installation area in the vicinity of Pillars /
Columns and such structures/obstructions clear of the
infringement distances stipulated in the approved S.O.D.
P a g e | 37
Contract A: Track Contract B : UG Stations (UGC-01) (Interface Sheet # : 2/2

TK/UG-06: Shall jointly decide with the Contractor-B opening requirements, TK/UG-06: Shall provide the required openings in the structures to lower the
storage spaces and Schedule of Access Periods and ensure track materials/plants/equipment including rails for track
implementation based on track construction program. construction and provide storage space for Track materials in
consultation with Track contractor (Contractor-A) and shall permit
Access to Track contractor for construction of Track as per agreed
Schedule of Access Periods.
TK/UG-07: Shall furnish details of requirements to Contractor-B. TK/UG-07: Shall provide Temporary water supplies for construction of Track.
Shall design & construct the water supply scheme in consultation
with Track Contractor.
TK/UG-08: To check the levels of platform and track base concrete at the TK/UG-08: Shall ensure that levels of Platform and Track Base Concrete in
time of taking over from Contractor-B and ensure that the heights Station Boxes conform to the Design Levels and Tolerances. Shall
and clearances from rail level / centre of track are with furnish completed levels, curvature & cant, if any, to Track
inacceptable limits as per the approved S.O.D. Contractor (Contractor-A) for any adjustment in rail
level/alignment while laying Track.
Contract A(TRACK) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
TK/UG-09:Shall attend and assist in the joint check with concerned interface TK/UG-09: Shall attend and assist in the joint check with concerned interface
contractors to ensure that all permanent structures are clear of contractors to ensure that all permanent structures are clear of
the structure gauge specified in the approved S.O.D the structure gauge specified in the approved S.O.D
Contract A(TRACK) MAINTENANCE STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
NIL NIL
P a g e | 38
6. Track and UG Tunnel (UGC-01)
Contract A: Track Contract B : UG Tunnels (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 1/2

Contract A (TRACK) DESIGN STAGE Contract B (UG-TUNNEL)
TK/UG-01: Shall provide for Track Drainage system design consistent with the TK/UG-01: Shall design the general drainage system in the Tunnel taking into
general drainage arrangements in the Tunnel and agree & account Track Drainage and accept the Point of Interface in the
provide the Point of interface in the cross passage / track sump. cross passage/track sump.
Contract A (TRACK) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE Contract B (UG-TUNNEL)
TK/UG-02: Shall arrange for taking over after joint verification with TK/UG-02: Shall complete construction of the 1st pour concrete over the sill
Contractor-B and take up construction of the 2nd Pour concrete of the Tunnel to specified levels (in consultation and
in the track above the 1st pour concrete done utilising the coordination with Contractor-A) and within permitted tolerances
provisions of keying / shear connectors done by the Tunnel and provide keying /shear connectors for the 2nd pour concrete
contractor ( Contractor-B) TK/UG-03: Shall provide to the Track contractor ‘monument plates’ for
TK/UG-03: Shall set the track to the ‘monument plates’ provided by the civil setting the permanent track to its correct position.
contractor (Contractor-B) which will be verified prior to laying /
concreting the Track.
TK/UG-04: Shall furnish levels/details of the Drainage system in the Tunnel to
TK/UG-04: Shall provide the track Drainage system in the 2nd pour concrete
Track contractor (Contractor-A) duly ensuring that Track
consistent with the General Drainage arrangements constructed
Drainage is compatible with the General Drainage system (overall
by the Tunnel Contractor (Contractor-B).
drainage scheme).
TK/UG-05: To decide openings/way, storage spaces and schedule Access
TK/UG-05: Shall provide the required openings/way to take the track
Periods jointly with Tunnel contractor (Contractor-B) and ensure
materials/plant/equipment underground for track laying and
implementation based on Track construction program.
provide storage space for Track materials in consultation with
track contractor and to permit access to track contractor for
construction of Track as per agreed schedule of Access Periods.
TK/UG-06: Shall provide services (water, power, and light) for construction of
TK/UG-06: To furnish details of requirement of services to Tunnel Contractor
track. To Design and construct water supply schemes for Tunnel
(Contractor-B).
Work in consultation with Track Contractor.
P a g e | 39
Contract A: Track Contract B : UG Tunnels (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 2/2

Contract A (TRACK) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B (UG-TUNNEL)
TK/UG-07:Shall attend and assist in the joint check with concerned interface TK/UG-07: Shall attend and assist in the joint check with concerned interface
contractors to ensure that all permanent structures are clear of contractors to ensure that all permanent structures are clear of
the structure gauge specified in the S.O.D the structure gauge specified in the approved S.O.D
Contract A (TRACK) MAINTENANCE STAGE Contract B (UG-TUNNEL)
NIL NIL
P a g e | 40
7. Power Supply System ( Power Supply and Traction; PST ) and UG Stations and Tunnel (UGC-01)
Contract A: Power Supply System (PST ) Contract B : UG Tunnels (MM3-CBS-UGC-01)
Sheet # : 1/5
Contract A(Power supply system) DESIGN STAGE Contract B(UG Station & Tunnel)
Tunnel: Tunnel:
PS/UG-01: Contractor-A shall specify the cable routing and section needed at PS/UG-01: Shall design the section accordingly in the Tunnel.
the interface between Tunnel and station.
PS/UG-02: Contractor-B shall study the alignment with chainage and space
PS/UG-02: Contractor-A shall specify Size and space in the Tunnel for the PST availability in the Tunnel and design PST and PS SCADA cable
and PS SCADA cable containments/brackets/trunking/trench containments/brackets/trunking/trench in tunnel.
PS/UG-03: Contractor-A shall give the cable installation/Laying program PS/UG-03: Shall plan accordingly to meet the requirement.
Including starting and finishing chainage.
PS/UG-04: Shall provide the Structural gauge clearance. UG Stations:
PS/UG-04: Shall study and agree Structural gauge clearance.
UG Stations:
PS/UG-05: Contractor-A shall request the structural openings for cable PS/UG-05: Shall design the structural openings and provide the combined
entries/exit in regard of the chainage and agree jointly. service drawings and agree jointly.
PS/UG-06: Contractor-A shall request cable containments/trunking /brackets
for PST cable routing. PS/UG-06:Contractor-B shall install cable Containment/
brackets/trays/trunking required for all cable routings
PS/UG-07: Shall provide inputs to combined services drawings (CSD) for
detailed cable (for duct bank/cable trays/Cable troughs/Cable
PS/UG-07: Shall prepare the combined services drawings (CSD) in time
shafts and etc........ ) layout/routing/Laying [HV and LV cables
required for the cable layout/routing/Laying within the Station and
crossing to be avoided] within the Station and cable crossing at
cable crossing at stations.
stations. PS/UG-08: Contractor-B shall give the details of total power load of the
PS/UG-08: Contractor-A shall request the total power load in the Station (including tunnels and subways etc.) by collecting the load
underground Station (including tunnels and subways etc.) from requirements from all other sub-contractors (interfacing and
Contractor ‘B’ and accordingly design the transformer capacity. project Contractors) and submit to Contractor ‘A’.
P a g e | 41
Contract A: Power Supply System (PST ) Contract B : UG Tunnels (UGC-01) (Interface

(Interface Lead) follower) Sheet # : 2/5
PS/UG-09: Contractor-A shall design the technical room layout including PS/UG-09: Shall incorporate ‘Contractor A’ requirements in UG station design
builders works requirement in accordance with the finalized space and shall co-operate and co-ordinate with contractor-A.
provision. Contractor-A shall furnish room layout with equipment
foot prints and equipment static and dynamic load and shall co-
operate and co-ordinate with contractor-B.
PS/UG-10: Contractor-A shall specify the operating temperature (ventilation),
illumination parameters affiliated to electrical technical rooms PS/UG-10: Contractor-B shall design illumination (lux level) according to
electrical technical rooms specification requirements
PS/UG-11: Contractor-A shall request for signage boards for all HV equipment
and technical rooms PS/UG-11: Contractor-B shall design the signage as per requirement of
contractor-A
PS/UG-12: Contractor-A shall co-ordinate with ‘Contractor B’ to design best
access for lifting facilities for electrical PS/UG-12: Contractor-B shall consider in the station design the requirements
pertaining to access for lifting facilities and easy maintenance for
machineries/plants/equipment for installation and easy
Electrical equipment in close Co-ordination with ‘Contractor A’.
maintenance wherever required.
PS/UG-13: Contractor-B Shall co-ordinate with the ‘Contractor A’ and design
PS/UG-13: Shall Design the earthing for HV and LV power supply systems
the station earthing pits and earthing bus in the technical/plant
including building structures and request for appropriate earth
rooms.
bus routing in the technical/plant rooms.
PS/UG-14: Contractor-B shall co-ordinate with all other contractors
PS/UG-14: Contractor-A shall be in the up-stream and request the type of
(Interfacing/Project Contractors) and collect the data of type of
tripping and protections required for the station equipment and
tripping and protection they have in their equipment and handing
design the equipment accordingly to meet the requirements.
over to Contractor-A.
Contract A(Power supply system ) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE Contract B(UG Station & Tunnel)
Tunnel:
PS/UG-15: Shall check the PST cable routing/ cable PS/UG-15: Shall provide the quality tunnel lining and co-ordinate with
containment/brackets/ trunking provided by contractor-B. Contractor-A.
P a g e | 42

Sheet # : 3/5
PS/UG-16: Shall check the cable laying works requirements like routing, PS/UG-16: Shall co-ordinate with contractor-A.
Sections, cross passages and confirm.
PS/UG-17: Shall check the total space in the tunnel for cable laying works and PS/UG-17: Shall co-ordinate with contractor-A.
confirm.
PS/UG-18: Shall check the structural openings for cable entries/exit in regard PS/UG-18: Shall co-ordinate with contractor-A.
of the chainage.
PS/UG-19: Shall provide the cable laying works program and schedule. PS/UG-19: Shall co-operate and agree with contractor-A.
PS/UG-20: Space should be free of obstacles at the time of cable laying Works. PS/UG-20: Site will be cleared free from obstacles and handed over for cable
laying works.
UG Stations:
PS/UG-21: Contractor-A Shall install the rated capacity Transformer PS/UG-21: Shall construct the suitable solid foundation/Platform sufficiently
at “out of reach of flood”, and co-ordinate accordingly for civil
and structural works.
PS/UG-22: Shall jointly check the technical rooms made ready by ‘Contractor PS/UG-22: Technical rooms shall be made ready with lighting, small power,
B’ and the same shall be confirmed. fire Detection and Fire Fighting systems, Cable Trays/
Supports/trenches/ Troughs Etc. and Shall be co-operated/co-
ordinated with ‘Contractor A’.
PS/UG-23: Shall jointly check the arrangements made ready for cable PS/UG-23: All the necessary arrangements shall be made ready for the cable
routing/Laying [HV and LV cables crossing to be avoided] within routing/Laying and shall be co-operated/coordinated with
the Station and cable crossing at stations and to be confirmed. ‘Contractor A’.
PS/UG-24: Shall jointly check the arrangements made ready for ventilation, Air PS/UG-24: Rooms should be ready with the requirements of ventilation, Air
conditioning and illumination within the Station rooms and to be conditioning and illumination (lux level) and shall be co-
confirmed. operated/coordinated with ‘Contractor A’.
PS/UG-25: Shall jointly check the signage provided for all the technical rooms PS/UG-25: Signage for all technical rooms should be made ready and shall be
and to be confirmed. Co-operated/co-ordinated with ‘Contractor A’.
P a g e | 42

Sheet # : 4/5
PS/UG-26: Shall jointly check the access provided for lifting facilities for PS/UG-26: Access for lifting facilities and easy maintenance for Electrical
electrical machineries for installation and easy maintenance and equipment shall be made ready as per the requirements and
to be confirmed. shall be co- operated/co-ordinated with ‘Contractor A’.
PS/UG-27: Shall jointly check the earthing works and earth bus in the PS/UG-27: All the earthing works shall be made ready and handed over to
Technical rooms required for High Voltage and Low Voltage Contractor-A.
power supply systems including the building structures and to be
confirmed.
PS/UG-28: Shall jointly check the arrangements for cable crossing at station PS/UG-28: Requirements for cable crossing shall be made ready and shall be
and to be confirmed. Co-operated/co-ordinated with ‘Contractor-A’.
PS/UG-29: Contractor-A shall incorporate in his systems the requirements of PS/UG-29: Contractor-B shall hand over all the protection and tripping
tripping and protection and the same shall be confirmed. systems of all other Contractors (Project contractors) in the
station to ‘Contractor- A’ and shall Co-operate/co-ordinate.
PS/UG-30: Shall Request the Temporary power requirement. PS/UG-30: Shall provide the temporary power requirement at one place
PS/UG-31: Shall request the temporary storage area in the station building PS/UG-31: Shall study the space availability in the station and provide
accordingly
Contract A(Power supply system) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B(UG Station & Tunnel)
Tunnel:
PS/UG-32: Space should be free from man and material. PS/UG-32: As per the requirement shall agree and do the needful.
UG Stations:
PS/UG-33: Shall jointly check the parameters of ventilation and Air PS/UG-33: Shall jointly co-ordinate to check the parameters of ventilation
conditioning within the Station rooms and to be confirmed. and Air conditioning with ‘Contractor A’.
PS/UG-34: Shall jointly check the resistance of all earthing works at station PS/UG-34: Shall jointly check the resistance of all earthing works made at
required for High Voltage and Low Voltage power supply systems station and shall be co-operated/co-ordinated with ‘Contractor
including the building structures and to be confirmed. A’.
PS/UG-35: Shall request Space free from human interference and materials. PS/UG-35: Shall arrange Space free from human interference and materials.
PS/UG-36: Prepare joint maintenance procedures in consultation with PS/UG-36: Validate and accept joint Maintenance procedure with contractor-
contractor-B and Shall jointly agree and accept. A
P a g e | 43
8. OHE (PST) and UG Tunnel (UGC-01)

Contract A: OHE (Interface Lead) Contract B : UG Tunnels (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 1/3
(Interface follower)
Contract A(OHE) DESIGN STAGE Contract B(UG Tunnel)
Rigid catenary system for tunnel
OH/UG-01: Shall design all the required fixings to support rigid overhead OH/UG-01: Shall provide segment & tunnel lining details and limit of fixing
contact system according to Contractor-B constraints. penetrations.
OH/UG-02: Shall transmit his fixing design details to the Contractor-B and the
OH/UG-02 Shall provide notice of no objection once the fixing details are
Engineer for notice of no objection.
agreed.
OH/UG-03: Shall furnish the details of height of contact wire and the minimum OH/UG-03: Shall design the structures accordingly.
electrical clearances needed.
OH/UG-04: Shall design the OHE according to the gradients and curves. OH/UG-04: Shall furnish the gradients and curve details.
OH/UG-05: Neutral section to be located on straight track and having OH/UG-05: Shall provide the gradient chart and curve details. Shall
negligible gradient. Shall provide the requirements/details and adjust/modify the vertical alignment of the tunnels at the
location of the Neutral Section to Contractor B. Neutral Section location as may be required to suit the
requirements of Contractor B for installation of Neutral Section.
OH/UG-06: Shall design and fix all required fixings of the beam to support rigid
overhead contact system for tunnel launching area (TBM OH/UG-06: Shall provide segment, RCC structure & tunnel lining details and
launching area) according to Contractor-B constraints. Shall limit of fixing penetrations. Shall provide notice of no objection
transmit his fixing design details to the Contractor-B and the once fixing details are agreed.
Engineer for notice of no objection.
Drop arm and its base fixing arrangement in tunnel.

OH/UG-07: Shall provide notice of no objection to Contractor-A, once fixing
OH/UG-07: Shall design the type of drop arm and shall fix in accordance with details are agreed.
the agreed fixing details.
OH/UG-08: Shall design and furnish the span of drop arms of OHE. OH/UG-08: Shall furnish the details of curves/alignment.
P a g e | 44
Contract A: OHE Contract B : UG Tunnels (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 2/3

OH/UG-09: Obligatory drop arm to be furnished (if any). OH/UG-09: Shall provide the details of the location of points and crossings,
OH/UG-10: Loading on drop arm to be provided. OH/UG-10: Collect the details of drop arm loading.
OH/UG-11: KM no / Drop arm no of drop arm location to be prepared. OH/UG-11: Shall furnish the KM details of tunnel.
Earthing of OHE in underground tunnel.
OH/UG-12: Shall design and provide necessary details of earthing (Buried OH/UG-12: Shall coordinate and fulfil the requirements of provision in civil
Earth conductor and Overhead protection cable). works for earthing as per the design provided by Contractor-A.
OH/UG-13: Shall provide the drawing of conduit carrying the buried earth OH/UG-13: Shall coordinate and fulfil the requirements for carrying the buried
conductor. earth conductor.
OH/UG-14: Shall provide the details of structure bonds including locations. OH/UG-14: Shall coordinate and fulfil the requirements.
Contract A(OHE) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE Contract B(UG Tunnel)
OH/UG-15: Shall cross check the programme/planning of implementation. OH/UG-15: Shall coordinate
OH/UG-16: Shall cross check and keep records (jointly signed) of all OH/UG-16: Shall report progress of construction at mutually agreed intervals.
Requirements as the Work progresses.
OH/UG-17: Shall tackle the notified changes if any. OH/UG-17: Shall furnish the changes in design/plan if any.
Contract A(OHE) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B(UG Tunnel)
OH/UG-19: Shall Test the brackets. OH/UG-19: Shall agree and accept the bracket testing.
P a g e | 45
Contract A: OHE Contract B : UG Tunnels (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 3/3

OH/UG-20: Shall provide testing procedure. OH/UG-20: Shall agree and accept.
OH/UG-21: Shall measure the earth resistance values of all locations and OH/UG-21: Shall co-operate.
display and keep the records.
Contract A(OHE) MAINTENANCE STAGE Contract B(UG Tunnel)
OH/UG-22: Shall agree and accept. OH/UG-22: Shall stop water leakage and maintain water tight tunnels to the
Contract Specifications.
OH/UG-23: Shall measure and record earth resistance values jointly at suitable OH/UG-23: Shall co-operate.
interval
P a g e | 46
9. OHE (PST)and UG Stations (UGC-01)

Contract A: OHE Contract B : UG Stations (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 1/2
Contract A(OHE) DESIGN STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
Rigid catenary system and its insulators.
OH/UG-01: Shall design Rigid catenary system and furnish details including OH/UG-01: Shall design and construct the base support fixtures on soffit of
locations, Loads etc., Concourse level (or as required) to support the rigid catenary
system.
OH/UG-02: Shall furnish the details of height of contact wire and the OH/UG-02: Shall design the soffit of Concourse structures accordingly.
minimum electrical clearances needed.
OH/UG-03: Shall furnish the space requirement of traction cabin for provision OH/UG-03: Shall provide size of cabin as required by Contractor-A.
of equipment of sub-sectioning and paralleling post, sectioning
post, sub- sectioning post if needed.
OH/UG-04: Shall provide drawings showing the locations, Cable ducts and OH/UG-04: Shall provide combined builders drawings/CSDs and agree jointly
sizes of Openings for passage of cables including routing. and provide cable route openings as per drawing.
OH/UG-05: Shall design obligatory catenary/OCS location. OH/UG-05: Provide the details of crossovers, turnout etc. if any.
Earthing of OHE in underground station.

OH/UG-06: Shall design and provide necessary details of earthing (Buried OH/UG-06: Shall coordinate and implement the earthing system of building
Earth Conductor and Overhead Protection Cable).Shall furnish structures, platform, over/under pass/shelters etc. to be
the drawings. ultimately connected to buried earth conductor and Arial earth
cable.
OH/UG-07: Shall provide the details of connecting link terminal locations. OH/UG-07: Shall coordinate and implement the locations of connecting links.
Contract A(OHE) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)

OH/UG-08: Shall check the load of supporting fixtures of catenary/OCS OH/UG-08: To assist and cross check the load requirements.
system.
OH/UG-09: Shall review the progress at suitable interval. OH/UG-09: Shall report progress of construction at mutually agreed intervals.
P a g e | 47
Contract A: OHE Contract B : UG Stations (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 2/2

OH/UG-10: Shall seek access to work. OH/UG-10: Shall provide the access to work area in underground stations
Contract A(OHE) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
OH/UG-11: Cross check the loading by OHE and agree. OH/UG-11: Test the base supporting fixture load carrying capacity jointly.
OH/UG-12: Measure the earth resistance values of all locations and display and OH/UG-12: Shall coordinate and put joint efforts to bring earth values to
keep the records (i.e., Combined Earth resistance value: 0.5 below maximum prescribed/required values.
ohms, Individual Earth resistance value: 10 ohms)
Contract A(OHE) MAINTENANCE STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
OH/UG-13: Measure and record earth resistance values jointly at suitable OH/UG-13: Shall co-operate.
interval.
P a g e | 48
10. Signalling & Telecommunication and UG Stations (UGC-01)
Contract A: Signalling & Telecommunication Contract B : UG Stations (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 1/6

Contract A(Signalling & Telecom) DESIGN STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
ST/US-01: Shall furnish the space and mechanical load requirements of the ST/US-01: a) Shall provide station layout and drawings showing the rooms
Signal Equipment Room (SER), Communication Equipment Room and vertical cable risers etc.
(CER), Station Control Room (SCR), Telecom closets and lighting, b) Shall Update the Station drawings to accommodate the
flooring, false flooring, cable duct and vertical cable risers in the
requirements of Contractor- A.
above mentioned rooms.
c) Shall collect the data & integrate with other users and provide
it to all the Interfacing/Project Contractors.
ST/US-02: Shall furnish the sizes of S & T equipment to be installed in SER, ST/US-02: All corridors and doors shall be sized to enable equipment to be
CER, SCR and Telecom Closets. delivered to SER, CER, SCR and Telecom Closets for installation
and replacements.
ST/US-03: Shall furnish the detailed drawings of line side equipment to be ST/US-03: Shall suitably incorporate the detailed drawings/requirements
installed like signals, point machines, signal post telephones, prepared by Contractor-A.
ATP ATO equipment, Train stoppage beacons, antennas,
impedance bonds (where applicable) and location boxes etc.,
ST/US-3A:a) Shall furnish the routing of the cables for S&T equipment in ST/US-3A: Shall establish the synthesis layout for cable routing according to
whole Station all the Sub-systems layouts
b) Shall validate the synthesis cable routing layout proposed by
Contractor-B ST/US-04: a) & b) Shall design the cable routing and cable containments in
ST/US-04: a) Shall furnish the detailed drawings of main cable routing the station.
arrangements in respect of S & T cables in the station (including
requirements of minimum 1 meter separation between S & T
cables and HV cables). Shall furnish the details of Signal &
Telecommunication cables like dimensions, weight, minimum
bending radius and supporting & mounting details.
b) Shall provide detailed drawings with the locations of all
equipment and cables to be installed on the track.
P a g e | 49

c) Shall provide detailed drawings of locations, loads, type of c) For heavy equipment like CCTV monitors, display boards, analogue clocks
fixing/mounting arrangements for signalling and Telecommunication etc., to be mounted on walls / suspended from the roof, Contractor-B shall
equipment to be installed on the platform, Mezzanine( where applicable), integrate the fixing arrangements with the structural design.
concourse and entrance levels like PA system, PID’s, CCTV cameras, clocks,
CCTV monitors, emergency stop plungers and staff protection keys etc.
ST/US-05: Shall furnish the locations and space requirements of passenger ST/US-05: Shall validate the locations of passenger emergency
emergency communication and help point equipment to be communication system and help point system.
installed.
ST/US-06: Shall furnish the locations and details of access control system and ST/US-06: Shall validate the locations of access control system and intrusion
Intrusion detection system. detection system.
ST/US-07: Shall furnish the requirements of earthing arrangement including ST/US-07: Shall provide the earthing arrangement for different systems and
earth impedance value for different S & T systems to be installed extend it up to SER, CER and SCR and Telecom Closets accordingly;
in SER, CER, Telecom closets and SCR and line side equipment Shall also extend the earth for earthing of line side equipment, if
required.
ST/US-08: a) Shall design the M & E SCADA system to suit the requirements ST/US-08: a) Contractor-B shall define the control / monitoring requirements
of controlled / monitored Non-traction SCADA systems to be installed by and parameter measurement requirements (zone/ group). Contractor- B
Contractor-B. shall install the local control panel (LCP) and wire it to control all controlled
devices. Contractor-B shall provide the interface devices with M & E SCADA.
b) Shall validate the interface design. Design the connectivity requirements
b) Shall design the interface device for each monitored / controlled
from the interface devices up to the CER and to the SCR / OCC. equipment, Local control panel (where applicable) for the station M & E
c) Shall design the HMI of M&E SCADA at the SCR and OCC to meet the equipment, LV power distribution , UPS, DG , lighting systems and building
control and monitoring requirements of equipment installed by Contractor- management systems installed under the Contract B.
B. c) Shall advise the locations and connectivity requirements of interface
devices associated with M & E equipment to be monitored / controlled by
non- traction SCADA.
ST/US-09: Shall furnish the requirements of signs and labels except for ST/US-09: Shall design all the statutory signs and labels except for S & T
equipment installed by Contractor- B. equipment.
ST/US-10: Shall furnish the EMI / EMC levels of S & T equipment to be ST/US-10: Shall incorporate in station design and prepare a common EMI /
installed in stations. EMC plan.
P a g e | 50

ST/US-11: Shall furnish the acoustic intelligibility and lighting visibility criteria ST/US-11: Shall accommodate the requirements of Contractor- A and furnish
to ensure that the performance of PA and PID systems are the architectural design details of the stations.
as per laid down standards.
ST/US-12: Shall furnish the requirements of temporary power supply for ST/US-12: Shall plan the power supply system accordingly.
preliminary testing of S & T equipment installed in stations.
ST/US-13: Shall validate the interface document and relevant portion of ST/US-13: Shall design the interfacing of fire system with PA system etc. and
technical specifications of fire protection system. provide the relevant technical specifications of fire protection
system.
ST/US-14: a) Shall furnish the detailed load requirement of various S & T
equipment for the UPS (240V) power supply. ST/US-14: Shall design the UPS with Suitable protection devices at the output
b) Shall design the power cable requirement from distribution accordingly.
panel in UPS room to SER / CER / Telecom closets.
ST/US-15: Prepare joint maintenance plan involving M & E SCADA of S & T
and station M & E equipment / power supply systems / UPS /DG/ ST/US-15: Validate the joint maintenance plan.
Lighting system / building management functions.
Contract A(Signalling & Telecom) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION Contract B(UG-Station)
STAGE
ST/US-16: Shall verify that the requirements of lighting, false flooring (for ST/US-16: Shall provide the lighting, false flooring (for prescribed load levels)
prescribed load levels) and vertical cable risers in SER, CER, and vertical cable risers in SER, CER, Telecom Closets and SCR.
Telecom Closets and SCR are as per the requirement.
ST/US-17: Shall install all signalling and communication cables and provide the ST/US-17: Shall ensure provision of cable ducts, main cable crossing
connections to individual devices. arrangements, including openings required for entry / exit
arrangements for main S & T cables in the station.
ST/US-18: Shall install the line side S & T equipment like signals, ATP/ATO ST/US-18: Shall provide the necessary arrangements to install line side S & T
equipment, antennas, train stoppage beacons, location boxes, equipment like signals, ATP / ATO equipment, antennas, train
signal post telephones and impedance bonds etc. stoppage beacons, location boxes, signal post telephones and
Impedance
bonds etc..
P a g e | 51

ST/US-19: Shall install the emergency communication and help point ST/US-19: Shall provide necessary arrangements to install emergency
equipment. communication and help point equipment.
ST/US-20: a) Shall arrange the mounting and fixing accessories to station ST/US-20: Shall install the mounting and fixing arrangements for heavy
Contractor (Contractor-B). equipment like CCTV monitors, display boards, analogue clocks
b) Shall install the equipment at stations like staff protection etc., during the construction as per the S & T requirements.
keys, Emergency stop plungers, PIDs, PA system, clocks, CCTV
cameras and Television system equipment etc.,
ST/US-21: Shall install the access control system and intrusion detection ST/US-21: Shall provide necessary arrangements to install access control and
system. intrusion detection systems.
ST/US-22: Shall verify that the requirements of earthing system are met. ST/US-22: Shall install earths and earth bars for S & T equipment for various
systems and terminate inside the main equipment rooms, SCR
and telecom closets and on the tunnel side (if required) for
earthing of line side signalling and Telecommunication systems (if
required).
ST/US-23: Shall install the M & E SCADA system at the OCC & SCR and provide ST/US-23: Shall provide, wire and connect the interface devices upto the
LAN connectivity up to interface device for all controlled / station LAN port provided by Contractor-A for various equipment,
monitored systems installed by Contractor- B. local control panels (where applicable) for M & E equipment, LV
power distribution system, UPS system, DG, lighting system and
building management system etc., forming part of Contract- B.
ST/US-24: Shall verify the requirements of statutory signs and labels. ST/US-24: Shall install all the statutory signs and labels except those relating
to S & T equipment.
ST/US-25: Shall bring the power supply from distribution panel to SER /CER. ST/US-25: Shall provide the temporary power supply with suitable protection
arrangements.
ST/US-26: Shall verify the interfacing of fire system with PA system. ST/US-26: Shall install the fire alarm and control system and provide the
necessary interfaces with PA system.
ST/US-27: Shall install the power cables from the distribution panel in UPS ST/US-27: Shall install the UPS and suitable protection devices at the output.
room to SER / CER and extend it to the SCR, Telecom Closets etc.,
P a g e | 52

ST/US-27A:Shall run the LAN cable from station to all cross passage and ST/US-27A:Shall provide the cable tray/ladders for LAN cable routing
permanent access egress location
Contract A(Signalling & Telecom) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
ST/US-28: Shall conduct a joint test with Civil (Underground stations) ST/US-28: Shall attend the joint testing of earth impedance with Contractor-
Contractor for testing of earth impedance of all earths provided A
for tunnels & stations.
ST/US-29: Shall conduct joint testing on the networking, monitoring &
control (where applicable) of M & E, LV distribution, UPS, DG, ST/US-29: Shall attend the joint testing and validate the test results.
lighting system and building management systems etc., (provided
under the Station Contract— Contract-B) through the M & E
SCADA from OCC and SCR as per jointly agreed control logic and
display formats.
ST/US-30: Shall conduct the joint testing and confirm that there are no EMI / ST/US-30: Shall attend the joint testing with S & T, RS and OHE contractors.
EMC impacts on S & T equipment installed in stations.
ST/US-31: Shall conduct joint testing on the functioning of fire and PA system ST/US-31: Shall attend the joint testing and validate the results.
inter connection.
ST/US-32: Shall conduct joint load test with suitable loads for temporary ST/US-32: Shall attend the joint tests with Contractor- A.
power supply.
ST/US-33: Shall conduct
Contract joint load &
A(Signalling test with suitable loads for UPS supply.
Telecom) ST/US-33:
MAINTENANCE Shall attend the joint testing and
STAGE validate
Contract the results.
B(UG-Station)
ST/US-34: Finalise the joint maintenance procedures and periodicity of joint ST/US-34: Validate the joint maintenance procedures and test plans prepared
inspection by Contractor-A
a. Between S & T and station maintenance for testing of various
S&T earths
b. Between M & E SCADA and station M & E equipment / power
supply system / lighting system etc., which are parts of building
management functions.
c. Joint maintenance procedures and include the same in the S &
T maintenance manual.
P a g e | 53
11. Signalling & TelecomunicationTelecommunication and UG Tunnel (UGC-01)

Contract A: Signalling & Telecommunication Contract B : UG Tunnel (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 1/2
Contract A(Signalling & Telecom) DESIGN STAGE Contract B(UG-Tunnel)
ST/UT-01: Shall furnish the detailed drawings with locations and dimensions of ST/UT-01: Shall validate the location of intrusion detection devices, suitably
line side equipment to be installed like signals, ATP / ATO equipment, incorporate the detailed drawings prepared by Contractor-A and integrate
antennas, impedance bonds, location boxes, cable termination, RF amplifiers, the fixing and mounting arrangements with the structural design.
intrusion detection systems, Signs and labels and signal post telephones etc.
ST/UT-02: Shall furnish the details of Signal & Communication cables like ST/UT-02: Shall design the mounting arrangements in the tunnel section to
dimensions, weight, minimum bending radius and supporting &mounting accommodate the cable containments / cable hangers and design the cable
details throughout Tunnel and stations including the track crossings containments / cable hangers including the track crossing cable containments.
ST/UT-03: Shall furnish the detailed drawings with all locations and dimensions ST/UT-03: Shall validate the locations of passenger emergency
of emergency communication equipment including passenger Emergency communication systems and design the fixing arrangements. Shall design and
communication arrangements at cross passages. Shall plan to monitor the install the cross passage doors
status of cross passage doors
Contract A(Signalling & Telecommunication) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE
ST/UT-04: Shall install the line side S & T equipment like signals, ATP/ATO ST/UT-04: Shall provide the necessary mounting /fixing arrangements to
equipment, antennas, location boxes, cable termination boxes, RF amplifiers, install line side S & T equipment like signals, ATP / ATO equipment, antennas,
intrusion detection systems, signal post telephones, impedance bonds and location boxes, cable termination boxes, RF amplifiers, intrusion detection
emergency communication equipment. systems, signal post telephones, Impedance bonds and emergency
ST/UT-05: Shall install Signalling & Communication cables in tunnel sections. communication equipment.
ST/UT-06: Shall verify the requirements of statutory signs and labels. ST/UT-05: Shall provide cable containments / cable hanger fixings and track
crossings as per the requirements.
ST/UT-06: Shall install all the statutory signs and labels except those relating
to S & T equipment.
Contract A(Signalling & Telecom) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract

ST/UT-07: Shall conduct joint inspection of cable containments/ cable hangers, B(UG-Tunnel)
ST/UT-07: Shall attend the joint inspection of cable ducts / cable hangers
track crossing cable ducts installation. installation.
ST/UT-08: Shall agree and accept. ST/UT-08: Shall stop water leakages & maintain water tight tunnels to the
Contract Specifications.
P a g e | 54
12. PSD (S&T) and UG Stations (UGC-01)
Contract A: PSD (S&T) Contract B : UG Stations (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 1/2

Contract A(PSD-S&T) DESIGN STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
ST/US-01: (a) Shall furnish the specification of Platform Screen Doors (PSD) ST/US-01: (a) Shall validate and find the locations of Platform Screen Doors
like dimensions, weight and supporting & mounting details (PSD) and design space, hanger walls / beams & necessary
throughout stations. supports, structural and platform slab by considering the
(b) Shall furnish the maximum load of PSD on platform edge Dimensions, weight and mounting details of PSD.
(b) Shall collect details from Contractor-A and design the platform to
accommodate PSD load requirement.
ST/US-02: Shall furnish the requirements of passenger emergency escape ST/US-02: Shall validate and find the locations of passenger emergency
doors and track access doors. escape doors and track access doors.
ST/US-03: Shall furnish the installation location and method of Platform ST/US-03: Shall validate and find the locations of Platform screen doors local
Screen Doors Local Control Panel on platform level. control panel.
ST/US-04: Shall furnish the requirement of earthing system including earth ST/US-04: Shall fulfil the requirements of earthing and earth bars.
impedance value and earth bars for the PSD equipment.
ST/US-05: Shall furnish the EMI / EMC levels of PSD equipment to be installed ST/US-05: Shall incorporate in station design and prepare a common EMI /
in stations. EMC plan.
ST/US-06: Shall furnish the details of DG and UPS power supply requirement ST/US-06: Shall design the DG and UPS power supply requirement for PSD
for PSD Operation Operation
ST/US-07:Shall furnish the interfacing details with fire detection and ST/US-07:Shall plan and take signal from PSD and integrate with fire
firefighting systems detection and firefighting systems
ST/US-08: Shall furnish the cable routing plan to Contractor-B ST/US-08: Shall design cable duct/containment for PSD cable routing
Contract A(PSD-S&T) CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)

ST/US-09: Shall install the Platform Screen Doors, Emergency Escape Doors, ST/US-09: Shall provide necessary supports to install the platform screen
Track access doors and Platform screen doors local control panels. doors and local control panels.
P a g e | 55
Contract A: PSD (S&T) Contract B : UG Stations (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 2/2

ST/US-10: Shall verify the requirements of earths and earth bars. ST/US-10: Shall install earths and earth bars for Platform screen doors and its
equipment to be installed in Stations.
ST/US-11: Shall install control panel, power and control cable according to ST/US-11: Shall install cable containment/ducts to install control panel, power
plan layout and control cable according to plan layout
Contract A(PSD-S&T) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
ST/US-12: Shall conduct a joint test with Civil Contractor (Contractor-B) for ST/US-12: Shall attend the joint testing of earth impedance with Contractor-
testing of earth impedance of all earths provided for the PSD A.
Equipment.
ST/US-13: Shall conduct the joint testing and confirm that there are no EMI / ST/US-13: Shall attend the joint testing with S&T (PSD) and OHE contractors.
EMC impacts on PSD equipment installed in stations.
Contract A(PSD-S&T) MAINTENANCE STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
ST/US-14: Shall conduct the joint testing and confirm that there are no EMI / ST/US-14: Shall attend the joint testing with S & T (PSD) and OHE
EMC impacts on PSD equipment installed in stations. contractors.
P a g e | 56
13. AFC and UG Stations (UGC-01)

Contract A: AFC Contract B : UG Stations (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 1/4
Contract A(AFC) DESIGN STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
1. Provision of Rooms and Areas for Equipment Lay-out
AF/US-01: Shall finalise the room schedule and lay-out for AFC at stations AF/US-01: Shall incorporate the space and room requirements in the station
Design
2. Mechanical and Structural Interfaces
AF/US-02: Shall provide details of AFC equipment with specific AF/US-02: Shall incorporate the requirements in the station design for
requirements for installation.
1. Granite Counters for TO 1. Granite counter for TO
2. Cable routing and Fixing arrangements for Cable Trays 2. Provision for Cable routing
3. Gate array cable trench and raise way/raceway 3. Gate array cable trench and raise way/raceway
4. Passenger Windows at TO and EFO 4. Passenger Windows at TO and EFO
5. Wall Opening for TVM at SS 5. Wall Opening for TVM at SS
3. Earthing
AF/US-03: Shall provide design details of earthing requirements
AF/US-03: Shall Incorporate the earthing scheme for AFC system as per
requirement
4. Power supplies
AF/US-04: Provide the DG and UPS Power estimate in the station for AFC AF/US-04: Shall design the DG and UPS power supply with suitable
equipment protection devices for AFC equipment in station
5. Cable Routing, Penetration Installation & Cable containment

AF/US-05: Shall provide the cabling scheme for AFC system and cable AF/US-05: Shall space proof the cable routing requirement of AFC for
routing requirement for Power and Data. Power and Data in the station design. Shall provide cable
Containment
6. Furniture
AF/US-06: Shall provide the details of Granite Counter for TIW at Ticket Office AF/US-06: Shall incorporate Granite Counter for TIW at Ticket office in the
design.
7. Labelling and Statutory Signs
AF/US-07: Equipment related labelling and signage on AFC equipment and AF/US-07: All other signage at stations shall be designed by Station Contractor
cables shall be designed by AFC contractor.
P a g e | 57

8. EMC site Certification
AF/US-08: Shall provide the EMC requirements of AFC AF/US-08: To incorporate the AFC requirement in the design
9. Review of documents & Drawings

AF/US-09: Shall review the drawings and documents for AFC requirements. AF/US-09: Shall incorporate the review comments in the drawings and
e.g. : documents and finalise the station documentation.
1. Room Schedule
2. Station layout
3. Cable routing
4. Gate array etc.
(Not limited to the above drawings and documents)
10. Utilities Required for Site works

AF/US-10: Shall specify the requirement of utilities for site Works
AF/US-10: Shall accommodate the requirements in his design.
1.Temporary power
2.Lighting
3.Airconditioning at TO and SCR
11. Storage at Site

AF/US-11: Shall specify the temporary storage requirement for AFC AF/US-11: Shall make provision for temporary space at concourse level to
equipment at the stations during installation store AFC equipment on temporary basis during installation
12. Fire alarm interface

AF/US-11A: AF/US-11A:
(a) Shall design the AFC system to interface with fire alarm system. Shall also (a) Shall design the Fire Alarm system to interface with AFC system. Shall
specify the details like type of signal, communication protocol etc. verify and accept mutually the details like type of signal, communication
protocol etc., operation in emergency condition
(b) Shall Design the software according to functional requirements in
(b) Shall specify the functional requirements of AFC system
emergency condition
P a g e | 58
Contract A: AFC (Interface Lead) Contract B : UG Stations (MM3-CBS-UGC-01) Sheet # : 3/4

(Interface follower)
CONSTRUCTION / INSTALLATION
Contract A(AFC) Contract B(UG-Station)
STAGE
1. Provision of Rooms and Areas for Equipment Layout AF/US-12: 1. To construct the room and gate area as per the AFC room
AF/US-12: 1. To confirm that the construction is as per the room schedule. Schedule
2. To request access from the station contractor (Contractor-B). 2. To provide access to AFC Contractor for the installation of
equipment
2. Mechanical and Structural Interfaces
AF/US-13: To construct and provide civil and structural facilities required
AF/US-13: 1.To check and confirm t h a t AFC specific requirements for for AFC installation
installation are made available.
2.To install the electric cabinet and do the cable termination.
3.To install the switches and do the data cable termination.
4. To do the internal wiring at the AFC rooms.
5.To fix the AFC equipment at AFC rooms and complete the installation .
3. Earthing
AF/US-14: To confirm that the earthing provided is as per the AF/US-14: To provide earthing as per AFC requirement
requirement and provide earthing for the equipment
4. Power supplies
AF/US-15: Install/Lay the Power cable from UPS panel to AFC room AF/US-15: Provide permanent power from UPS with suitable protection
5. Cable Routing and Penetration Installation devices as per AFC requirement
AF/US-16: To do the cable routing as per the cabling scheme for power AF/US-16: Provide cable containment as per AFC Contractor’s requirements
& data.
6. Furniture
AF/US-17: To check the details of Granite counter for TIW provided by the AF/US-17: To provide Granite Counter for TIW at Ticket office as per
station contractor (Contractor-B). To provide the other furniture as is in the approved design.
scope of AFC Contractor.
7. Labelling and Statutory Signs
AF/US-18: To do the signage under the scope of AFC Contract., specific to AFC AF/US-18: To provide the signage for operational requirements
equipment and cabling.
P a g e | 59

8. EMC site Certification

AF/US-19: To check and confirm that the EMC requirements of AFC are met AF/US-19: To meet the EMC requirement of the AFC in the station.
9. Review of documents & Drawings

AF/US-20: To review the as built drawings and documents as per the
AF/US-20: To provide the as built documents as per the documentation plan
documentation plan.
10. Utilities Required for Site works

AF/US-21: To avail for installation of AFC equipment : AF/US-21: To provide the following utilities for installation of AFC equipment,
1. Temporary power 1. Temporary power
2. Lighting 2. Lighting
3. Air-conditioning at TO and SCR 3. Air-conditioning at TO and SCR
11. Storage at Site

AF/US-22: To check the adequacy of the temporary storage space for AFC AF/US-22: To provide temporary storage space for the AFC equipment at
equipment at the concourse level and avail. concourse level.
12. Fire alarm interface

AF/ES-22A: Shall Install and connect the cable from AFC panel to Fire alarm
AF/ES-22A: Provide the interface terminal to AFC contractor.
control panel.
Contract A(AFC) TEST & COMMISIONNING STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)
AF/US-23: Contractor-A shall jointly test the UPS systems AF/US-23: Contractor-B shall jointly test the UPS systems with contractor-A
Contract A(AFC) MAINTENANCE STAGE Contract B(UG-Station)

NIL NIL
P a g e | 60
Attachment E Indicative Master Interface Matrix
P a g e | 61
Attachment F Part 1 – Interface Coordination Sheet Form
P a g e | 62
Attachment F Part 2 - Interface Coordination sheet Format

The following table provides an example of the Interfacing Party Contract codes, which can
be used when preparing / updating the Contractor’s Interface Coordination Sheet, which
should be prepared on the basis of a separate Excel spreadsheet for each Interfacing Party.
These Interfacing Party Contract codes shall be finalised by the Engineer and made available
to the Project Contractors.
Interface Party Codes

CVT Civil Tunnels
CSN Civil Stations
CVD Civil Depot
ARS Architectural Stations
ARD Architectural Depot
BSS Building Service Stations
BSD Building Service Depot
DEE Depot Equipment
AFC Automatic Fare Collection
SGC Signalling and Communications
LEC Lifts and Escalators
VAC Ventilation & Air-Conditioning
TVS Tunnel Ventilation System
PST Traction Power (Includes OCS & SCADA)
RST Rolling Stock
TWK Track work
P a g e | 63
Attachment F Part 3 - Interface Coordination Sheet Format

The following table describes the Interface Status with codes to be used in preparing /
updating the Interface Coordination sheet.
Interface Status Codes & Meanings

Code
Interface Status Description of Status
for Log
Both Contractors have not agreed the conditions for
To be coordinated TBC
this interface
Both Contractors have agreed that the interface is
Coordinated COR
valid
One Contractor does not agree the conditions for this
Not coordinated NCOR
interface
The Contractor responsible for the
Received REC design/construction element has received the
information/documents required
The Contractor responsible for providing the
information/documents to progress the
Provided PRO
design/construction element has provided the
documents to the Interfacing Party
The Contractor has accepted the proposed Interface
Accepted ACP
Design or Construction element
Either of the Contractors have not accepted the
Not Accepted NACP
proposed Design/Construction element
Both Contractors have accepted the proposed
Interface Design or Construction element and no
Propose closeout PCO other requirements are outstanding.
Both Parties have agreed to sign the Confirmation of
Coordination Form
The final Interface Documentation together with
Confirmation of Coordination Form has been sent to
Closed out CO
the Interface Coordination Manager for closing the
interface
The Interface design or construction element has
Superseded SUP
been superseded
P a g e | 64
Attachment G – Confirmation of Coordination Form
Pune Metro
Ref No.
CONFIRMATION OF COORDINATION
CONTRACT: TRANSMITTAL No.:
TITLE:
ACTIVITY NO.:
GENERAL DESCRIPTION:
SIGNATURE OF INTERFACING CONTRACTORS:
Interfacing Contractor Authorized Name Signature Date Reviewed Comment
Signatures above confirm that this design document has been reviewed as part of the
coordination process.
NOTE: Where Contractors are not in agreement with the details on this submission, they are to
comment above and advise the interfacing party in question requesting accommodation of the
requirement and advise the Engineer under separate cover and report progress in Monthly
Report / Coordination Meetings.
P a g e | 65
Attachment H - Guidance Notes for the Preparation of Interface Management Programme
1. The programme shall be prepared and submitted in bar chart format.
2. The bar chart shall be formed by activities grouped by major Zones of Interface.
3. The detail of each bar chart activity shall demonstrate the Contractor’s understanding of
the scope of work of any Interfacing Contractor who is to supply input to the Contractor,
in order for him to achieve an integrated coordinated design.
4. The bars shown on the bar chart shall be annotated with details of the information
expected from the Interfacing Contractors, and highlight any target dates to receive or
produce information.
5. Information relating to contractual milestone dates shall be shown on both the
Contractor’s and Interfacing Contractors’ schedules.
6. The prime purpose of the document is to assist in ensuring that a coordinated design,
construction, testing and commissioning is achieved. This document shall be forwarded

to Interfacing Contractors for comment and agreement on a regular basis.
7. A complementary table of activities and dates should be prepared for ease of reference.
P a g e | 66
Attachment I - Guidance Notes for the Preparation of Interface Management Plan

The purpose of this Plan is to demonstrate how the Contractor proposes to achieve a fully
coordinated design, which is compatible with that design carried out by Interfacing
Contractors.
This document shall describe each of the component parts, within Zones of Interface, of the
design, which require input from Interfacing Contractors. The descriptions should include
details relating to the inputs required from both the Contractor and Interfacing Contractor,
to achieve a fully coordinated design. The document should also be complementary to the
IMPG, which details the proposed schedule and timings of each of the interfacing activities.
This document shall also detail the proposed interfacing requirements to be met by all
Interfacing Contractors. The Contractor shall ensure that this document is acceptable to the
Interfacing Contractors and that they are able to comply with all of its requirements. This is
to be achieved by document exchanges and discussions to achieve agreement of
documents.
The Plan shall therefore:
i) Detail each of the component parts of the Project, which require the input of
Interfacing Contractors to achieve a coordinated design. It shall describe the various
disciplines and detail the technical input from others that will be required to achieve
a coordinated design.
ii) Cover the whole duration of the Works and be complementary to the IMPG, which
details the proposed/agreed schedule and timings.
iii) Be given by the Contractor to other Interfacing Contractors for their information and
agreement.
iv) Be developed in association with the process of increasing knowledge of the design
and shall reflect the agreements reached by the Contractor and the Interfacing
Contractors as the Project progresses. The Plan shall be updated on a quarterly basis
to reflect this developing status.
The Status of any interface at any point in time shall be identified by one of the following
conditions;
 to be coordinated
 coordinated
 not coordinated
 received
 provided
 accepted
 not accepted
 propose close-out
 superseded
 closed out
P a g e | 67
MAHA-METRO Contract No. P1/TR-02/2018 Part 2: Tender Drawings
BIDDING DOCUMENT
For
DESIGN, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 25KV FLEXIBLE & RIGID OVERHEAD CATENARY SYSTEM (OCS / OHE) AND SECTIONING POSTS FOR PUNE METRO RAIL PROJECT
CONTRACT NO.
P1/TR-02/2018

SECTION VII-C: TENDER DRAWINGS
NAGPUR METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED (NMRCL)
101, The Orion,

Opposite Don Bosco Youth Centre,
Maharashtra, INDIA
Feb 2018
MAHA-METRO Contract No. P1/TR-02/2018 Part 2: Tender Drawings
BIDDING DOCUMENT
For
DESIGN, SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 25KV FLEXIBLE & RIGID OVERHEAD CATENARY SYSTEM (OCS / OHE) AND SECTIONING POSTS FOR PUNE METRO RAIL PROJECT
CONTRACT NO.
P1/TR-02/2018

SECTION VII-C: TENDER DRAWINGS
101, The Orion, Opposite Don Bosco Youth Centre,

Maharashtra INDIA
Feb 2018
OVERHEAD EQUIPMENT DRAWING LIST FOR PUNE METRO
S.N0. TITLE OF DRAWINGS DRAWING NO. SHEET NO.
GENERAL
1 INDEX LIST PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/001 1 OF 1
2 PROJECT CORRIDORS PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/002 1 OF 1
3 OVERALL AUXILIARY POWER FEEDING SCHEMATIC PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/004 1 OF 1
4 MAIN LINE 25KV OHE SECTIONING SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/005 1 OF 1
5 SECTIONING SCHEMATIC OF RANGE HILL DEPOT PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/023 1 OF 1
6 SECTIONING SCHEMATIC OF VANAZ DEPOT PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/024 1 OF 1
7 TYPICAL VIADUCT CROSS-SECTION WITH OHE PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/014 1 OF 1
8 VIADUCT LEFT CURVE - 120m RADIUS PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/015 1 OF 1
9 OHE SUPPORT MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT AT PARAPET (ROUND) PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/016 1 OF 2
10 OHE SUPPORT MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT AT PARAPET (POLYGONAL) PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/016 2 OF 2
11 ANCHOR ON PARAPET PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/017 1 OF 1
12 MAST ON PARAPET FOR SUPPORTING POLE MOUNTED EQUIPMENTS PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/018 1 OF 1
13 TYPICAL CANTILEVER ARRANGEMENT ON STRAIGHT & CURVE TRACKS PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/019 1 OF 1
14 TYPICAL GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF CANTILEVER ON DROP-ARMS PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/020 1 OF 1
15 MESSENGER & CONTACT WIRE STAGGER IN STRAIGHT ALIGNMENT PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/021 1 OF 1
16 TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT FOR TRANSITION FROM ROCS TO FLEXIBLE OCS SYSTEM PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/022 1 OF 1
17 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF ROCS-UG PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/026 1 OF 1
18 OVERALL EARTHING SCHEMATIC PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/027 1 OF 1
19 EARTHING & BONDING ON BRIDGE/VIADUCT PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/028 1 OF 1
20 EARTHING & BONDING OF SLAB TRACK ELEMENT PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/030 1 OF 1
21 TYPICAL EARTHING & BONDING ARRANGEMET AT STATIONS PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/031 1 OF 1
22 INTEGRAL TRANSVERSE LINK-VIADUCT PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/032 1 OF 1
23 GAD OF RANGE-HILL DEPOT PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/025 1 OF 1
24 GAD OF VANAZ DEPOT PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/026 1 OF 1
25 TYPICAL VIADUCT CROSS -SECTION WITH CABLE ARRANGEMENT PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/035 1 OF 1
26 TYPICAL TUNNEL CROSS -SECTION WITH CABLE ARRANGEMENT
27 CORRIDOR 1 ALIGNMENT GAD
28 CORRIDOR 2 ALIGNMENT GAD
REVISIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE DESIGN CONSULTANT: CLIENT: SYSTRA India
THE RESPOSIBILITY OF CONTROL, CHECK AND VERIFICATION OF ACCURACY, CORRECTNESS, DRAWING TITLE: ISSUE RECORD APPROVED FOR ISSUE
COMPLETENESS, INTEGRATION AND FULL COMPLIANCE OF CONSULTANCY CONTRACT PROVISIONS
AS BUILT
IN RESPECT OF DESIGN ANALYSIS AND DRAWINGS RESTS WITH DESIGN CONSULTANT
INDEX LIST FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
LEAP INFRAASYS PVT LTD TENDER DRAWING
PROJECT TITLE: REV SHEET NO. DEFINITIVE DESIGN
DRAWING NO: PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/001
0 24/02/2018 RAHUL KUMAR SINGH PRADEEP KUMAR ANIL JANGID RAHUL KUMAR SINGH PUNE METRO RAIL PROJECT R0 01 OF 01 PRELIMINARY DESIGN
REV. DATE BRIEF DESCRIPTION PREPARED BY CHECKED BY APPROVED BY ISSUED BY SCALE: N.T.S DESIGN DEVELOPMENT
Dead End
-623m
RSS 132 Kv
Chinchwad (4.5Km) PCMC
GSS 2x132/25 Kv CH : -200
2x132/33 Kv (Elevated)
Tukaram Nagar
CH : 1763.00
(Elevated)
Bhosari
CH : 2553.00
(Elevated)
Kasarwadi
CH : 3822.00
(Elevated)
Fugewadi
CH : 4850.00
(Elevated)
Dapodi
CH : 5720.00
(Elevated)
Ganeshkhind
Bopodi GSS
CH : 7350.00
(Elevated) (2.5Km)
RSS 132kV
Dead End
Khadki Range-Hill 2x132/25 kV 13950.00m
CH : 8250.00 2x132/33 kV
(Elevated) Depot Ramwadi
CH : 13557.00
(Elevated)
Kalyani Nagar
Range CH : 12477.00
(Elevated)
Hill
CH : 9612.00
Parvati (Elevated)
Yerwada
GSS CH : 10925.00
(Elevated)
Bund Garden
Shivaji Nagar CH : 10111.00
CH : 11700.00 (Elevated)
(5Km) (Underground)
Mangalwar Rubi Clinic
Civil Court Peth
CH : 6603.00 CH : 9177.00
CH : 7408.00 (Elevated)
(Elevated) (Elevated)
RSS 132kV
2x132/25 kV PMC
2x132/33 kV e
Pun way
Vanaz CH : 5960.00
(Elevated)
Depot a il
R ion
Deccan t 0
Sta8300.0)
Gymkhana :
CH levate
d
CH : 4725.00 Sambhaji (E
Ideal (Elevated) Park
Anand Colony CH : 5258.00 Budhwar
Dead End Nagar CH : 1899.00 (Elevated) Peth
-625m CH : 1150.00 (Elevated)
(Underground)
(Elevated) Garware
Collage
CH : 3872.00 Mandai
Vanaz (Elevated) (Underground)
CH : 15.00
Nal
(Elevated) Stop
CH : 2788.00
(Elevated)
Swar Gate
(Underground)
Dead End
-623m
REVISIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE DESIGN CONSULTANT: CLIENT: SYSTRA INDIA

AS BUILT
FOR CONSTRUCTION
PROJECT CORRIDORS CONTRACT DRAWING
Legends:-
FROM 132kV CHINCHWAD GSS FROM 132kV GANESH KHIND GSS S.No. Description Abbreviation Symbol
INCOMING INCOMING INCOMING INCOMING

FEEDER-1 FEEDER-2 FEEDER-1 FEEDER-2 1 132kV Circuit Breaker CB01 to CB07
PCMC RANGE HILL

2 Traction Power Transformer TT01 ,TT02
CB01
CB02
CB01
CB02
RANGE HILL
CB-03 (B/C) DEPOT CB-03 (B/C)
3 Auxiliary Main Transformer AMT1 ,AMT2
CB04
CB05
CB06
CB07
CB04
CB05
CB06
CB07
4
AMT1
AMT2
AMT1
AMT2
33kV Circuit Breaker(RSS) JA01,JA02,...
JH01
JH02
TT1
TT2
TT1
TT2
21.6/30.2 MVA 20/25 MVA 21.6/30.2 MVA 21.6/30.2 MVA 20/25 MVA 21.6/30.2 MVA
JH03 (B/C)
25kV CB
25kV CB
25kV CB
25kV CB
JA01
JA01
JA02
JA02
NO
JC01
JC02
JA-03 (B/C) JA-03 (B/C)
5 33kV Circuit Ring
JH01,JH02,....
Breaker (Depot Ass)
AT01
AT02
JA04
JA05
JA06
JA10
25kV FEEDER 25kV FEEDER 25kV FEEDER 25kV FEEDER
JA07
AT02 JA11
JA08
AT01 JA04
JA05
JA06
AT02 JA07
JA09
TO TRACTION TO TRACTION TO TRACTION TO TRACTION
33kV Circuit Ring Breaker JH11,JH12,....
6
(Corridor 1 ASSs)
AT01
7 33kV Circuit Ring Breaker
JH21,JH22,....
(Corridor 2 ASSs)
8 33kV Circuit Transformer JC01,JC02,....

Breaker (Depot ASS)
33kV Circuit Transformer
9 JC11,JC12,....
Breaker (Corridor 1 ASSs)
33kV Circuit Transformer Breaker

10 JC21,JC22,....
(Corridor 2 ASSs)
11 ASS Transformers (Depot) AT01,AT02
12 ASS Transformers (Corridor 1) AT11,AT12
13 ASS Transformers (Corridor 1) AT11,AT12
14 25kV Circuit Breaker
15 Cable Termination
CORRIDOR-1
16 33kV Cables
TUKARAM FUGEWADI DOPODI SHIVAJI CIVIL COURT BUDHWAR PETH MANDAI SWARGATE 17 132kV Cables
PCMC BHOSARI KASARVADI BOPODI KHADAKI RANGE HILL
NAGAR (NF) NAGAR
NO NO
JH11
JH15
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
JH11
JH12
AT11 JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
JC11
AT11
AT11
AT11
AT11
AT11
AT11
AT11
AT11
AT11
AT11
AT11
AT11
AT11
NO NO
JH13
JH16
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH16
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH14
JH13
JH14
AT12 JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
JC12
AT12
AT12
AT12
AT12
AT12
AT12
AT12
AT12
AT12
AT12
AT12
AT12
AT12
NS-01 NS-02 NS-03 NS-04 NS-05 NS-06 NS-07 NS-08 NS-09 NS-10 NS-11 NS-12 NS-13 NS-14
(Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Underground) (Underground) (Underground) (Underground) (Underground)
BY LILO 132kV Xmission route at PARVATI GSS
INCOMING INCOMING
FEEDER-1 FEEDER-2
VANAZ
CB01
CB02
VANAZ
DEPOT CB-03 (B/C)
CB04
CB05
CB07
CB06
AMT1
AMT2
JH01
JH02
20/25 MVA
TT1
TT2
21.6/30.2 MVA 21.6/30.2 MVA

JH03 (B/C)
25kV CB
25kV CB
JA01
JA02
NO
JC01
JC02
JA03 (B/C)
AT01
AT02
25kV FEEDER 25kV FEEDER

AT01 JA04
JA05
JA06
JA07
JA08
JA09
TO TRACTION TO TRACTION
AT02
CORRIDOR-2
VANAZ ANAND IDEAL NAL STOP GARWARE DECCAN SAMBHAJI CIVIL COURT MANGALWAR PUNE RAILWAY RUBI CLINIC BUND YERAWADA KALYANJI RAMVADI
NAGAR COLONY COLLEGE PARK PETH STATION GARDEN NAGAR
NO
JH22
JH21
JH25
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH21
JH22
JH25
AT21 JC21
AT21 JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
JC21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
AT21
NO NO NO
JH23
JH25
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH26
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
JH23
JH24
AT22 JC22
AT22 JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
JC22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
AT22
EW-01 EW-02 EW-03 EW-04 EW-05 EW-06 EW-07 EW-08 EW-09 EW-10 EW-11 EW-12 EW-13 EW-14 EW-15 EW-16
(Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated) (Elevated)

AS BUILT
OVERALL AUXILIARY POWER FEEDING FOR CONSTRUCTION
SCHEMATIC CONTRACT DRAWING
RANGE HILL FROM 132kV
RSS GANESHKHIND GSS
RSS/TSS/AMS
CB/11 CB/12
CB/13
CB/14 CB/15 CB/16 CB/17
15MVA,1PH 20/25MVA,3PH 15MVA,1PH

132kV/27.5kV MT11 JP11 132kV/33kV JP12 MT12 132kV/27.5kV
CB/100 JA11 JA12 CB/102
PCMC RSS FROM 132kV SM/100 SM/102

CHINCHWAD GSS SM/100A CB/104 SM/102A
RSS/TSS/AMS SM/101 SM/103 SM/105 SM/107 SM/109 SM/111 SM/113 SM/115 SM/117
CB/101 CB/103 CB/105 CB/107 CB/109 CB/111 CB/113 CB/115 CB/117

SM/107A
SM/109A
CB/21 CB/22
CB/23
SM/103A
CB/24 CB/25 CB/26 CB/27

SM/105A

CB/200 JA21 JA22 CB/202

TO DEPOT
S.S.P
SM/200 SM/202
SM/200A CB/204 SM/202A
SM/201 SM/203 SM/205 SM/207
CB/201 CB/203 CB/205 CB/207

SM/201A
SM/203A
FOR FUTURE FOR FUTURE
SSP SSP
CB/41 CB/42 CB/43 CB/44 CB/45 CB/51 CB/52 CB/53. CB/54 CB/55
BM/108
BM/109
BM/110
BM/111
BM/202
BM/201
PT/108
PT/109
PT/110
PT/111
TO RANGE HILL
PT/201
PT/202
DEPOT LINES
LA/108
LA/109
LA/110
LA/111
CH- 625.0m
DEAD END
DEAD END
LA/201
LA/202
PCMC ST.TUKARAM NAGAR BHOSARI KASARWADI FUGEWADI DAPODI BOPODI KHADAKI HILL RANGE CIVIL COURT SWARGATE
SHIVAJI NAGAR BUDHWAR PETH MANDAI
DN MAIN CH:-340m CH: 1763m CH: 2550m CH: 3822m CH: 4850m CH: 5716m CH: 7338m CH: 8205m CH:9612m
BM
BM BM BM
PT PT PT
DN MAIN
LA LA LA
N
LA
E
PT
BM
BM
LA LA LA
PT PT PT
UP MAIN BM BM BM UP MAIN
CH:-340m CH: 1763m CH:2550m CH: 3822m CH: 4850m CH: 5716m CH: 7338m CH:8205m CH:9612m
SHIVAJI NAGAR BUDHWAR PETH MANDAI
PCMC ST.TUKARAM NAGAR BHOSARI KASARWADI FUGEWADI DAPODI BOPODI KHADAKI HILL RANGE CIVIL COURT SWARGATE
PCMC - RANGE HILL CORRIDOR
VANAZ TSS FROM 132kV

GSS
RSS/TSS/AMS
CB/31 CB/32
CB/33
CB/34 CB/35 CB/36 CB/37

CB/300 JA31 JA32 CB/302
SM/300 SM/302
SM/300A CB/304 SM/302A
SM/303 SM/305 SM/307 SM/309 SM/311
CB/303 CB/305 CB/307 CB/309 CB/311

SM/305A
SM/307A
TO DEPOT
S.S.P
BM/311
BM/312
BM/313
BM/314
PT/311
PT/312
PT/313
PT/314
TO VANAZ LINES
BM/112
BM/113
BM/106
BM/107
DEPOT
LA/311
LA/312
LA/313
LA/314
PT/106
PT/107
PT/112
PT/113
DEAD END
DEAD END
CH- 625m
LA/106
LA/107
LA/112
LA/113
BM
VANAZ ANAND NAGAR IDEAL COLONY NAL STOP GARWARE COLLEGE DECCAN SAMBHAJI PARK PMC CIVIL COURT MANGALWAR PETH PUNE RLY. STN. RUBY CLINIC BUND GARDEN YERAWADA KALYANJI NAGAR RAMVADI
UP MAIN BM
BM BM BM BM BM UP MAIN
CH:-023m CH: 972m CH: 1899m CH: 2760m CH: 3872m CH: 4728m CH: 5254m CH: 5970m CH: 6613m
PT PT PT PT PT
LA LA LA LA LA
W E
LA
PT
LA
PT
BM BM
BM
BM
LA LA LA LA LA
PT PT PT PT PT
CH:-023m CH: 972m CH: 1899m CH: 2760m CH: 3872m CH: 4728m CH: 5254m CH: 5970m CH: 6613m DN MAIN
BM BM BM BM BM
DN MAIN VANAZ ANAND NAGAR IDEAL COLONY NAL STOP GARWARE COLLEGE DECCAN SAMBHAJI PARK PMC CIVIL COURT MANGALWAR PETH PUNE RLY. STN. RUBY CLINIC BUND GARDEN YERAWADA KALYANJI NAGAR RAMVADI
VANAZ-CIVIL COURT CORRIDOR
REVISIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE DESIGN CONSULTANT CLIENT : SYSTRA India

The responsibility of control, check and verification of accuracy, correctness,
completeness, integration and full compliance of consultancy contract provisions Issue Record Approved for Issue
in respect of design analysis and drawings rests with Detailed Design Consultant DRAWING TITLE :
As Built
MAIN LINE 25kV OHE SECTIONING For Construction
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Contract Drawing
LEAP INFRAASYS PVT LTD Tender Drawing
PROJECT TITLE : REV SHEET NO. Definitive Design

R0 24/02/2018 Rahul Kumar Singh Pradeep Kumar Anil Jangid Rahul Kumar Singh DRAWING NO: PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/005
R0 01 Preliminary Design
Rev. Date Brief Description Issued by
Prepared by Checked by Approved by SCALE : N.T.S Design Development
FROM TSS
BM
BM
Heavy Repair Bay Stores
BM
BM
BM
BM
Inspection Line
Heavy Cleaning Lines
1
2
AWP 3
Stabling line
4
5
ETU Shed
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PWL
Test track 750 m.
Notes for OCS/OHE Contractor:-

This Schematic is indicative only and detailed/final
design is under the scope of contractor. The final
design shall be based on final layout of depot.
Notes for Power Supply Contractor:-
This schematic drawing is for reference of Power supply contractor. The scope
pertains to other contractor. However SCADA system for all power supply and
traction assets is in the scope of PS contractor. The PS contractor shall interfare
with OHE/OCS contractor in this regrard.
REVISIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE DESIGN CONSULTANT: CLIENT: AECOM India

AS BUILT
SECTIONING SCHEMATIC OF RANGE-HILL FOR CONSTRUCTION
DEPOT CONTRACT DRAWING
FROM TSS
BM
BM
Unloading Bay
ETU Shed
BM
BM
BM
BM
BM
Inspection Bay
1
2
3
4
5
Stabling line
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Heavy Cleaning Line
13
PWL
Notes for OCS/OHE Contractor:-
Shunting line
This Schematic is indicative only and
detailed/final design is under the scope of
contractor. The final design shall be based on
Stores Heavy Repair Bay final layout of depot.
Notes for Power Supply Contractor:-

Test Track
This schematic drawing is for reference of
Power supply contractor. The scope
pertains to other contractor. However
SCADA system for all power supply and
traction assets is in the scope of PS
contractor. The PS contractor shall interfare
with OHE/OCS contractor in this regrard.
REVISIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE DESIGN CONSULTANT: CLIENT: AECOM India

AS BUILT
SECTIONING SCHEMATIC OF VANAZ DEPOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
4
2
1 5
Ø55
3 6
Ø42 Ø70
10
11
6
8
Ø55
12 13
1 15
16
17
14
Track vertical axis
Pantograph axis
or

AS BUILT
IN RESPECT OF DESIGN ANALYSIS AND DRAWINGS RESTS WITH DESIGN CONSULTANT TYPICAL VIADUCT CROSS-SECTION FOR CONSTRUCTION
WITH OHE CONTRACT DRAWING
0 24/02/2018 RAHUL KUMAR SINGH PRADEEP KUMAR ANIL JANGID RAHUL KUMAR SINGH R0 01 OF 01 PRELIMINARY DESIGN
AS BUILT
VIADUCT LEFT CURVE - 120m RADIUS FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
DRAWING NO: NMRP/LIPL/EL/OHE/015
0 24.02.2018 RAHUL KUMAR SINGH PRADEEP KUMAR ANIL JANGID RAHUL KUMAR SINGH PUNE METRO RAIL PROJECT R0 01 OF 01 PRELIMINARY DESIGN
B B

AS BUILT
OHE SUPPORT MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AT PARAPET (ROUND) CONTRACT DRAWING
B B
REVISIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE DESIGN CONSULTANT: CLIENT: SYSTRA INDIA

AS BUILT
OHE SUPPORT MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AT PARAPET (POLYGONAL) CONTRACT DRAWING
DRAWING NO:PMR/LIPL/EL/OHE/016
B
X X
B B

AS BUILT
ANCHOR ON PARAPET FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
TOP OF PARAPET
ELEVATION
END VIEW
(ALONG TRACK)

AS BUILT
MAST ON PARAPET FOR SUPPORTING FOR CONSTRUCTION
POLE MOUNTED EQUIPMENTS CONTRACT DRAWING
REGULATED CATENARY
IN CURVE EXTERNAL POLE LOCATION
(PUSH OFF ASSEMBLY)
4
2
1 5
Ø55
3 6
Ø42 Ø70
10
11
Track vertical axis

8
axis
Ø55
Pantograph
12 13
1 15
16
17
14 IN CURVE INTERNAL POLE LOCATION
(PUSH OFF ASSEMBLY)
or Pantograph axis
Track vertical axis
Part No. Parts Description Qty Part No. Parts Description Qty
1 Swivel with clevis for cantilever bracket 2 11 Stay yoke clamping hook 1
2 Eye clamp 1 12 Swwivel with clevis 1
3 Double tube holder 1 13 End fitting for tube 1
Track vertical axis

axis
4 Bimetallic sleeve for 65mm² MW 1 14 Equipotential connection wire 1
5 Catenary wire support with hook for Ø55 1 15 Steady arm support 1
Pantograph
6 Tube cap Ø55 2 16 Steady arm L=1050mm 1
7 Tube cap Ø70 1 17 Contact wire clip 1
8 Eye clamp 2
Notes:-
9 End fitting for tube 2
1. This is an indicative drawing and detailed designs shall be performed by the Contractor.
10 Registration arm dropper 1 2. The cantilever shall generally conform to RDSO specification no.TI/SPC/OHE/MCS/0150
dated 18.08.2015

AS BUILT
TYPICAL CANTILEVER ARRANGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
LEAP INFRAASYS PVT LTD ON STRAIGHT & CURVE TRACKS
TENDER DRAWING
STAY TUBE
AEC
CANTILEVER
DROP TUBE MESSENGER WIRE
CONTACT WIRE
INSULATOR STEADY ARM

Notes:-
1. This is an indicative drawing only and it shall be the responsibility
of the contractor to develop detailed designs.
2. Such arrangement will be typically used in station area with drop
arm arrangement fixed to station roof truss. Contractor shall be
C
L OF TRACK
review to interface with station contractor for the same.
3. The AEC and RC may be fixed to station roof truss appropriately
in case of station area.

AS BUILT
TYPICAL GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF FOR CONSTRUCTION
CANTILEVER ON DROP-ARMS CONTRACT DRAWING
200
200
Vertical axis of track
200
200
or Pantograph axis
200 200
Normal height of contact wire 5.00 m

Vertical axis of track
or pantograph axis
v
v: Track Gauge

AS BUILT
MESSENGER & CONTACT WIRE STAGGER FOR CONSTRUCTION
IN STRAIGHT ALIGNMENT CONTRACT DRAWING
3 6
4
5
7
2
LEGEND :
Sl.No DESCRIPTION
1 CONTACT WIRE
2 INSULATOR
3 ANCHORING PLATE
4 MESSENGER WIRE
5 DROPPER
6 OHE MAST
7 MOUNTING STRAP

AS BUILT
TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT FOR TRANSITION FOR CONSTRUCTION
FROM ROCS TO FLEXIBLE OCS SYSTEM CONTRACT DRAWING
(*)
COMPOSITE INSULATOR
RAIL SUPPORT
ADJUSTING PLUG
EARTH CABLE
CLAMP
MECHANISM PLATE
RIGID OVERHEAD
CONTACT PROFILE
SHALL BE RECOMMENDED BY CIVIL

* WORK CONTRACTOR

AS BUILT
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF ROCS-UG FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
Station Station
Platform Screen Door Return Circuit (Running Rails) Platform Screen Door
Traction Supply
Traction Power Train Control

Supply Equipment
AC Switch gear fence
Transformer
Platform Platform
X
Traction
Transformer Sheilding Cables
Buried rail
Earth Cable Reinforcements Earth Cable/BEC

Feeding Cable
Track substructure
Earthing Systems
Viaduct Tunnel
Piers
Metro installations
Non Metro installations

Pipe with
Insulating Joint
Station Earth MAT Station Earth MAT
Note:-
This schematic drawing for overall earthing strategy is a high level indicative
one in compliance with EN 50122 / IEC 62128 and Particular Specification.
It shall be Contractor's responsibility to develop it further duly incorporating /
addressing other contractor's interfacing requirements.

AS BUILT
OVERALL EARTHING SCHEMATIC FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
RC
2
OPC MW MW
OPC
CW CW
RC
2 1
2
OPC MW MW 1
OPC
CW CW
3
ERPE in banquet
RC
3
2
2
OPC MW MW
OPC
CW CW
RC 1 3
2 2
OPC MW MW 1
OPC
CW CW
ERPE in banquet
RC
2 3
2
OPC MW MW
OPC
OPC Legend
CW CW
Symbol Description
Cable or bare wire, reinforcement
3
Earhing Rebar (> 16 mm or 50x4 steel)
Rail
1 3
1 Earthing Plate
2
EB
Welded Connection (L>90 (2x45) mm,a=4mm
Screw Connection M16 bolt, S18
2 Blue Earthing, Bonding Elements
ERPE in banquet Earthing Bar
Cable Tube ( plastic 60 mm)
acts as CB
CB Cross Bond (70 Cu, Cable)
Notes:- EB Earthing Bond
1. This drawing is a high level conceptual schematic of guide way structure ECRC Earthed Current Return Conductor (240 AL)
earthing system. This is to be considered as indicative one and detailing ERPE Earthing Reber for Potentiol Equalization
(including interface with other contractors) shall be responsibility of the P Pope/ Overhead Contact System Mast
Contractor.
MW Messenger wire
2. The connection between adjacent girders shall be accomplished by
flexible copper cables. CW Contact wire
3. Sections of handrail continuous for more than 20m should be connected 50 mm < a <100 m Concrete cover
to OCS structures by a 40x6mm GI flat or equivalent copper jumper. (on 0CS Pole) Electrical Connection to Rail Potential (earth)
50
min. 50 mm
50 max. 100 mm

AS BUILT
EARTHING & BONDING ON BRIDGE/VIADUCT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
earthing plate
to earthing plate or earthing bar

of integrated earthing network
(in intervels about 100m) to earthing plate or earthing bar
of integrated earthing network
(in intervels about 100m)
rails
longitudinal steel reber o 16mm
interrupted on the edge of
slab track elements
x)
pro
(ap
m
o7
4t
earthing of slab track earthing of slab track

without block elements block elements
Note:- Legend
This drawing is an indicative one for structure earthing of ballastless tracks.
Symbol Description
The detailing shall be responsibility of OCS Contractor duly interfacing with
track and civil contractors, and ensuring compliance with Particular Earthing Plate
Specifications.
Welded Connection (L>90 (2x45) mm,a=4mm
Screw Connection M16 bolt, S18
Blue Earthing, Bonding Elements
(on OCS Pole) Electrical Connection to Rail Potential (earth)

AS BUILT
EARTHING AND BONDING OF SLAB FOR CONSTRUCTION
TRACK ELEMENT CONTRACT DRAWING
Metallic Items
Buried Earth Cable
Earthing Grid
of Building BUILDING
Earth Station
PLATFORM
Aerial Earth Cable
OVER OR UNDER PASS OR SHELTER AREA

UP Return Conductor
TRACK-1
Catenary Wire
Contact Wire
TRACK-2
Return Conductor
DOWN Legend :-
OHE Contractor
Integral Station Contractor
Transverse
Link (ITL) Aerial Earth Cable
Notes :-
1. This is an indicative schematic design and
the contractor shall be responsible for detail
PLATFORM design.
2. The PST contractor shall lead the
Earth Station
development of overall earthing & bonding
strategy.
Earthing Grid 3. The OCS contractor shall lead E&B
BUILDING Link
of Building detailing related to traction system.
Buried Earth Cable

Metallic Items

AS BUILT
TYPICAL EARTHING & BONDING FOR CONSTRUCTION
ARRANGEMENT AT STATIONS CONTRACT DRAWING
AERIAL EARTH
CABLE
EARTH BAR
RAIL
IMPENDENCE
BOND
BURIED BURIED
EARTH CABLE Legend :- EARTH CABLE
OHE Conductor
Signaling & Telecom
Contractor
EARTH PIT EARTH PIT
Viaduct / Station Contractor
Track coil for Protecting
Track Contractor

AS BUILT
INTEGRAL TRANSVERSE LINK - VIADUCT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
Pit Wheel Lathe
Heavy Repair Bay STORE

)
k (8 50 m
Test Trac
PERIPHERY ROAD 10.5 m WIDE

m
Offices 50 x 10
m
Offices 50 x 10
m
Offices 50 x 10
Inspection Line
Inspection Line
Inspection Line
0m
G= -3
.5 27%
0.00
Line
Heavy Cleaning
1122
m
00
.000
50.000
.000
0m
ELE. 534.0
CH=
1200
1180
0.00
m
m
G=
CH. =110
-3.2
.000
.074
84%
1
1
1116
0m
CH=
G=
CH=
-3
0
0
1154
.527
1114
20.0
%
=
0.000 m
759.639m
H
S 4.5m c/c
ELE. 551.000
CH. =10568.000
STABLING LINE
CH= 1104.074
00
C
ST1
m
111
CH=
0m
60.000
1080.0
CH=11020.000m
CH=
CH=10980.000m
.00
m
CH=10960.000m
PLANT
CH=10940.000m
1110
AUTO WASH
CH=10920.000m
CH= 11000.000 m
TS10978.086 m
SC11028.086
CH=10880.000m
CH=11040
CH=10860.000m
CH=110
CS1
CH=10840.000m
CH=1
CH=10820.000m
CH= 10900.000 m
CH=10780.000m
CH=10760.000m
CH=10740.000m
CH=10720.000m
CH= 10800.000 m
CH=10680.000m
UNL ETU S
CH=10660.000m
5m
CH=10640.000m
hed 7.67
CH=10620.000m
m
O
CH= 10700.000 m
ADIN Rb50 .000
Ls50
CH=10580.000m
CH=10560.000m
CH=10540.000m
GB
CH=10520.000m
CH= 10600.000 m
AY
CH=10480.000m
8m
L111.45 0m
CH=10460.000m
4.5m c/c
CH=10440.000m
R400.00
BLING LINES
CH=10420.000m
CH= 10500.000 m
CH=10380.000m
FUTURE STA
360.000m
CH=10340.000m
L75.988m
CH= 10400.000 m
CORRIDOR
0m
5m
R507.67
ST10363.965 m
CS10333.965 m
CH=10320.00
Re507.675m
m
0.000 m
Ls50.000m
80.000
00m
CH=10
Chain
.000m
m WIDE
CH.10/375
PERIPHERY ROAD 10.5

10300.
0260.0
CH=102
CH= 1030
END OF
00m
Chain
age =
2m
0240
614.121m
000
200.0
CH=1
age =
00 m
Chaina
1022.1
CH=1
0m
1032
10200.00
Chainag
10=22
.102
0.00
Rb550.000m
.0
Ls30.000m
10293.
3.836
0
CH
ge = 10
0
0192
SC
8
102
101
m
L111.8620m
R550.00
0
e=
TS1
836
CH=
CH=
246.83
10216.8
804m
DEPOT
287.
00m
50.0 m
Re530.000
2
Ls
32
KHADKI BAZAR ROAD ROAD ACCESS TO

TO SHIVAJI NAGAR
Notes:
1. This is an indicative layout only and it is currently a
work-in-progress for refinement. It may undergo few iterations
and bidders are advised to consider this in their proposal.
REVISIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT CONSULTANT: CLIENT: AECOM India
AS BUILT
IN RESPECT OF DESIGN ANALYSIS AND DRAWINGS RESTS WITH DESIGN CONSULTANT GAD OF RANGE-HILL DEPOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
-Sd- LEAP INFRAASYS PVT LTD TENDER DRAWING
DRAWING NO: PMR/LIPL/EL/25
0 24-02-2018 ABHISHEK SHUKLA PRAKASH KUMAR ANIL JANGID ABHISHEK SHUKLA R0 01 OF 01 PRELIMINARY DESIGN
Pune Metro Rail Project
CH=-735.
000m
TS-727.5
47 m
Re
Ls19.9.95
Re
Ls2
Re952.0
Ls2
947
95
0.00000
0.0
0.0
78m
22mm
50
0m
m
CH=-715.
m
000m
N = 2046 .690
SC-707.5
E=
HIP Ch:
Ca=0 m
47 m
VMax=80 00 m
TRL = 20
TL = 32
CL = 25
D= 1°12
R= 950.
37
Curve N
R947.95 m
R95
R95
L250.00
L252.05
2°43'08.
L25.161
32
.0100m
.0850m
0m
m
765.119
CH=-695
m
m
-695.000
09
.547 m
.000m
.085 m
.0
000 m
Kmph
'22.42"
AY
o. = 1
DING B
951"
CS-682 UNLOA
.4
Rb
62 m
Rb
Ls197.9
Rb952.0
Ls94
m
Ls95
F CAR
20.00
200.
CH= -6 T RELIE
.978
.000
75.000 N
ACCIDE
220m
50
0mm
m
50m
m
m
ST-662 Y
.4 62 m TION BA
INSPEC
CH=-6 O N B A Y
TI
55.000
m INSPEC
TI O N B AY
INSPEC
CH=-6
3 5.000m
CH=-6
1 5.000m
SC-X-O
Lines)
G LINES (14
STABLIN
VER -
CH=-5
9 5.000m
SRJ
SRJ
CH= -5
75.000
m
R=300m
1 IN 9
CH=-5
55.000
m G LINE Lathe
CLEANIN Pit Wheel
HEAVY
CH=-5
35.000
m
R=300m
1 IN 9
BAY
CH=-5 REPAIR
15.000 HEAVY
SRJ m
SPACE
STORE OFFICE
345.473 m
345.514
345.554
CH=-4
95.000
m
m
m
CH= -4
75.000
m
)
0m
(50
CK
RA
TT
CH=-4 TES
55.000
m
CH=-4
R300 57m
35.000
L33.0R=
m
.000m
1 IN 9
300m
SRJ
CH=-4
15.000
m
SRJ
R=300
1 IN 9
CH=-3
m
95.000
m
CH= -3
75.000
m
CH=-3
55.000
R=300m
1 IN 9
m
R=300
1 IN 9
m
SRJ
SRJ CH=-3
35.000
m
TS-316
Delta = 16°31'06.632"
CH=-3 .948 m
Re
Ls20.10
Re
Ls20
Re197.9
Ls20
15.000
202.0
190.0
m
Notes:
HIP Ch: -277.906 m
.000m
.8900
2m
50m
7mm
50m
N = 2046689.089
TRL = 20.000 m
VMax=80 Kmph
D= 5°43'46.48"
E = 373619.805
CL = 37.660 m
TL = 39.043 m
Curve No. = 2
R= 200.000 m
SC-296.9
CH=-295.48 m
1. This is an indicative layout only and it is currently a
G= 0.000% G
Ca=0 mm
000m
work-in-progress for refinement. It may undergo few iterations
R202.050m
R200.000m
R197.950m
L38.149m
L37.660m
L37.172m
CH= -275.000 m
CH. =-278.000
ELE. 609.400
and bidders are advised to consider this in their proposal.
2.45 =-
REVISIONS QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT CONSULTANT: CLIENT: AECOM India

3%
AS BUILT
IN RESPECT OF DESIGN ANALYSIS AND DRAWINGS RESTS WITH DESIGN CONSULTANT GAD OF VANAZ DEPOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT DRAWING
-Sd- LEAP INFRAASYS PVT LTD TENDER DRAWING
DRAWING NO: PMR/LIPL/EL/026
0 24-02-2018 ABHISHEK SHUKLA PRAKASH KUMAR ANIL JANGID ABHISHEK SHUKLA R0 01 OF 01 PRELIMINARY DESIGN
Pune Metro Rail Project
AS BUILT
TYPICAL VIADUCT CROSS-SECTION WITH FOR CONSTRUCTION
CABLE ARRANGEMENT CONTRACT DRAWING
DRAWING NO:PMR/LIPL/EL/035
0 24.02.2018 RAHUL KUMAR SINGH PRADEEP KUMAR ANIL JANGID RAHUL KUMAR SINGH R0 01 OF 01 PRELIMINARY DESIGN

1520412369part2 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1520412369part2 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MAHA-METRO Contract No.

P1/TR-02/2018 Particular Specification Appendix G: I/O list for SCADA

MAHARASHTRA METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED (MAHA-METRO)

PUNE METRO RAIL PROJECT

PART 2: WORKS REQUIREMENTS

Feb 2018 Page 1 of 3

1. Traction Switching Stations (Elevated) (For SPs, SSPs, SSs)

Device Event Description Event Type Alarm Event Text

2. Traction Switching Stations (Underground) (For SPs, SSPs, SSs)

Device Event Description Event Type Alarm Event Text

Feb 2018 Page 2 of 3

Device Event Description Event Type Alarm Event Text

Feb 2018 Page 3 of 3

MAHARASHTRA METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED (MAHA-METRO)

PUNE METRO RAIL PROJECT

PROJECT WIDE INTERFACE DOCUMENT

COMMON BOOKLET FOR ALL

PART 2: WORKS REQUIREMENTS

MAHARASHTRA METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED (MAHA-METRO)

Dec 2017 Page 1 of 161

1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 5

Dec 2017 Page 2 of 161

6.1 INTERFACES WITH STATION CONTRACTORS 113

Dec 2017 Page 3 of 161

10.2 INTERFACES WITH DEPOT CONTRACTORS 155

Dec 2017 Page 4 of 161

1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.1.1 Contract Packages

Table 1: Project Details

Table 1-2: Phasing of Commissioning

Dec 2017 Page 5 of 161

1.1.2 General Interfaces Requirement

a) When the interfacing contracts has not yet been awarded

Direction or information provided by the Employer’s Representative wherever necessary, shall

Dec 2017 Page 6 of 161

Figure 1: Interface Communication and Coordination Model

1.2.1 Contractors’ Co-Ordination Responsibilities

1.2.2 Site Co-Ordination & Attendance

c) Storage and Accommodation area

Dec 2017 Page 7 of 161

d) Work space requirement and sequence of Works

e) Shared use of Contractors’ scaffold

f) Setting out control points

k) Waste management and disposal

m) Programme agreement for mobilizing and demobilizing

n) Construction interface co-ordination management of penetrations in structures,

Dec 2017 Page 8 of 161

1.3.1 Co-Ordination of Contractor’s Scope of Work

1.3.2 Interfacing Contractors

1.3.3 Interfacing Contractors - Communications and Information Exchange

Dec 2017 Page 9 of 161

1.3.3.2 Interfacing Functions

 the management of Contract to Contract Interfaces as required;

1.3.3.3 Documentation Review

The Contractor shall, as a minimum:

1.3.3.4 Design Stage

Dec 2017 Page 10 of 161

1.3.3.5 Interface Design Change Process

1.3.3.6 Construction Phase

The Contractor shall:

1.3.3.7 Interface Commissioning

1.3.4 Resolution of Co-Ordination Difficulties

Dec 2017 Page 11 of 161

1.3.2 Interfacing Contractors 

 the management of Contract to Contract Interfaces as required; 

1.3.3.3 Documentation Review  

1.3.3.4 Design Stage  

1.5.2 Interface Management Plan (IMP)  

1.7.3 Interface Drawings  

1.7.4 As Constructed Drawings  